Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 23, 2018

Registration No. 333-226088

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1 to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7370   38-4061754

(State or other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

350 East Plumeria Drive

San Jose, California 95134

(408) 890-3900

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Matthew McRae

Chief Executive Officer

350 East Plumeria Drive

San Jose, California 95134

(408) 890-3900

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With Copies to:

 

Andrew W. Kim
Senior Vice President of Corporate Development, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

NETGEAR, Inc.
350 East Plumeria Drive
San Jose, California 95134
(408) 907-8000

 

David C. Karp
Ronald C. Chen

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

(212) 403-1000

 

Jack T. Sheridan

Tad J. Freese

Brian D. Paulson

Latham & Watkins LLP

140 Scott Drive

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 328-4600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee (3)

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $234,945,000   $29,250.65

 

 

(1) Includes additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have an option to purchase from the registrant.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) The Registrant previously paid a registration fee of $12,450.00 in connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated July 23, 2018

10,215,000 Shares

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of common stock of Arlo Technologies, Inc., currently a wholly owned subsidiary of NETGEAR, Inc. We are offering 10,215,000 shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We expect the initial public offering price of the common stock to be between $18.00 and $20.00 per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “ARLO.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced disclosure requirements for this prospectus and may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings.

Investing in the common stock involves risks that are described in the “ Risk Factors ” section beginning on page 24 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

    

Per Share

    

Total

 

Public offering price

   $      $  

Underwriting discount (1)

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $      $  

 

(1) See the section titled “ Underwriting ” beginning on page 169 of this prospectus for additional information regarding total underwriter compensation.

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional 1,532,250 shares from us, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment on                     , 2018.

 

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   Deutsche Bank Securities   Guggenheim Securities
Raymond James   Cowen   Imperial Capital

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2018.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    

Page

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

TRADEMARKS, TRADE NAMES AND SERVICE MARKS

     19  

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

     19  

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     21  

RISK FACTORS

     24  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     62  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     63  

CAPITALIZATION

     64  

DILUTION

     66  

SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

     68  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     71  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     78  

BUSINESS

     100  

MANAGEMENT

     123  

DIRECTORS

     125  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     130  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     143  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     156  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     157  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     164  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

     166  

UNDERWRITING

     169  

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

     177  

EXPERTS

     177  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     177  

INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. We have not and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us and filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or the time of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Until and including                  , 2018 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information about us and this offering contained elsewhere in this prospectus, but it is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. In addition to this summary, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the risks of investing in our common stock and the other information discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors,” and the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. This summary contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

We describe in this prospectus the businesses that will be contributed to us by NETGEAR as part of our separation from NETGEAR as if they were our businesses for all historical periods described. Please see the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR—Arrangements between NETGEAR and Our Company” for a description of this separation. Our historical financial results as part of NETGEAR contained in this prospectus may not reflect our financial results in the future as a stand-alone company or what our financial results would have been had we been a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

As used in this prospectus, the terms “Arlo,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” may, depending on the context, refer to Arlo Technologies, Inc., to the Arlo segment of NETGEAR, Inc. as described more particularly under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR—Historical Relationship with NETGEAR” or to Arlo Technologies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the separation described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR—Arrangements between NETGEAR and Our Company.” As used in this prospectus, the term “NETGEAR” refers to NETGEAR, Inc.

Overview

Arlo combines an intelligent cloud infrastructure and mobile app with a variety of smart connected devices that transform the way people experience the connected lifestyle. Our cloud-based platform creates a seamless, end-to-end connected lifestyle solution that provides users visibility, insight and a powerful means to help protect and connect with the people and things that matter most to them. Arlo enables users to monitor their environments and engage in real-time with their families and businesses from any location with a Wi-Fi or a cellular network internet connection. To date, we have launched several categories of award-winning smart connected devices, including wire-free smart Wi-Fi and LTE-enabled cameras, advanced baby monitors and smart security lights. In addition, Arlo’s broad compatibility allows the platform to seamlessly integrate with third-party products and protocols. Since the launch of our first product in December 2014, we have shipped over 7.5 million smart connected devices, and, as of April 1, 2018, our smart platform had over 1.9 million registered users across more than 100 countries around the world. We plan to continue to introduce new smart connected devices to the Arlo platform in new categories, increase the number of registered users on our platform, keep them highly engaged through our mobile app and generate incremental recurring revenue by offering them paid subscription services.

Arlo exemplifies a new generation of smart internet-of-things (“IoT”) platforms by featuring smart devices that are always connected to the internet, software developed with artificial intelligence (“AI”) capabilities, including machine learning and computer vision, and a highly engaging mobile app through which users can manage and utilize their smart connected devices. We believe we are well-positioned to capture the large and fast-growing connected lifestyle market opportunity by leading the way into this new generation of connected lifestyle platforms.



 

1


Table of Contents

Our total addressable market consists of individuals and business owners who use connected devices to enhance their lives. According to Gartner, consumer IoT endpoints hardware and services spending will reach $1.8 trillion by 2021. (1) Gartner estimates our addressable market for the global connected home alone, including elements of consumer IoT services spending and IoT endpoints hardware spending, will grow from $45 billion in 2017 to $146 billion in 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 34%. (2) Outside of the home, we have seen adoption of our cellular-enabled products in a variety of use cases, such as neighborhood watch, construction site monitoring, wildlife and outdoor trail surveillance and event monitoring. We are also seeing demand for our products and solutions from small businesses and local government agencies, and believe these segments represent additional growth areas for us. According to NPD, for the second quarter of 2018, we held 48% market share based on dollar sales in the U.S. consumer network connected camera systems market. (3)

A user’s introduction to our smart platform typically starts with the purchase of one or more of our cameras and lights. Consumers and business owners can easily set up these smart connected devices by downloading our mobile app and integrating these devices into their homes and businesses without the need for professional installation services. The Arlo app provides users with a highly engaging experience through real-time motion detection notifications and live stream functionality. To realize the platform’s full potential, users can subscribe to Arlo Smart, a paid subscription service that adds powerful AI capabilities to Arlo cameras that enhance the user experience by providing users with actionable intelligence and rich app notifications. These Arlo Smart services are available via three subscription-based tiers: Arlo Smart Premier, Arlo Smart Elite and Arlo Smart Add-On, each more fully described below under “ —Our Products—Arlo Services .”

Our fully integrated smart platform provides an intuitive and engaging user experience, which distinguishes our product offerings and contributes to our rapid growth. According to Sensor Tower, for the first quarter of 2018, the Arlo app had a user engagement rate, measured by daily active users (the number of users who launch the Arlo app at least once per day on average in a period) divided by monthly active users (the number of users who launch the Arlo app at least once per month on average in a period) of 37%. Sensor Tower’s data also shows that, during the same period, the Arlo app’s number of daily active users was in line with the median of the 500 most downloaded apps from the Apple App Store and that the Arlo app had a user engagement rate in the top 6% of these apps. While not one of these 500 apps, the Arlo app’s user engagement rate compares favorably to many of the most engaging social media and entertainment apps available. We believe our high user engagement rate is driven by the combination of individuals’ inherent desire to stay close to what they value most and the high-quality user experience that our platform provides. We have also cultivated an online Arlo Community, where users can share Arlo video content and give each other tips on using Arlo devices. In 2016 and 2017, the number of unique visitors to the Arlo Community website reached 1.0 million and 2.3 million, respectively.

We believe that the power of our platform increases as the number of users and devices on the platform grows. As our user base and community grow, more devices are connected to our platform, which enables us to analyze an increasing volume of data, and in turn facilitates more refined computer vision algorithms. We expect that these improving capabilities will enable us to offer more innovative and intelligent services and features to our users, who we believe will increasingly be willing to pay for subscription services to benefit from these

 

(1)  

Gartner, Forecast: Internet of Things—Endpoints and Associated Services, Worldwide, 2017, 21 December 2017, Table 4.1.

(2)  

Gartner, Forecast: Internet of Things—Endpoints and Associated Services, Worldwide, 2017, 21 December 2017, Table 4.1 (Home Automation/Other, Home Energy Management, Home Security and Safety) & 12.1 (Home Security and Safety, Home Automation, Energy Management, Other).

(3)  

The NPD Group, Inc., U.S. Retail Weekly Tracking Service, Security & Monitoring, Camera technology: excludes baby monitors, Security camera system type: excludes not remote viewing ready, Brand: NETGEAR (Arlo), based on dollar sales, April 8, 2018 - July 7, 2018.



 

2


Table of Contents

capabilities. We believe that, as awareness of our platform grows, more users will seek to purchase both our smart connected devices and our Arlo Smart services and join our rapidly growing user base.

We have built the Arlo platform on three key technology differentiators:

 

    Radio Frequency (“RF”) Connectivity and Power Management Expertise . Our leading RF connectivity expertise, developed through nearly 20 years of research and development, enables whole home coverage via Wi-Fi and in remote areas via cellular networks and industry-leading time-to-first-frame (“TTFF”) performance to minimize lag between motion detection and video recording. Our proven power management expertise, leveraged from NETGEAR’s years of experience building mobile hotspots, encompasses hardware product design, software and firmware, including patented beaconing and power management methods, to prolong battery life.

 

    Product Design . Our aesthetically appealing, compact and weather-resistant industrial design has won multiple awards and provides our users the freedom and flexibility to place our products both inside and outside the home without professional installation services.

 

    Broad Compatibility . We purposefully designed Arlo products to have broad compatibility, allowing them to be integrated with leading third-party IoT products and protocols.

These differentiators, in combination with our scalable cloud infrastructure and AI-enabled features delivered in real-time through the Arlo app, have positioned Arlo to be the smart platform of choice for many consumers and businesses.

As an operating segment of NETGEAR, we have benefitted from its decades of technological expertise, deep and long-standing relationships with suppliers and channel partners and established business processes and leadership teams. While our history with NETGEAR has provided us with certain competitive advantages, we believe that the separation, this offering and the distribution will provide a number of additional benefits to our business. See the section titled “— NETGEAR Ownership and Our Separation from NETGEAR .”

We have experienced significant growth since the launch of our first product in December 2014, and according to NPD Group, Arlo is the leader in the U.S. consumer network connected camera systems market. Outside of the United States, we are also the leader in Australia and several major European markets. In 2016, Arlo grew revenue by 108% over the prior year to $184.6 million, and in 2017, Arlo further grew revenue by 101% over the prior year to $370.7 million. For additional information regarding Arlo’s financial performance, see the section titled “ Selected Combined Financial Data .”

Key Trends Driving Our Market

The intersection of the following significant technology trends are driving mass adoption of a new generation of smart IoT connected lifestyle platforms:

 

    The Proliferation of IoT Devices . According to Gartner, there were eight billion consumer IoT endpoint installed base units in 2017, and this number is expected to reach 25 billion by 2021. (4)

 

(4)   Gartner, Forecast Analysis: Internet of Things—Endpoints, Worldwide, 2017 Update, 27 December 2017, Table 1.


 

3


Table of Contents
 

Gartner expects that consumer IoT endpoint unit installed base spending will be the largest segment, encompassing 64% of the market in 2021. (5) We believe the new generation of smart IoT platforms, like Arlo, will feature smart devices that are always connected to the cloud, AI-based services and mobile apps through which users can manage their connected devices, creating a highly engaging user experience.

 

   

Adoption of Cloud-Based Connectivity and Infrastructure . According to Gartner, public cloud services spending is expected to reach $302 billion by 2021, growing at a CAGR of 19% from 2016 to 2021. (6) Scalable public cloud computing infrastructure has allowed companies to innovate at a rapid pace and pass along the benefits to end-users in the form of intelligent and real-time services delivered at low cost and low latency.

 

   

The Mobile Era . The universal adoption of smartphones and tablets has transformed the way people interact with each other and their environments. According to IDC, more than 1.6 billion smartphones and tablets were shipped in 2017. Having experienced this transformation, consumers are increasingly demanding a convenient and efficient mobile experience to drive today’s connected lifestyle.

 

   

Consumer Preference for a Do-It-Yourself (“DIY”) Experience . Among users of home IoT devices, ease of installation and ease of use are the most sought after attributes according to IDC.

 

   

Big Data Analytics and AI Adoption . According to IDC, the volume of information being processed and transferred globally is expected to reach 163ZB (trillion gigabytes) by 2025, a ten-fold increase compared to 2016. As more data is collected and processed, AI-enabled products and services are becoming more sophisticated and gaining mass adoption by consumers, leading to a smarter and more convenient lifestyle. According to IDC, widespread adoption of cognitive systems and AI across a broad range of industries will drive worldwide spending on AI and cognitive systems from nearly $12 billion in 2017 to $58 billion in 2021.

 

   

Safety and Security Are Top Use Cases in Connected Technology . According to Parks Associates, U.S. consumers view safety and security as one of the most important benefits of smart home systems. We believe the peace of mind arising from being connected is a powerful driver of consumer and small business purchasing behavior, promoting the rapid and continuing adoption of connected technology.

Our Competitive Advantages — What Sets Us Apart

 

   

Best-in-Class Technology . Our engineers continually push the boundaries of innovation to develop products that leverage our cutting-edge technological capabilities, including our RF connectivity expertise, power management expertise, sleek, weather-resistant product design, broad compatibility, cloud-based platform and AI.

 

   

Market Leadership in Consumer Network Connected Camera Systems . According to NPD, for the second quarter of 2018, we held 48% market share based on dollar sales in the U.S. consumer

 

(5)  

Gartner, Forecast Analysis: Internet of Things—Endpoints, Worldwide, 2017 Update, 27 December 2017, Table 2: 2021 consumer data point divided by 2021 total data point.

(6)  

Gartner, Forecast: Public Cloud Services, Worldwide, 2015-2021, 4Q17 Update, 15 January 2018, Table 1-1.



 

4


Table of Contents
 

network connected camera systems market. (7) Outside of the United States, we are also the leader in Australia and several major European markets.

 

    Direct Relationship with Users and User Engagement . According to Sensor Tower, for the first quarter of 2018, the Arlo app had a user engagement rate, measured by daily active users divided by monthly active users, of 37%. Unlike legacy consumer devices, we maintain an ongoing relationship with the end-user of our products through the Arlo app and the Arlo Community.

 

    Trusted Platform . We believe our platform is trusted by users because of our singular focus on enabling a connected lifestyle, without the need to sell any advertising services. We do not disclose user information to any third parties for marketing or promotional purposes, and all data collected is protected from public disclosure by various technological and procedural mechanisms. This commitment to user data privacy, along with strict company-wide information security policies and procedures, creates a foundation of trust that allows Arlo to become a key part of its end-users’ connected lives.

 

    The Arlo Brand and Channel Partners . Arlo’s strong brand recognition, along with its deep and long-standing channel partnerships established under NETGEAR, have enabled us to feature Arlo products prominently across our distribution channels. In addition, we have a significant share of shelf space with our channel partners, including U.S. retail and mobile operators.

Our Growth Strategy

We primarily generate revenue by selling devices through retail, wholesale distribution and wireless carrier channels and paid subscription services through in-app purchases. We believe that we can continue to charge a premium price over competing products because of our superior product features, ease of use and bundled prepaid services, such as rolling seven-day cloud video storage. We further enhance the user experience by offering our subscription-based Arlo Smart services, which include features such as actionable intelligence, rich app notifications and extended data storage. Since the launch of the original Arlo Security Camera in December 2014, we have introduced six additional Arlo devices, and we plan to continue to launch new camera and non-camera products and services to the Arlo ecosystem and grow our number of registered users and subscribers.

Our goal is to continue to develop innovative, world-class connected lifestyle solutions to expand and further monetize our current and future user and subscriber bases.

The key elements of our growth strategy to achieve this goal are:

 

    Continue to Innovate and Grow Our Installed Base . We have brought numerous leading and innovative new products to market, such as our wire-free, weather-resistant internet protocol (“IP”) cameras, lights and the first commercially available LTE-enabled camera. We plan to expand the Arlo ecosystem and grow our installed base by continuing to innovate on our current product lines and by expanding into adjacent categories.

 

    Increase Subscription-Based Recurring Revenue . We sell our paid subscription services to our fast-growing user base, enabling us to generate recurring revenue streams. As our AI capabilities further mature through machine learning, we plan to introduce compelling new subscription-based features to further grow and monetize our user base.

 

(7)   The NPD Group, Inc., U.S. Retail Weekly Tracking Service, Security & Monitoring, Camera technology: excludes baby monitors, Security camera system type: excludes not remote viewing ready, Brand: NETGEAR (Arlo), based on dollar sales, April 8, 2018 - July 7, 2018.


 

5


Table of Contents
    Invest in Brand and Channel . We plan to grow brand awareness through direct and indirect marketing and form a lasting relationship with our end-users throughout their journey from product discovery through the entire lifecycle of ownership.

 

    Continue Global Expansion . Although a majority of our focus has been on the U.S. market, the growth in connected lifestyle is a global trend. Our goal is to replicate our U.S. success across international markets.

Our Solutions

We offer our solutions through the Arlo platform. The backbone of the Arlo platform is our scalable and intelligent cloud computing engine, which continuously processes the data collected from Arlo devices and, in turn, provides actionable intelligence in the form of real-time notifications to our users through the Arlo app. We designed our platform to meet a wide range of user needs with its depth of features, AI-enabled services and support for our growing number of smart connected devices. In addition, the Arlo platform is built with broad compatibility and integrates with leading third-party IoT products and protocols, allowing our users to customize and personalize their own connected lifestyle experience.

Benefits of Our Solutions

Our products and solutions offer a unique set of capabilities that address a growing market opportunity, which has resulted in rapid user adoption and has enabled Arlo to become the current leader in the U.S. consumer network connected camera systems market. Our products and solutions offer the following benefits:

 

    Versatility . Our existing devices are wireless, wire-free, battery-operated and weather-resistant for ease of outdoor use and placement in hard-to-access areas.

 

    Performance . Our hardware, software and back-end cloud infrastructure work together seamlessly to offer high-quality video with low latency, which in turn enables real-time monitoring and only 250 milliseconds lag between motion detection and video recording.

 

    Convenience . We design our devices for simplicity, ease of use and a convenient DIY out-of-box experience. Through the Arlo app, users are able to interact with all of their Arlo devices through a single user interface and customize video, audio and power management settings based on their preferences.

 

    Intelligence . Our smart platform evolves as we continue to leverage our data analytics and machine learning capabilities, which allow for richer platform functionality. Computer vision enables our devices to distinguish between people and other less meaningful motion events such as cars driving by or trees swaying in the wind, thereby reducing false alerts and increasing the utility and efficiency of the Arlo platform.

 

    Interoperability . The Arlo platform is built with broad compatibility, integrating with leading third-party IoT products and protocols, providing additional opportunities for us to acquire users.

Our Products

Smart Connected Devices

 

    Arlo Security Camera , released in the fourth quarter of 2014, is the world’s first commercially available 100% battery-operated Wi-Fi security camera with 720p HD video quality, IP65-rated weather resistance and night vision.


 

6


Table of Contents
    Arlo Q and Arlo Q Plus , released in the fourth quarter of 2015, bring Arlo’s performance and design to an indoor wired solution that allows users to easily monitor their surroundings with 1080p HD video quality.

 

    Arlo Pro , released in the fourth quarter of 2016, is our second generation battery-operated, IP65-rated weather-resistant Wi-Fi camera, which adds key new features and significant camera upgrades, including two-way audio and rechargeable batteries.

 

    Arlo Go , released in the first quarter of 2017, is the world’s first commercially available LTE-enabled wire-free camera and provides untethered mobile monitoring supported by major networks in key markets around the world.

 

    Arlo Baby , released in the second quarter of 2017, combines performance and convenience with smart features, such as air quality and temperature sensors, motion and audio detection, and advanced night vision, that provide added peace of mind for parents and caregivers.

 

    Arlo Pro 2 , released in the fourth quarter of 2017, is the latest generation of our battery-operated, IP65-rated weather-resistant Wi-Fi cameras and includes advancements in sound and motion detection.

 

    Arlo Security Light , released in the second quarter of 2018, delivers powerful, wire-free lighting that works intelligently both by itself or when paired with Arlo’s cameras.

 

    Arlo Audio Doorbell and Arlo Chime , the latest additions to join the growing Arlo ecosystem later this year, are engineered to work as a standalone smart audio doorbell solution or to pair with any Arlo camera or Arlo Security Light for a more complete view of the entryway.

 

    Our Accessories are designed to complement our smart connected devices and provide additional convenience, versatility and customization for our users, and include our charging accessories, device mounts and device skins.

The Arlo App

The Arlo app, available for iOS and Android devices, is designed to provide our users with an easy-to-use, flexible, mobile-first experience that connects our users to the people and things that matter most to them.

Arlo Services

Our prepaid service, included with the sale of our cameras, provides users with rolling seven-day cloud video storage, the ability to connect up to five cameras and 90 days of customer support.

Launched in 2018, Arlo Smart is a paid subscription service that adds powerful AI capabilities to our cameras that enhance the user experience. Through real-time computer vision algorithms, Arlo Smart provides users a more personalized experience, deeper insights into detected activity and streamlined access to take responsive actions in urgent situations, such as contacting local emergency services. Some of Arlo Smart’s key features include person detection, e911 emergency call service, cloud activity zones and rich app notifications.

NETGEAR Ownership and Our Separation from NETGEAR

Currently, and at all times prior to the completion of this offering, we are and will be an operating segment of NETGEAR. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that NETGEAR will own approximately



 

7


Table of Contents

86.0% of our outstanding common stock (or approximately 84.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into agreements with NETGEAR that will govern the separation of our business from NETGEAR and various interim arrangements. These agreements will be in effect as of the completion of this offering. They will provide for, among other things, the transfer from NETGEAR to us of assets and the assumption by us of liabilities comprising our business through a separation agreement between us and NETGEAR (the “master separation agreement”). For more information regarding the assets and liabilities to be transferred to us, see our unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We also expect to enter into certain other agreements that will provide a framework for our relationship with NETGEAR after the separation, including:

 

    a transition services agreement governing NETGEAR’s provision of various services to us, and our provision of various services to NETGEAR, on a transitional basis (the “transition services agreement”);

 

    a tax matters agreement with NETGEAR that will govern the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of NETGEAR and us after the closing of this offering with respect to tax matters (including responsibility for taxes attributable to us and our subsidiaries, entitlement to refunds, allocation of tax attributes, preparation of tax returns, control of tax contests and other matters) (the “tax matters agreement”);

 

    an employee matters agreement with NETGEAR that will address employment, compensation and benefits matters, including the allocation and treatment of assets and liabilities relating to employees and compensation and benefit plans and programs in which our employees participate prior to the distribution, as well as other human resources, employment and employee benefit matters (the “employee matters agreement”);

 

    an intellectual property rights cross-license agreement with NETGEAR, which will govern our and NETGEAR’s rights, responsibilities and obligations to use NETGEAR and Arlo intellectual property, respectively (the “intellectual property rights cross-license agreement”); and

 

    a registration rights agreement with NETGEAR, pursuant to which we will grant NETGEAR and its affiliates certain registration rights with respect to our common stock owned by them (the “registration rights agreement”).

In this prospectus, references to the “contribution” refer to NETGEAR’s transfer to us (in connection with certain reorganization transactions) of the assets and liabilities related to our business, and the term “separation” refers to the separation of our business from NETGEAR’s other businesses (including the contribution), along with the effectiveness of various agreements between us and NETGEAR.

See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR ” for a more detailed discussion of these agreements. All of the agreements relating to our separation from NETGEAR will be made in the context of a parent-subsidiary relationship and will be entered into in the overall context of our separation from NETGEAR. The terms of these agreements may be more or less favorable to us than if they had been negotiated with unaffiliated third parties. See the section titled “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Separation from NETGEAR .”



 

8


Table of Contents

NETGEAR has informed us that, at some time in the future, but no earlier than the expiration or earlier termination of the 145-day lock-up period applicable to NETGEAR described under the section titled “ Underwriting ,” it intends to effect a distribution of its remaining ownership interest in us to its stockholders in a transaction that is generally expected to be tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes (the “distribution”). Under current tax law, NETGEAR must retain beneficial ownership of at least 80% of our combined voting power and 80% of each class of nonvoting capital stock, if any is outstanding, until immediately prior to such distribution in order to so qualify. To preserve the tax-free treatment of the separation and distribution, the master separation agreement will include certain covenants and restrictions to ensure that, until immediately prior to the distribution, NETGEAR will retain beneficial ownership of at least 80% of our combined voting power and 80% of each class of nonvoting capital stock, if any is outstanding. NETGEAR has no obligation to effect the distribution, and it may retain its ownership interest in us indefinitely or dispose of all or a portion of its ownership interest in us in a sale or other transaction. Any such distribution or other disposition by NETGEAR of its remaining interest in us (each, an “other disposition”) would be subject to market, tax and legal considerations, final approval by the NETGEAR board of directors and other customary requirements.

Under current law, the distribution could be rendered taxable to NETGEAR and its shareholders as a result of certain post-distribution acquisitions of our shares or assets. For example, the distribution may result in taxable gain to NETGEAR under Section 355(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), if the distribution were later deemed to be part of a plan (or series of related transactions) pursuant to which one or more persons acquire, directly or indirectly, shares representing a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in us. To preserve the tax-free treatment of the separation and distribution, we will agree in the tax matters agreement that we and our subsidiaries will be subject to certain restrictions during the two-year period following the distribution that are intended to prevent the distribution, together with certain related transactions, from failing to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. Specifically, during such period, except in specific circumstances or unless NETGEAR waives our obligation to comply with such restrictions, we expect that we and our subsidiaries will generally be prohibited from: (i) ceasing to conduct certain businesses, (ii) entering into certain transactions or series of transactions pursuant to which all or a portion of our common stock would be acquired or all or a portion of certain of our and our subsidiaries’ assets would be acquired, (iii) liquidating, merging or consolidating with any other person, (iv) issuing equity securities beyond certain thresholds, (v) repurchasing our stock other than in certain open-market transactions or (vi) taking or failing to take any other action that would cause the distribution, together with certain related transactions, to fail to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. These restrictions may limit our ability to pursue certain equity issuances, strategic transactions or other transactions that may maximize the value of our business. See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement.”

NETGEAR has no obligation to pursue or consummate any further disposition of its ownership interest in us by any specified date or at all.

We believe, and NETGEAR has advised us that it believes, that the separation, this offering and the distribution will provide a number of benefits to our business and to NETGEAR’s business. These intended benefits include improving the strategic and operational flexibility of both companies, increasing the focus of the management teams on their respective business operations and allowing each company to adopt the capital structure, investment policy and dividend policy best suited to its financial profile and business needs, and providing each company with its own equity currency to facilitate acquisitions and to better incentivize management. In addition, as we will be a stand-alone company, potential investors will be able to invest directly in our business.



 

9


Table of Contents

Risks Affecting Our Business

There are a number of risks that you should understand before making an investment decision regarding this offering. You should carefully consider the risks described in the section titled “ Risk Factors ” before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations would likely be negatively affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. These risks include, but are not limited to:

 

    fluctuations in our results of operations and stock price over time;

 

    our ability to introduce or acquire new products or services that achieve broad market acceptance;

 

    the potential for loss or disruption to our business and brand as a result of system security risks, data protection breaches or cyber-attacks;

 

    interruptions with the cloud-based systems that we use in our operations, which are provided by an affiliate of Amazon.com, Inc., one of our primary competitors;

 

    our ability to compete with our peers, certain of which have substantially greater resources than we do;

 

    the concentration of our customer base in traditional and online retailers and wholesale distributors, our ability to retain such retailers and distributors and our potential exposure in the event of the consolidation of retailers or concentration of retail market share;

 

    potential quality problems, including defects or errors, with our current and future products and services;

 

    the typical decrease of the average selling prices of our products over the sales cycle of the product, which may impact our revenue and gross margin;

 

    the effects of government laws and regulations regarding privacy and data protection;

 

    global economic conditions;

 

    changes in U.S. and international tax policy, including changes that adversely affect customs, tax or duty rates (such as the proposed higher tariffs on products imported from China recently announced by the Trump administration), as well as income tax legislation and regulations that affect the countries where we conduct business;

 

    the volatility of our stock price, which may result in your investment in our common stock to suffer a decline in value;

 

    our ability to manage our manufacturing and supply requirements and the ability of our manufacturing and supply sources to meet the needs of our business;

 

    our reliance on a limited number of third-party manufacturers;

 

    our ability to retain the services of key personnel;

 

    our ability to secure and protect our intellectual property rights;


 

10


Table of Contents
    our reliance on third parties for technology that is critical to our products, and our continued use and access to such technology;

 

    our exposure to international markets;

 

    the development and any future expansion of our operations and infrastructure;

 

    governmental regulations of imports or exports affecting internet security;

 

    current and future litigation matters, including litigation regarding intellectual property rights;

 

    our ability to manage our sales channel inventory and product mix;

 

    failure to achieve the expected benefits from and successfully execute the separation;

 

    potential tax liabilities that may arise as a result of the separation or the distribution;

 

    operating as an independent publicly traded company, including compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

    our status as an emerging growth company;

 

    our status as a controlled company, and the possibility that NETGEAR’s interests may conflict with our interests and the interests of our other stockholders; and

 

    the effects of future sales, or perceptions of future sales of our common stock and future equity grants.

Company Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in January 2018 in connection with our planned separation from NETGEAR. Our principal executive offices are at 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95134, and our telephone number is (408) 890-3900. Our website is www.arlo.com. The information and other content contained in, or accessible through, our website are not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus, and investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to invest in our common stock.

JOBS Act

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we become a large accelerated filer, which means that we have been public for at least 12 months, have filed at least one annual report and the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last day of our then most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. While we have not made such an irrevocable election, we have not delayed the adoption of any applicable accounting standards.



 

11


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

Preliminary Results for the Three Months Ended July 1, 2018

Preliminary results for the three months ended July 1, 2018 are expected to be as follows:

For the three months ended July 1, 2018, we expect to report revenue in the range of $107.0 million to $112.0 million compared to $100.6 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and $79.2 million for the three months ended July 2, 2017.

For the three months ended July 1, 2018, we expect to report gross margin in the range of 25.0% to 26.0% compared to 28.9% for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and 21.1% for the three months ended July 2, 2017.

The estimated ranges for the three months ended July 1, 2018 are preliminary and may change. We have yet to complete our normal quarterly review procedures for the three months ended July 1, 2018, and as such, there can be no assurance that our final results for this period will not differ from these estimates. Any such changes could be material. These estimates should not be viewed as a substitute for full interim financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). In addition, these preliminary results of operations for the three months ended July 1, 2018, are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for the remainder of 2018 or any future period.

As of July 1, 2018, we have shipped 8.6 million smart connected devices, and, as of July 1, 2018, our smart platform had over 2.2 million registered users across more than 100 countries around the world. For June 2018, Arlo users collectively streamed an average of over 67 million videos daily. According to NPD, for the second quarter of 2018, we held 48% market share based on dollar sales in the U.S. consumer network connected camera systems market. (8)

Arlo Audio Doorbell and Arlo Chime

On July 23, 2018, NETGEAR announced the introduction of the Arlo Audio Doorbell and Arlo Chime. See the section titled “ Business Our Products.

 

 

(8)   The NPD Group, Inc., U.S. Retail Weekly Tracking Service, Security & Monitoring, Camera technology: excludes baby monitors, Security camera system type: excludes not remote viewing ready, Brand: NETGEAR (Arlo), based on dollar sales, April 8, 2018 - July 7, 2018.


 

12


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Issuer

Arlo Technologies, Inc.

 

Common stock offered by us in this offering

10,215,000 shares (11,747,250 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Common stock to be held by NETGEAR immediately after this offering

62,500,000 shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

72,715,000 shares (74,247,250 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Underwriters’ option

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase up to 1,532,250 additional shares of common stock.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $173.1 million (or approximately $200.1 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), assuming that the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes. See the section titled “ Use of Proceeds .”

 

Risk factors

You should read the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Stock exchange symbol

We have applied for listing of our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ARLO.”

 

Reserved share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and other persons designated by us. See the section titled “ Underwriting .”

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to the number and percentage of shares of common stock outstanding and percentage ownership information are based on our “pro forma shares of common stock,” in each case following this offering and the separation and assuming the following:

 

    there is no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to 1,532,250 additional shares of our common stock; and


 

13


Table of Contents
   

the number of pro forma shares of common stock excludes the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under benefit plans for our employees and directors (9 million shares of our common stock, plus the number of shares of our common stock that may be issuable upon exercise or vesting of awards relating to NETGEAR common stock that may be converted into awards relating to our common stock upon the completion of the distribution).

Unless otherwise indicated, the information presented in this prospectus:

 

   

gives effect to the separation as described under “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR ”;

 

   

assumes that the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

   

assumes the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional shares.



 

14


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Data

The following financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our annual audited combined financial statements, the unaudited interim combined financial statements and the related notes, and our unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and the related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table summarizes our historical and pro forma combined financial data. The summary historical combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are derived from our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical combined balance sheet data as of April 1, 2018 and statements of operations data for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017 are derived from our unaudited interim combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim combined financial statements on the same basis as the audited combined financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that, in our opinion, are necessary to state fairly the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period. To ensure a full understanding of the summary financial data, the information presented below should be reviewed in combination with the audited and unaudited interim combined financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our historical combined financial statements, which are discussed below, are prepared on a stand-alone basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and are derived from NETGEAR’s consolidated financial statements and accounting records using the historical results of operations and assets and liabilities attributed to our operations, and include allocations of expenses from NETGEAR. Our combined results are not necessarily indicative of our future performance and do not reflect what our financial performance would have been had we been a stand-alone public company during the periods presented.

NETGEAR currently provides certain services to us, and costs associated with these functions have been allocated to us. The allocations include costs related to corporate services, such as executive management, information technology, legal, finance and accounting, human resources, tax, treasury, research and development, sales and marketing, shared facilities and other services. These costs were allocated on a basis of revenue, headcount or other measures we have determined as reasonable. Stock-based compensation includes expense attributable to our employees and an allocation of stock-based compensation attributable to employees of NETGEAR. These allocations are primarily reflected within operating expenses in our combined statements of operations. Management believes the basis on which the expenses have been allocated to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to, or the benefit received by, us during the periods presented. However, these allocations may not necessarily be indicative of the actual expenses we would have incurred as an independent company during the periods prior to the offering or of the costs we will incur in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect NETGEAR to continue to provide certain of the services described above on a transitional basis for a fee. These services will be provided under the transition services agreement described in “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR—Arrangements Between NETGEAR and Our Company .” We generally expect to use the vast majority of these services for less than a year following the completion of this offering, depending on the type of the service and the location at which such service is provided. However, we may agree with NETGEAR to extend the service periods for a limited amount of time (which period will not extend past the first anniversary of the distribution) or may terminate such service periods by providing prior written notice. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have not been adjusted for the effects of these transition services as we believe the allocation for such services, as previously described, is fairly reflected within the results presented.



 

15


Table of Contents

Following the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We will be required to establish procedures and practices as a stand-alone public company in order to comply with our obligations under the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations. As a result, we will incur additional costs, including internal audit, investor relations, stock administration and regulatory compliance costs. These additional costs may differ from the costs that were historically allocated to us from NETGEAR. To operate as a stand-alone company, we expect to incur costs to replace certain services previously provided by NETGEAR, which may be higher than those reflected in our historical combined financial statements. A component of these costs are IT-related costs, including capital expenditures, to implement certain new systems, including infrastructure and an enterprise resource planning system, while our legacy systems are being fully supported by NETGEAR, which we estimate to be $35.0 million to $55.0 million in the next 12 months. Actual costs that may have been incurred had we been a stand-alone company depend on a number of factors, including organizational structure and decisions made relating to various areas such as information technology and infrastructure.

The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data reflects the impact of certain transactions, which comprise the following:

 

   

the separation, as described in the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR ”; and

 

   

the receipt of approximately $173.1 million in net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet data reflects the above transactions as if they had occurred on April 1, 2018, while the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations data gives effect to the above adjustments as if they occurred on January 1, 2017. The pro forma adjustments, described in the section titled “ Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements ,” are based on currently available information and certain assumptions that management believes are reasonable.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data is provided for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred had the separation from NETGEAR or this offering been completed on April 1, 2018 for the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet data or on January 1, 2017 for the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations data. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data should not be relied on as indicative of the historical operating results that we would have achieved or any future operating results or financial position that we will achieve after the completion of this offering.



 

16


Table of Contents
     Pro Forma
as Adjusted
    Historical  
     Three Months
Ended
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    

April 1, 2018

   

        2017         

   

April 1, 2018

   

April 2, 2017

   

        2017         

    

        2016         

 
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Combined Statements of Operations Data:

             

Revenue

   $ 100,638     $ 370,658     $ 100,638     $ 61,803     $ 370,658      $ 184,604  

Cost of revenue

     71,585       279,424       71,585       45,450       279,424        146,570  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     29,053       91,234       29,053       16,353       91,234        38,034  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development

     12,247       35,972       12,025       7,984       34,683        24,438  

Sales and marketing

     11,212       34,340       11,212       5,721       34,340        18,455  

General and administrative

     6,331       23,322       4,878       2,745       15,096        8,289  

Separation expense

     —         —         6,557       —         1,384        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     29,790       93,634       34,672       16,450       85,503        51,182  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (737     (2,400     (5,619     (97     5,731        (13,148

Other income (expense), net

     575       1,946       575       340       1,946        (512
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (162     (454     (5,044     243       7,677        (13,660

Provision for income taxes

     319       1,516       319       219       1,128        83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (481   $ (1,970   $ (5,363   $ 24     $ 6,549      $ (13,743
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share:

             

Basic

     (0.01 ) (a)       (0.03 ) (a)       N/A       N/A       N/A        N/A  

Diluted

     (0.01 ) (a)       (0.03 ) (a)       N/A       N/A       N/A        N/A  

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share:

             

Basic

     72,715 (a)       72,715 (a)       N/A       N/A       N/A        N/A  

Diluted

     72,715 (a)       72,715 (a)       N/A       N/A       N/A        N/A  

 

(a) The weighted-average number of shares used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share represents the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering.


 

17


Table of Contents

 

    

Pro Forma
as Adjusted

     Historical  
    

As of

April 1,

    

As of

April 1,

    

As of December 31,

 
    

2018

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 
     (In thousands)  

Combined Balance Sheet Data:

           

Cash and cash equivalents*

   $ 243,247      $ 178      $ 108      $ 220  

Working capital

   $ 274,210      $ 81,901      $ 112,878      $ 54,967  

Total assets

   $ 375,223      $ 235,751      $ 269,820      $ 158,581  

Deferred revenue, current and non-current

   $ 40,420      $ 40,420      $ 47,404      $ 23,393  

Total liabilities

   $ 91,099      $ 142,814      $ 144,401      $ 85,407  

Total equity

   $ 284,124      $ 92,937      $ 125,419      $ 73,174  

 

*

The pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents of $243.2 million as of April 1, 2018 reflects the following adjustments (a) the receipt of approximately $173.1 million by us associated with the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $19.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expense payable by us, and (b) $70.0 million of cash that NETGEAR intends to contribute to us in the period leading up to the separation, a portion of which we may use prior to the separation for operating expenses, working capital and other requirements. See the sections titled “ Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements ” and “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources .”



 

18


Table of Contents

TRADEMARKS, TRADE NAMES AND SERVICE MARKS

We use various trademarks, trade names and service marks in our business, including Arlo, Arlo Pro, Arlo Q, Arlo Baby and Arlo Smart. For convenience, we may not include the SM , ® or ™ symbols, but such omission is not meant to indicate that we would not protect our intellectual property rights to the fullest extent allowed by law. Any other trademarks, trade names or service marks referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus includes industry data and forecasts that we obtained from industry publications and surveys, public filings and internal company sources. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of the included information. Statements as to our ranking, market position and market estimates are based on independent industry publications, third-party forecasts, management’s estimates and assumptions about our markets and our internal research. We have not independently verified third-party information nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon in such sources, and we cannot assure you of the accuracy or completeness of such information contained in this prospectus. Such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the sections titled “ Risk Factors ” and “ Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements .”

The Gartner Reports described herein represent research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this Prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Reports are subject to change without notice.

Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in industry publications or data provided by third parties. The sources of these industry publications and data are provided below:

 

    Gartner: Forecast Analysis: Internet of Things—Endpoints, Worldwide, 2017 Update, published December 2017

 

    Gartner: Forecast: Internet of Things—Endpoints and Associated Services, Worldwide, 2017, published December 2017

 

    Gartner: Forecast: Public Cloud Services, Worldwide, 2015–2021, 4Q17 Update, published January 2018

 

    International Data Corporation: 2017 Consumer Internet of Things Survey: Home Automation, Monitoring and Control, published March 2017

 

    International Data Corporation: Worldwide Semiannual Cognitive Artificial Intelligence Systems Spending Guide, published March 2018

 

    International Data Corporation: Worldwide Smartphone Forecast, 2018–2022, published March 2018

 

    International Data Corporation: Worldwide Storage for Big Data and Analytics Forecast, 2017–2021, published September 2017

 

    International Data Corporation: Worldwide Tablet Forecast, 2018–2022, published March 2018

 

    The NPD Group, Inc., U.S. Retail Tracking Service, Security & Monitoring, Camera technology: excludes baby monitors, Security camera system type: excludes not remote viewing ready, based on dollars, Dec. 2015

 

19


Table of Contents
    The NPD Group, Inc., U.S. Retail Weekly Tracking Service, Security & Monitoring, Camera technology: excludes baby monitors, Security camera system type: excludes not remote viewing ready, Brand: NETGEAR (Arlo), based on dollar sales, April 8, 2018 - July 7, 2018

 

    Parks Associates: American Broadband Households and Their Technologies, published Q4 2016

 

    Parks Associates: 360 View: Smart Home Buyer Journey and User Experience, published Q2 2018

 

    Sensor Tower: Average daily active users and monthly active users on iOS platform in U.S. for the first quarter of 2018

 

    Tractica: Computer Vision Technologies and Markets Software, Hardware, and Services to Enable 28 Use Cases for Video Surveillance, Automotive, Medical, Localization and Mapping, and Other Applications: Global Market Analysis and Forecasts, published Q1 2018

 

    United States Small Business Administration: United States Small Business Profile, 2016 – SBA Office of Advocacy, published March 2016

 

20


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our industry, position, goals, strategy, future operations, future financial position, business strategy and plans, future revenues, estimated costs, prospects, margins, profitability, capital expenditures, liquidity, capital resources, plans and objectives of management, including those made in the sections titled “ Prospectus Summary ,” “ Risk Factors ,” “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and “ Business ,” are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “likely,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “forecast,” “target,” “potential,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “continue,” “contemplate,” “might,” “objective,” “ongoing,” “seek” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs, including current expectations and assumptions regarding, as of the date such statements are made, our future operating performance and financial condition, including our separation from NETGEAR, the expected timetable for the separation and the distribution and our future financial and operating performance, strategic and competitive advantages, leadership and future opportunities, as well as the economy and other future events or circumstances. Our expectations and assumptions include, without limitation, internal forecasts and analyses of current and future market conditions and trends, management plans and strategies, operating efficiencies and economic conditions, and risks and uncertainties described in the section titled “ Risk Factors ” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks and uncertainties include, without limitation:

 

    fluctuations in our results of operations and stock price over time;

 

    our ability to introduce or acquire new products or services that achieve broad market acceptance;

 

    the potential for loss or disruption to our business and brand as a result of system security risks, data protection breaches or cyber-attacks;

 

    interruptions with the cloud-based systems that we use in our operations, which are provided by an affiliate of Amazon.com, Inc., one of our primary competitors;

 

    our ability to compete with our peers, certain of which have substantially greater resources than we do;

 

    the concentration of our purchaser base in traditional and online retailers and wholesale distributors, our ability to retain such retailers and distributors and our potential exposure in the event of the consolidation of retailers or concentration of retail market share;

 

    potential quality problems, including defects or errors, with our current and future products and services;

 

    the typical decrease of the average selling prices of our products over the sales cycle of the product, which may impact our revenue and gross margin;

 

    the effects of government laws and regulations regarding privacy and data protection;

 

    global economic conditions;

 

    changes in U.S. and international tax policy, including changes that adversely affect customs, tax or duty rates (such as the proposed higher tariffs on products imported from China recently announced by the Trump administration), as well as income tax legislation and regulations that affect the countries where we conduct business;

 

21


Table of Contents
    the volatility of our stock price, which may result in your investment in our common stock to suffer a decline in value;

 

    our ability to manage our manufacturing and supply requirements and the ability of our manufacturing and supply sources to meet the needs of our business;

 

    our reliance on a limited number of third-party manufacturers;

 

    our ability to retain the services of key personnel;

 

    our ability to secure and protect our intellectual property rights;

 

    our reliance on third parties for technology that is critical to our products, and our continued use and access to such technology;

 

    our exposure to international markets;

 

    the development and any future expansion of our operations and infrastructure;

 

    governmental regulations of imports or exports affecting internet security;

 

    current and future litigation matters, including litigation regarding intellectual property rights;

 

    our ability to manage our sales channel inventory and product mix;

 

    failure to achieve the expected benefits from and successfully execute the separation;

 

    potential tax liabilities that may arise as a result of the separation or the distribution;

 

    operating as an independent publicly traded company, including compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

    our status as an emerging growth company;

 

    our status as a controlled company, and the possibility that NETGEAR’s interests may conflict with our interests and the interests of our other stockholders; and

 

    the effects of future sales, or perceptions of future sales of our common stock and future equity grants.

In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. We believe the factors identified above are important factors, but not necessarily all of the important factors, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statement made by us.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. In addition, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any

 

22


Table of Contents

specified time frame, or at all. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future.

See the section titled “ Risk Factors ” for a more complete discussion of the risks and uncertainties mentioned above and for discussion of other risks and uncertainties. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements as well as others made in this prospectus and hereafter in our other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made by us in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

 

23


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. We describe below what we believe are currently the material risks and uncertainties we face, but they are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We expect our results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis, which could cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline.

Our results of operations are difficult to predict and may fluctuate substantially from quarter-to-quarter or year-to-year for a variety of reasons, many of which are beyond our control. If our actual results were to fall below our estimates or the expectations of public market analysts or investors, our quarterly and annual results would be negatively impacted and the price of our stock could decline. Other factors that could affect our quarterly and annual operating results include, but are not limited to:

 

    changes in the pricing policies of, or the introduction of new products by, us or our competitors;

 

    introductions of new technologies and changes in consumer preferences that result in either unanticipated or unexpectedly rapid product category shifts;

 

    slow or negative growth in the connected lifestyle, home electronics and related technology markets;

 

    seasonal shifts in end-market demand for our products;

 

    delays in the introduction of new products by us or market acceptance of these products;

 

    unanticipated decreases or delays in purchases of our products by our significant retailers, distributors and other channel partners;

 

    component supply constraints from our vendors;

 

    unanticipated increases in costs, including air freight, associated with shipping and delivery of our products;

 

    the inability to maintain stable operations by our suppliers and other parties with whom we have commercial relationships;

 

    discovery of security vulnerabilities in our products, services or systems, leading to negative publicity, decreased demand or potential liability;

 

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in the jurisdictions where we transact sales and expenditures in local currency;

 

    excess levels of inventory and low turns;

 

24


Table of Contents
    changes in or consolidation of our sales channels and wholesale distributor relationships or failure to manage our sales channel inventory and warehousing requirements;

 

    delay or failure to fulfill orders for our products on a timely basis;

 

    delay or failure of our retailers, distributors and other channel partners to purchase at their historic volumes or at the volumes that they or we forecast;

 

    changes in tax rates or adverse changes in tax laws that expose us to additional income tax liabilities;

 

    changes in U.S. and international tax policy, including changes that adversely affect customs, tax or duty rates (such as the proposed higher tariffs on products imported from China recently announced by the Trump administration), as well as income tax legislation and regulations that affect the countries where we conduct business;

 

    operational disruptions, such as transportation delays or failure of our order processing system, particularly if they occur at the end of a fiscal quarter;

 

    disruptions or delays related to our financial and enterprise resource planning systems;

 

    our inability to accurately forecast product demand, resulting in increased inventory exposure;

 

    allowance for doubtful accounts exposure with our existing retailers, distributors and other channel partners and new retailers, distributors and other channel partners, particularly as we expand into new international markets;

 

    geopolitical disruption, including sudden changes in immigration policies, leading to disruption in our workforce or delay or even stoppage of our operations in manufacturing, transportation, technical support and research and development;

 

    terms of our contracts with channel partners or suppliers that cause us to incur additional expenses or assume additional liabilities;

 

    an increase in price protection claims, redemptions of marketing rebates, product warranty and stock rotation returns or allowance for doubtful accounts;

 

    litigation involving alleged patent infringement;

 

    epidemic or widespread product failure, or unanticipated safety issues, in one or more of our products;

 

    failure to effectively manage our third-party customer support partners, which may result in customer complaints and/or harm to the Arlo brand;

 

    our inability to monitor and ensure compliance with our code of ethics, our anti-corruption compliance program and domestic and international anti-corruption laws and regulations, whether in relation to our employees or with our suppliers or retailers, distributors or other channel partners;

 

    labor unrest at facilities managed by our third-party manufacturers;

 

    workplace or human rights violations in certain countries in which our third-party manufacturers or suppliers operate, which may affect the Arlo brand and negatively affect our products’ acceptance by consumers;

 

25


Table of Contents
    unanticipated shifts or declines in profit by geographical region that would adversely impact our tax rate;

 

    failure to implement and maintain the appropriate internal controls over financial reporting, which may result in restatements of our financial statements; and

 

    any changes in accounting rules.

As a result, period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful, and you should not rely on them as an indication of our future performance.

If we fail to continue to introduce or acquire new products or services that achieve broad market acceptance on a timely basis, or if our products or services are not adopted as expected, we will not be able to compete effectively and we will be unable to increase or maintain revenue and gross margin.

We operate in a highly competitive, quickly changing environment, and our future success depends on our ability to develop or acquire, and introduce new products and services that achieve broad market acceptance. Our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to identify demand trends in the connected lifestyle market and quickly develop or acquire, and design, manufacture and sell, products and services that satisfy these demands in a cost-effective manner.

In order to differentiate our products and services from our competitors’ products, we must continue to increase our focus and capital investment in research and development, including software development. We have committed a substantial amount of resources to the manufacture, development and sale of our Arlo Smart services and our wire-free smart Wi-Fi cameras, advanced baby monitors and smart lights, and to introducing additional and improved models in these lines. In addition, we plan to continue to introduce new categories of smart connected devices to the Arlo platform in the near future. If our existing products and services do not continue, or if our new products or services fail to achieve widespread market acceptance, if existing customers do not subscribe to our paid subscription services such as Arlo Smart, or if we are unsuccessful in capitalizing on opportunities in the connected lifestyle market, as well as in the related market in the small business segment, our future growth may be slowed and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Successfully predicting demand trends is difficult, and it is very difficult to predict the effect that introducing a new product or service will have on existing product or service sales. It is possible that Arlo may not be as successful with its new products and services, and as a result our future growth may be slowed and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Also, we may not be able to respond effectively to new product or service announcements by our competitors by quickly introducing competitive products and services.

In addition, we may acquire companies and technologies in the future and, consistent with our vision for Arlo, introduce new product and service lines in the connected lifestyle market. In these circumstances, we may not be able to successfully manage integration of the new product and service lines with our existing suite of products and services. If we are unable to effectively and successfully further develop these new product and service lines, we may not be able to increase or maintain our sales, and our gross margin may be adversely affected.

We may experience delays and quality issues in releasing new products and services, which may result in lower quarterly revenue than expected. In addition, we may in the future experience product or service introductions that fall short of our projected rates of market adoption. Currently, reviews of our products and services are a significant factor in the success of our new product and service launches. If we are unable to generate a high number of positive reviews or quickly respond to negative reviews, including end-user reviews posted on various prominent online retailers, our ability to sell our products and services will be harmed. Any

 

26


Table of Contents

future delays in product and service development and introduction, or product and service introductions that do not meet broad market acceptance, or unsuccessful launches of new product and service lines could result in:

 

    loss of or delay in revenue and loss of market share;

 

    negative publicity and damage to our reputation and brand;

 

    a decline in the average selling price of our products and services;

 

    adverse reactions in our sales channels, such as reduced shelf space, reduced online product visibility or loss of sales channels; and

 

    increased levels of product returns.

Throughout the past few years, Arlo has significantly increased the rate of new product and service introductions, with the introduction of new lines of Arlo camera products and our smart light products, as well as the introduction of our Arlo Smart services. If we cannot sustain that pace of product and service introductions, either through rapid innovation or acquisition of new products and services or product and service lines, we may not be able to maintain or increase the market share of our products and services or expand further into the connected lifestyle market in accordance with our current plans. In addition, if we are unable to successfully introduce or acquire new products and services with higher gross margin, our revenue and overall gross margin would likely decline.

System security risks, data protection breaches and cyber-attacks could disrupt our products, services, internal operations or information technology systems, and any such disruption could reduce our expected revenue, increase our expenses, damage our reputation and cause our stock price to decline significantly.

Our products and services may contain unknown security vulnerabilities. For example, the firmware, software and open source software that we or our manufacturing partners have installed on our products may be susceptible to hacking or misuse. In addition, we offer a comprehensive online cloud management service paired with our end products, including our cameras, baby monitors and smart lights. If malicious actors compromise this cloud service, or if customer confidential information is accessed without authorization, our business will be harmed. Operating an online cloud service is a relatively new business for us, and we may not have the expertise to properly manage risks related to data security and systems security. We rely on third-party providers for a number of critical aspects of our cloud services and customer support, including web hosting services, billing and payment processing, and consequently we do not maintain direct control over the security or stability of the associated systems. If we or our third-party providers are unable to successfully prevent breaches of security relating to our products, services or user private information, including user videos and user personal identification information, or if these third-party systems fail for other reasons, our management could need to spend increasing amounts of time and effort in this area. As a result, we could incur substantial expenses, our brand and reputation could suffer and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Maintaining the security of our computer information systems and communication systems is a critical issue for us and our customers. Malicious actors may develop and deploy malware that is designed to manipulate our systems, including our internal network, or those of our vendors or customers. Additionally, outside parties may attempt to fraudulently induce our employees to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our information technology systems, our data or our customers’ data. We have established a crisis management plan and business continuity program. While we regularly test the plan and the program, there can be no assurance that the plan and program can withstand an actual or serious disruption in our business, including cyber-attack. While we have established service-level and geographic redundancy for our critical systems, our ability to utilize these redundant systems must be tested regularly, failing over to such systems always carries risk and we cannot

 

27


Table of Contents

be assured that such systems are fully functional. For example, much of our order fulfillment process is automated and the order information is stored on our servers. A significant business interruption could result in losses or damages and harm our business. If our computer systems and servers become unavailable at the end of a fiscal quarter, our ability to recognize revenue may be delayed until we are able to utilize back-up systems and continue to process and ship our orders. This could cause our stock price to decline significantly.

We devote considerable internal and external resources to network security, data encryption and other security measures to protect our systems, customers and users, but these security measures cannot provide absolute security. Potential breaches of our security measures and the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved dissemination of proprietary information or sensitive or confidential data about us, our employees or our customers or users, including the potential loss or disclosure of such information or data as a result of employee error or other employee actions, hacking, fraud, social engineering or other forms of deception could expose us, our customers or the individuals affected to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, result in litigation and potential liability for us, damage our brand and reputation or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant.

Interruptions with the cloud-based systems that we use in our operations provided by an affiliate of Amazon.com, Inc. (“Amazon”), which is also one of our primary competitors, may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We host our platform using Amazon Web Services (“AWS”) data centers, a provider of cloud infrastructure services, and may in the future use other third-party cloud-based systems in our operations. All of our solutions currently reside on systems leased and operated by us in these locations. Accordingly, our operations depend on protecting the virtual cloud infrastructure hosted in AWS by maintaining its configuration, architecture, features and interconnection specifications, as well as the information stored in these virtual data centers and which third-party internet service providers transmit. Although we have disaster recovery plans that utilize multiple AWS locations, any incident affecting their infrastructure that may be caused by human error, fire, flood, severe storm, earthquake or other natural disasters, cyber-attacks, terrorist or other attacks, and other similar events beyond our control could negatively affect our platform. A prolonged AWS service disruption affecting our platform for any of the foregoing reasons would negatively impact our ability to serve our end-users and could damage our reputation with current and potential end-users, expose us to liability, cause us to lose customers or otherwise harm our business. We may also incur significant costs for using alternative equipment or taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, events that damage the AWS services we use. Further, if we were to make updates to our platforms that were not compatible with the configuration, architecture, features and interconnection specifications of the third-party platform, our service could be disrupted.

Under the terms of AWS’s agreements with us, it may terminate its agreement by providing us with 30 days’ prior written notice. In addition, Amazon also produces the Amazon Cloud Cam, which competes with our security camera products, and recently acquired two of our competitors, Blink and Ring. Amazon may choose to hamper our competitive efforts, using provision of AWS services as leverage. In the event that our AWS service agreements are terminated, or there is a lapse of service, elimination of AWS services or features that we use, interruption of internet service provider connectivity or damage to such facilities, we could experience interruptions in access to our platform as well as significant delays and additional expense in arranging or creating new facilities and services and/or re-architecting our solutions for deployment on a different cloud infrastructure service provider, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

28


Table of Contents

Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do, and to be competitive we may be required to lower our prices or increase our sales and marketing expenses, which could result in reduced margins and loss of market share.

We compete in a rapidly evolving and fiercely competitive market, and we expect competition to continue to be intense, including price competition. Our principal competitors include Amazon (Blink and Ring), Google (Nest), Swann, Night Owl, Foxconn Corporation (Belkin), Samsung, D-Link and Canary. Other competitors include numerous local vendors such as Netatmo, Logitech, Bosch, Instar and Uniden. In addition, these local vendors may target markets outside of their local regions and may increasingly compete with us in other regions worldwide. Many of our existing and potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater brand recognition and substantially greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources. These competitors may, among other things, undertake more extensive marketing campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies, obtain more favorable pricing from suppliers and manufacturers, and exert more influence on sales channels than we can. In addition, certain competitors may have different business models, such as integrated manufacturing capabilities, that may allow them to achieve cost savings and to compete on the basis of price. Other competitors may have fewer resources, but may be more nimble in developing new or disruptive technology or in entering new markets.

We anticipate that current and potential competitors will also intensify their efforts to penetrate our target markets. For example, price competition is intense in our industry in certain geographical regions and product categories. Many of our competitors price their products significantly below our product costs. Average sales prices have declined in the past and may again decline in the future. These competitors may have more advanced technology, more extensive distribution channels, stronger brand names, greater access to shelf space in retail locations, bigger promotional budgets and larger retailers, distributors and other channel partners and end-user bases than we do.

In addition, many of these competitors leverage a broader product portfolio and offer lower pricing as part of a more comprehensive end-to-end solution. These companies could devote more capital resources to develop, manufacture and market competing products than we could.

Our competitors may also acquire other companies in the market and leverage combined resources to gain market share. If any of these companies are successful in competing against us, our sales could decline, our margins could be negatively impacted and we could lose market share, any of which could seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on a limited number of traditional and online retailers and wholesale distributors for a substantial portion of our sales, and our revenue could decline if they refuse to pay our requested prices or reduce their level of purchases or if there is significant consolidation in our sales channels, which results in fewer sales channels for our products.

We sell a substantial portion of our products through traditional and online retailers, including Best Buy Co., Inc. (“Best Buy”), Amazon, Costco Wholesale Corporation (“Costco”) and their respective affiliates. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we derived 28%, 16% and 13% of our revenue from Best Buy, Amazon and Costco and their respective affiliates, respectively. In addition, we sell to wholesale distributors, including Ingram Micro, Inc., D&H Distributing Company, Exertis (UK) Ltd. and Synnex Corporation. We expect that a significant portion of our revenue will continue to come from sales to a small number of such retailers, distributors and other channel partners. In addition, because our accounts receivable are often concentrated within a small group of retailers, distributors and other channel partners, the failure of any of them to pay on a timely basis, or at all, would reduce our cash flow. We are also exposed to increased credit risk if any one of these limited numbers of retailer and distributor channel partners fails or becomes insolvent. We generally have no minimum purchase commitments or long-term contracts with any of these retailers, distributors and other channel partners. These purchasers could decide at any time to discontinue, decrease or delay their purchases of

 

29


Table of Contents

our products. If our retailers, distributors and other channel partners increase the size of their product orders without sufficient lead-time for us to process the order, our ability to fulfill product orders would be compromised. These channel partners have a variety of suppliers to choose from and therefore can make substantial demands on us, including demands on product pricing and on contractual terms, which often results in the allocation of risk to us as the supplier. Accordingly, the prices that they pay for our products are subject to negotiation and could change at any time. We have historically benefitted from NETGEAR’s strong relationships with these retailers, distributors and other channel partners, and we may not be able to maintain these relationships following our separation from NETGEAR. Our ability to maintain strong relationships with these channel partners is essential to our future performance. If any of our major channel partners reduce their level of purchases or refuse to pay the prices that we set for our products, our revenue and results of operations could be harmed. The traditional retailers that purchase from us have faced increased and significant competition from online retailers. If our key traditional retailers continue to reduce their level of purchases from us, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Additionally, concentration and consolidation among our channel partner base may allow certain retailers and distributors to command increased leverage in negotiating prices and other terms of sale, which could adversely affect our profitability. In addition, if, as a result of increased leverage, channel partner pressures require us to reduce our pricing such that our gross margin is diminished, we could decide not to sell our products to a particular channel partner, which could result in a decrease in our revenue. Consolidation among our channel partner base may also lead to reduced demand for our products, elimination of sales opportunities, replacement of our products with those of our competitors and cancellations of orders, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. If consolidation among the retailers, distributors or other channel partners who purchase our products becomes more prevalent, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

In particular, the retail and connected home markets in some countries, including the United States, are dominated by a few large retailers with many stores. These retailers have in the past increased their market share and may continue to do so in the future by expanding through acquisitions and construction of additional stores. These situations concentrate our credit risk with a relatively small number of retailers, and, if any of these retailers were to experience a shortage of liquidity, it could increase the risk that their outstanding payables to us may not be paid. In addition, increasing market share concentration among one or a few retailers in a particular country or region increases the risk that if any one of them substantially reduces its purchases of our devices, we may be unable to find a sufficient number of other retail outlets for our products to sustain the same level of sales. Any reduction in sales by our retailers could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our current and future products may experience quality problems, including defects or errors, from time to time that can result in adverse publicity, product recalls, litigation, regulatory proceedings, and warranty claims resulting in significant direct or indirect costs, decreased revenue and operating margin, and harm to our brand.

We sell complex products that could contain design and manufacturing defects in their materials, hardware and firmware. These defects could include defective materials or components that can unexpectedly interfere with the products’ intended operations or cause injuries to users or property damage. Although we extensively and rigorously test new and enhanced products and services before their release, we cannot assure we will be able to detect, prevent or fix all defects. Failure to detect, prevent or fix defects, or an increase in defects, could result in a variety of consequences, including a greater number of product returns than expected from users and retailers, increases in warranty costs, regulatory proceedings, product recalls and litigation, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We generally provide a one-year hardware warranty on all of our products. The occurrence of real or perceived quality problems or material defects in our current and future products could expose us to warranty claims in excess of our current reserves. If we experience greater returns from retailers or users, or greater warranty claims, in excess

 

30


Table of Contents

of our reserves, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. In addition, any negative publicity or lawsuits filed against us related to the perceived quality and safety of our products could also adversely affect our brand, decrease demand for our products and services and materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, epidemic failure clauses are found in certain of our customer contracts. If invoked, these clauses may entitle the customer to return for replacement or obtain credits for products and inventory, as well as assess liquidated damage penalties and terminate an existing contract and cancel future or then-current purchase orders. In such instances, we may also be obligated to cover significant costs incurred by the customer associated with the consequences of such epidemic failure, including freight and transportation required for product replacement and out-of-pocket costs for truck rolls to end-user sites to collect the defective products. Costs or payments we make in connection with an epidemic failure could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If our products contain defects or errors, or are found to be noncompliant with industry standards, we could experience decreased sales and increased product returns, loss of customers and market share, and increased service, warranty and insurance costs. In addition, defects in, or misuse of, certain of our products could cause safety concerns, including the risk of property damage or personal injury. If any of these events occurred, our reputation and brand could be damaged, and we could face product liability or other claims regarding our products, resulting in unexpected expenses and adversely impacting our operating results. For instance, if a third party were able to successfully overcome the security measures in our products, such a person or entity could misappropriate end-user data, third-party data stored by our users and other information, including intellectual property. If that happens, affected end-users or others may file actions against us alleging product liability, tort or breach of warranty claims.

We depend on large, recurring purchases from certain significant retailers, distributors and other channel partners, and a loss, cancellation or delay in purchases by these channel partners could negatively affect our revenue.

The loss of recurring orders from any of our more significant retailers, distributors and other channel partners could cause our revenue and profitability to suffer. Our ability to attract new retailers, distributors and other channel partners will depend on a variety of factors, including the cost-effectiveness, reliability, scalability, breadth and depth of our products. In addition, a change in the mix of our retailers, distributors and other channel partners, or a change in the mix of direct and indirect sales, could adversely affect our revenue and gross margin.

Although our financial performance may depend on large, recurring orders from certain retailers, distributors and other channel partners, we do not generally have binding commitments from them. For example:

 

    our channel partner agreements generally do not require minimum purchases;

 

    our retailers, distributors and other channel partners can stop purchasing and stop marketing our products at any time; and

 

    our channel partner agreements generally are not exclusive.

Further, our revenue may be impacted by significant one-time purchases that are not contemplated to be repeatable. While such purchases are reflected in our financial statements, we do not rely on and do not forecast for continued significant one-time purchases. As a result, lack of repeatable one-time purchases will adversely affect our revenue.

Because our expenses are based on our revenue forecasts, a substantial reduction or delay in sales of our products to, or unexpected returns from, channel partners, or the loss of any significant channel partners, could

 

31


Table of Contents

materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Although our largest channel partners may vary from period to period, we anticipate that our results of operations for any given period will continue to depend on large orders from a small number of channel partners.

The average selling prices of our products typically decrease rapidly over the sales cycle of the product, which may negatively affect our revenue and gross margin.

Our products typically experience price erosion, a fairly rapid reduction in the average unit selling prices over their sales cycles. In order to sell products that have a falling average unit selling price and maintain margins at the same time, we need to continually reduce product and manufacturing costs. To manage manufacturing costs, we must partner with our third-party manufacturers to engineer the most cost-effective design for our products. In addition, we must carefully manage the price paid for components used in our products, and we must also successfully manage our freight and inventory costs to reduce overall product costs. We also need to continually introduce new products with higher sales prices and gross margin in order to maintain our overall gross margin. If we are unable to manage the cost of older products or successfully introduce new products with higher gross margin, our revenue and overall gross margin would likely decline.

The reputation of our services may be damaged, and we may face significant direct or indirect costs, decreased revenue and operating margins if our services contain significant defects or fail to perform as intended.

Our services, including our intelligent cloud and App platform and our Arlo Smart services, are complex, and may not always perform as intended due to outages of our systems or defects affecting our services. Systems outages could be disruptive to our business and damage the reputation of our services and result in potential loss of revenue.

Significant defects affecting our services may be found following the introduction of new software or enhancements to existing software or in software implementations in varied information technology environments. Internal quality assurance testing and end-user testing may reveal service performance issues or desirable feature enhancements that could lead us to reallocate service development resources or postpone the release of new versions of our software. The reallocation of resources or any postponement could cause delays in the development and release of future enhancements to our currently available software, damage the reputation of our services in the marketplace and result in potential loss of revenue. Although we attempt to resolve all errors that we believe would be considered serious by our partners and customers, the software powering our services is not error-free. Undetected errors or performance problems may be discovered in the future, and known errors that we consider minor may be considered serious by our channel partners and end-users.

System disruptions and defects in our services could result in lost revenue, delays in customer deployment or legal claims and could be detrimental to our reputation.

Because we store, process and use data, some of which contain personal information, we are subject to complex and evolving federal, state and foreign laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection and other matters, which are subject to change.

We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the United States and other countries that involve matters central to our business, including with respect to user privacy, rights of publicity, data protection, content, protection of minors and consumer protection. These laws can be particularly restrictive in countries outside the United States. Both in the United States and abroad, these laws and regulations constantly evolve and remain subject to significant change. In addition, the application and interpretation of these laws and regulations are often uncertain, particularly in the new and rapidly evolving industry in which we operate. Because we store, process and use data, some of which contain personal information, we are subject to complex and evolving federal, state and foreign laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection and other matters. Many of

 

32


Table of Contents

these laws and regulations are subject to change and uncertain interpretation and could result in investigations, claims, changes to our business practices, increased cost of operations and declines in user growth, retention or engagement, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Several proposals are pending before federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies that could significantly affect our business. For example, a revision to the 1995 European Union Data Protection Directive is currently being considered by European legislative bodies that may include more stringent operational requirements for data processors and significant penalties for non-compliance. In addition, the EU General Data Protection Regulation 2016/679 (“GDPR”), which came into effect on May 25, 2018, establishes new requirements applicable to the processing of personal data ( i.e. , data which identifies an individual or from which an individual is identifiable), affords new data protection rights to individuals ( e.g. , the right to erasure of personal data) and imposes penalties for serious data breaches. Individuals also have a right to compensation under GDPR for financial or non-financial losses. GDPR will impose additional responsibility and liability in relation to our processing of personal data. GDPR may require us to change our policies and procedures and, if we are not compliant, could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our stock price may be volatile and your investment in our common stock could suffer a decline in value.

There has been significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of technology and other companies, which may be unrelated to the financial performance of these companies. These broad market fluctuations may negatively affect the market price of our common stock .

Some specific factors that may have a significant effect on the market price of our common stock include:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations or our competitors’ operating results;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in the growth rate of the connected lifestyle market, our growth rates or our competitors’ growth rates;

 

    conditions in the financial markets in general or changes in general economic conditions;

 

    changes in governmental regulation, including taxation and tariff policies;

 

    interest rate or currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

    our ability to forecast or report accurate financial results; and

 

    changes in stock market analyst recommendations regarding our common stock, other comparable companies or our industry generally.

We obtain several key components from limited or sole sources, and if these sources fail to satisfy our supply requirements or we are unable to properly manage our supply requirements with our third-party manufacturers, we may lose sales and experience increased component costs.

Any shortage or delay in the supply of key product components would harm our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries. Many of the components used in our products are specifically designed for use in our products, some of which are obtained from sole source suppliers. These components include lens, lens-sensors and passive infrared (“PIR”) sensors that have been customized for the Arlo application, as well as

 

33


Table of Contents

custom-made batteries that provide power conservation and safety features. In addition, the components used in our end products have been optimized to extend battery life. Our third-party manufacturers generally purchase these components on our behalf, and we do not have any contractual commitments or guaranteed supply arrangements with our suppliers. If demand for a specific component increases, we may not be able to obtain an adequate number of that component in a timely manner. In addition, if worldwide demand for the components increases significantly, the availability of these components could be limited. Further, our suppliers may experience financial or other difficulties as a result of uncertain and weak worldwide economic conditions. Other factors that may affect our suppliers’ ability or willingness to supply components to us include internal management or reorganizational issues, such as roll-out of new equipment which may delay or disrupt supply of previously forecasted components, or industry consolidation and divestitures, which may result in changed business and product priorities among certain suppliers. It could be difficult, costly and time consuming to obtain alternative sources for these components, or to change product designs to make use of alternative components. In addition, difficulties in transitioning from an existing supplier to a new supplier could create delays in component availability that would have a significant impact on our ability to fulfill orders for our products.

We provide our third-party manufacturers with a rolling forecast of demand, which they use to determine our material and component requirements. Lead times for ordering materials and components vary significantly and depend on various factors, such as the specific supplier, contract terms and demand and supply for a component at a given time. Some of our components have long lead times, such as wireless local area network chipsets, physical layer transceivers, connector jacks and metal and plastic enclosures. If our forecasts are not timely provided or are less than our actual requirements, our third-party manufacturers may be unable to manufacture products in a timely manner. If our forecasts are too high, our third-party manufacturers will be unable to use the components they have purchased on our behalf. The cost of the components used in our products tends to drop rapidly as volumes increase and the technologies mature. Therefore, if our third-party manufacturers are unable to promptly use components purchased on our behalf, our cost of producing products may be higher than our competitors due to an oversupply of higher-priced components. Moreover, if they are unable to use components ordered at our direction, we will need to reimburse them for any losses they incur.

If we are unable to obtain a sufficient supply of components, or if we experience any interruption in the supply of components, our product shipments could be reduced or delayed or our cost of obtaining these components may increase. Component shortages and delays affect our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries, damage our brand and reputation in the market, and cause us to lose sales and market share. For example, component shortages and disruptions in supply in the past have limited our ability to supply all the worldwide demand for our products, and our revenue was affected. At times, we have elected to use more expensive transportation methods, such as air freight, to make up for manufacturing delays caused by component shortages, which reduces our margins. In addition, at times sole suppliers of highly specialized components have provided components that were either defective or did not meet the criteria required by our retailers, distributors or other channel partners, resulting in delays, lost revenue opportunities and potentially substantial write-offs.

We depend on a limited number of third-party manufacturers for substantially all of our manufacturing needs. If these third-party manufacturers experience any delay, disruption or quality control problems in their operations, we could lose market share and our brand may suffer.

All of our products are manufactured, assembled, tested and generally packaged by a limited number of third-party original design manufacturers (“ODMs”). In most cases, we rely on these manufacturers to procure components and, in some cases, subcontract engineering work. We currently outsource manufacturing to Foxconn Corporation, Sky Light Industrial Ltd. and Delta Networks, Inc. We do not have any long-term contracts with any of these third-party manufacturers, although we have executed product supply agreements with these manufacturers, which typically provide indemnification for intellectual property infringement, epidemic failure clauses, agreed-upon price concessions and certain product quality requirements. Some of these third-party manufacturers produce products for our competitors. In addition, one of our principal manufacturers, Foxconn Corporation, has entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Belkin International, which includes the

 

34


Table of Contents

WeMo brand of home automation products, which may compete directly with us. Due to changing economic conditions, the viability of some of these third-party manufacturers may be at risk. The loss of the services of any of our primary third-party manufacturers could cause a significant disruption in operations and delays in product shipments. Qualifying a new manufacturer and commencing volume production is expensive and time consuming. Ensuring that a contract manufacturer is qualified to manufacture our products to our standards is time consuming. In addition, there is no assurance that a contract manufacturer can scale its production of our products at the volumes and in the quality that we require. If a contract manufacturer is unable to do these things, we may have to move production for the products to a new or existing third-party manufacturer, which would take significant effort and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. In addition, as we contemplate moving manufacturing into different jurisdictions, we may be subject to additional significant challenges in ensuring that quality, processes and costs, among other issues, are consistent with our expectations. For example, while we expect our manufacturers to be responsible for penalties assessed on us because of excessive failures of the products, there is no assurance that we will be able to collect such reimbursements from these manufacturers, which causes us to take on additional risk for potential failures of our products.

Our reliance on third-party manufacturers also exposes us to the following risks over which we have limited control:

 

    unexpected increases in manufacturing and repair costs;

 

    inability to control the quality and reliability of finished products;

 

    inability to control delivery schedules;

 

    potential liability for expenses incurred by third-party manufacturers in reliance on our forecasts that later prove to be inaccurate;

 

    potential lack of adequate capacity to manufacture all or a part of the products we require; and

 

    potential labor unrest affecting the ability of the third-party manufacturers to produce our products.

All of our products must satisfy safety and regulatory standards and some of our products must also receive government certifications. Our third-party manufacturers are primarily responsible for conducting the tests that support our applications for most regulatory approvals for our products. If our third-party manufacturers fail to timely and accurately conduct these tests, we would be unable to obtain the necessary domestic or foreign regulatory approvals or certificates to sell our products in certain jurisdictions. As a result, we would be unable to sell our products and our sales and profitability could be reduced, our relationships with our sales channel could be harmed, and our reputation and brand would suffer.

Specifically, substantially all of our manufacturing and assembly occurs in the Asia Pacific region, primarily in Vietnam, and any disruptions due to natural disasters, health epidemics and political, social and economic instability in the region would affect the ability of our third-party manufacturers to manufacture our products. In particular, in the event the labor market in Vietnam becomes saturated, our third-party manufacturers in Vietnam may increase our costs of production. If these costs increase, it may affect our margins and ability to lower prices for our products to stay competitive. Labor unrest may also affect our third-party manufacturers, as workers may strike and cause production delays. If our third-party manufacturers fail to maintain good relations with their employees or contractors, and production and manufacturing of our products are affected, then we may be subject to shortages of products and the quality of products delivered may be affected. Further, if our manufacturers or warehousing facilities are disrupted or destroyed, we could have no other readily available alternatives for manufacturing and assembling our products, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

35


Table of Contents

In the future, we may work with more third-party manufacturers on a contract manufacturing basis, which could result in our exposure to additional risks not inherent in a typical ODM arrangement. Such risks may include our inability to properly source and qualify components for the products, lack of software expertise resulting in increased software defects, and lack of resources to properly monitor the manufacturing process. In our typical ODM arrangement, our ODMs are generally responsible for sourcing the components of the products and warranting that the products will work according to a product’s specification, including any software specifications. In a contract manufacturing arrangement, we would take on much more, if not all, of the responsibility around these areas. If we are unable to properly manage these risks, our products may be more susceptible to defects, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

We depend substantially on our sales channels, and our failure to maintain and expand our sales channels would result in lower sales and reduced revenue.

To maintain and grow our market share, revenue and brand, we must maintain and expand our sales channels. Our sales channels consist primarily of traditional retailers, online retailers and wholesale distributors, but also include service providers such as wireless carriers and telecommunications providers. We generally have no minimum purchase commitments or long-term contracts with any of these third parties.

Traditional retailers have limited shelf space and promotional budgets, and competition is intense for these resources. A competitor with more extensive product lines and stronger brand identity may have greater bargaining power with these retailers. Any reduction in available shelf space or increased competition for such shelf space would require us to increase our marketing expenditures simply to maintain current levels of retail shelf space, which would harm our operating margin. Our traditional retail customers have faced increased and significant competition from online retailers. If we cannot effectively manage our business amongst our online customers and traditional retail customers, our business would be harmed. The recent trend in the consolidation of online retailers has resulted in intensified competition for preferred product placement, such as product placement on an online retailer’s internet home page. In addition, our efforts to realign or consolidate our sales channels may cause temporary disruptions in our product sales and revenue, and these efforts may not result in the expected longer-term benefits that prompted them.

In addition, to the extent our retail and distributor channel partners supply products that compete with our own, it is possible that these channel partners may choose not to offer our products to end-users or to offer our products to end-users on less favorable terms, including with respect to product placement. If this were to occur, we may not be able to increase or maintain our sales, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. For example, Amazon, one of our primary retailers, produces the Amazon Cloud Cam, which competes with our security camera products, and also recently acquired two of our competitors, Blink and Ring. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we derived 16% of our revenue from Amazon and its affiliates.

We must also continuously monitor and evaluate emerging sales channels. If we fail to establish a presence in an important developing sales channel, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

If disruptions in our transportation network occur or our shipping costs substantially increase, we may be unable to sell or timely deliver our products, and our operating expenses could increase.

We are highly dependent upon the transportation systems we use to ship our products, including surface and air freight. Our attempts to closely match our inventory levels to our product demand intensify the need for our transportation systems to function effectively and without delay. On a quarterly basis, our shipping volume also tends to steadily increase as the quarter progresses, which means that any disruption in our transportation network in the latter half of a quarter will likely have a more material effect on our business than at the beginning of a quarter.

 

36


Table of Contents

The transportation network is subject to disruption or congestion from a variety of causes, including labor disputes or port strikes, acts of war or terrorism, natural disasters and congestion resulting from higher shipping volumes. Labor disputes among freight carriers and at ports of entry are common, particularly in Europe, and we expect labor unrest and its effects on shipping our products to be a continuing challenge for us. A port worker strike, work slow-down or other transportation disruption in Long Beach, California, where we import our products to fulfill our Americas orders, could significantly disrupt our business. Our international freight is regularly subjected to inspection by governmental entities. If our delivery times increase unexpectedly for these or any other reasons, our ability to deliver products on time would be materially adversely affected and result in delayed or lost revenue as well as customer imposed penalties. In addition, if increases in fuel prices occur, our transportation costs would likely increase. Moreover, the cost of shipping our products by air freight is greater than other methods. From time to time in the past, we have shipped products using extensive air freight to meet unexpected spikes in demand and shifts in demand between product categories, to bring new product introductions to market quickly and to timely ship products previously ordered. If we rely more heavily upon air freight to deliver our products, our overall shipping costs will increase. A prolonged transportation disruption or a significant increase in the cost of freight could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we lose the services of key personnel, we may not be able to execute our business strategy effectively.

Our future success depends in large part upon the continued services of our key technical, engineering, sales, marketing, finance and senior management personnel. The competition for qualified personnel with significant experience in the design, development, manufacturing, marketing and sales in the markets in which we operate is intense, both where our U.S. operations are based, including Silicon Valley, and in global markets in which we operate. Our inability to attract qualified personnel, including hardware and software engineers and sales and marketing personnel, could delay the development and introduction of, and harm our ability to sell, our products and services. Changes to U.S. immigration policies that restrict our ability to attract and retain technical personnel may negatively affect our research and development efforts.

We do not maintain any key person life insurance policies. Our business model requires extremely skilled and experienced senior management who are able to withstand the rigorous requirements and expectations of our business. Our success depends on senior management being able to execute at a very high level. The loss of any of our senior management or other key engineering, research, development, sales or marketing personnel, particularly if lost to competitors, could harm our ability to implement our business strategy and respond to the rapidly changing needs of our business. If we suffer the loss of services of any key executive or key personnel, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we may not be able to have the proper personnel in place to effectively execute our long-term business strategy if key personnel retire, resign or are otherwise terminated.

If we are unable to secure and protect our intellectual property rights, our ability to compete could be harmed.

We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws, nondisclosure agreements with employees, consultants and suppliers and other contractual provisions to establish, maintain and protect our intellectual property and technology. Despite efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized third parties may attempt to design around, copy aspects of our product design or obtain and use technology or other intellectual property associated with our products. Furthermore, our competitors may independently develop similar technology or design around our intellectual property. Our inability to secure and protect our intellectual property rights could materially adversely affect our brand and business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

37


Table of Contents

We rely upon third parties for technology that is critical to our products, and if we are unable to continue to use this technology and future technology, our ability to develop, sell, maintain and support technologically innovative products would be limited.

We rely on third parties to obtain non-exclusive patented hardware and software license rights in technologies that are incorporated into and necessary for the operation and functionality of most of our products. In these cases, because the intellectual property we license is available from third parties, barriers to entry into certain markets may be lower for potential or existing competitors than if we owned exclusive rights to the technology that we license and use. Moreover, if a competitor or potential competitor enters into an exclusive arrangement with any of our key third-party technology providers, or if any of these providers unilaterally decides not to do business with us for any reason, our ability to develop and sell products containing that technology would be severely limited. In addition, certain of Arlo’s firmware and the AI-based algorithms that we use in our Arlo Smart services incorporate open source software, the licenses for which may include customary requirements for, and restrictions on, use of the open source software.

If we are offering products or services that contain third-party technology that we subsequently lose the right to license, then we will not be able to continue to offer or support those products or services. In addition, these licenses may require royalty payments or other consideration to the third-party licensor. Our success will depend, in part, on our continued ability to access these technologies, and we do not know whether these third-party technologies will continue to be licensed to us on commercially acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, if these third-party licensors fail or experience instability, then we may be unable to continue to sell products and services that incorporate the licensed technologies, in addition to being unable to continue to maintain and support these products and services. We do require escrow arrangements with respect to certain third-party software which entitle us to certain limited rights to the source code, in the event of certain failures by the third party, in order to maintain and support such software. However, there is no guarantee that we would be able to fully understand and use the source code, as we may not have the expertise to do so. We are increasingly exposed to these risks as we continue to develop and market more products containing third-party technology and software. If we are unable to license the necessary technology, we may be forced to acquire or develop alternative technology, which could be of lower quality or performance standards. The acquisition or development of alternative technology may limit and delay our ability to offer new or competitive products and services and increase our costs of production. As a result, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

We also utilize third-party software development companies and contractors to develop, customize, maintain and support software that is incorporated into our products and services. If these companies and contractors fail to timely deliver or continuously maintain and support the software, as we require of them, we may experience delays in releasing new products and services or difficulties with supporting existing products, services and our users.

Our sales and operations in international markets expose us to operational, financial and regulatory risks.

International sales comprise a significant amount of our overall revenue. International sales were 25% of overall revenue in fiscal year 2017 and 23% of overall revenue in fiscal year 2016. We continue to be committed to growing our international sales, and while we have committed resources to expanding our international operations and sales channels, these efforts may not be successful. International operations are subject to a number of other risks, including:

 

    exchange rate fluctuations;

 

    political and economic instability, international terrorism and anti-American sentiment, particularly in emerging markets;

 

38


Table of Contents
    potential for violations of anti-corruption laws and regulations, such as those related to bribery and fraud;

 

    preference for locally branded products, and laws and business practices favoring local competition;

 

    potential consequences of, and uncertainty related to, the “Brexit” process in the United Kingdom, which could lead to additional expense and complexity in doing business there;

 

    increased difficulty in managing inventory;

 

    delayed revenue recognition;

 

    less effective protection of intellectual property;

 

    stringent consumer protection and product compliance regulations, including but not limited to General Data Protection Regulation in the European Union, European competition law, the Restriction of Hazardous Substances directive, the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment directive and the European Ecodesign directive that are costly to comply with and may vary from country to country;

 

    difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

    business difficulties, including potential bankruptcy or liquidation, of any of our worldwide third-party logistics providers, such as Kerry Logistics; and

 

    changes in local tax and customs duty laws or changes in the enforcement, application or interpretation of such laws.

We are also required to comply with local environmental legislation, and those who sell our products rely on this compliance in order to sell our products. If those who sell our products do not agree with our interpretations and requirements of new legislation, they may cease to order our products and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

The development of our operations and infrastructure in connection with our separation from NETGEAR, and any future expansion of such operations and infrastructure, may not be entirely successful, and may strain our operations and increase our operating expenses.

In connection with our separation from NETGEAR, we have been implementing a new information technology infrastructure for our business, which includes the creation of management information systems and operational and financial controls unique to our business. We may not be able to put in place adequate controls in an efficient and timely manner in connection with our separation from NETGEAR and as our business grows, and our current systems may not be adequate to support our future operations. The difficulties associated with installing and implementing new systems, procedures and controls may place a significant burden on our management and operational and financial resources. In addition, as we grow internationally, we will have to expand and enhance our communications infrastructure. If we fail to continue to improve our management information systems, procedures and financial controls, or encounter unexpected difficulties during expansion and reorganization, our business could be harmed.

For example, we are investing significant capital and human resources in the design, development and enhancement of our financial and enterprise resource planning systems. We will depend on these systems in order to timely and accurately process and report key components of our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. If the systems fail to operate appropriately or we experience any disruptions or delays in

 

39


Table of Contents

enhancing their functionality to meet current business requirements, our ability to fulfill customer orders, bill and track our customers, fulfill contractual obligations, accurately report our financials and otherwise run our business could be adversely affected. Even if we do not encounter these adverse effects, the development and enhancement of systems may be much more costly than we anticipated. If we are unable to continue to develop and enhance our information technology systems as planned, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Governmental regulations of imports or exports affecting internet security could affect our revenue.

Any additional governmental regulation of imports or exports or failure to obtain required export approval of our encryption technologies could adversely affect our international and domestic sales. The United States and various foreign governments have imposed controls, export license requirements and restrictions on the import or export of some technologies, particularly encryption technology. In addition, from time to time, governmental agencies have proposed additional regulation of encryption technology, such as requiring the escrow and governmental recovery of private encryption keys. In response to terrorist activity, governments could enact additional regulation or restriction on the use, import or export of encryption technology. This additional regulation of encryption technology could delay or prevent the acceptance and use of encryption products and public networks for secure communications, resulting in decreased demand for our products and services. In addition, some foreign competitors are subject to less stringent controls on exporting their encryption technologies. As a result, they may be able to compete more effectively than we can in the United States and the international internet security market.

We are involved in litigation matters in the ordinary course and may in the future become involved in additional litigation, including litigation regarding intellectual property rights, which could be costly and subject us to significant liability.

Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding infringement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. From time to time, third parties have asserted, and may continue to assert, exclusive patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights against us, demanding license or royalty payments or seeking payment for damages, injunctive relief and other available legal remedies through litigation. These also include third-party non-practicing entities who claim to own patents or other intellectual property that they believe cover our products. If we are unable to resolve these matters or obtain licenses on acceptable or commercially reasonable terms, we could be sued or we may be forced to initiate litigation to protect our rights. The cost of any necessary licenses could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In the event successful claims of infringement are brought by third parties, and we are unable to obtain licenses or independently develop alternative technology on a timely basis, we may be subject to indemnification obligations, be unable to offer competitive products or be subject to increased expenses. If we do not resolve these claims on a favorable basis, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

As part of growing our business, we may make acquisitions. If we fail to successfully select, execute or integrate our acquisitions, then our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected and our stock price could decline.

From time to time, we may undertake acquisitions to add new product and service lines and technologies, acquire talent, gain new sales channels or enter into new sales territories. Acquisitions involve numerous risks and challenges, including relating to the successful integration of the acquired business, entering into new territories or markets with which we have limited or no prior experience, establishing or maintaining business relationships with new retailers, distributors or other channel partners, vendors and suppliers and potential post-closing disputes.

 

40


Table of Contents

We cannot ensure that we will be successful in selecting, executing and integrating acquisitions. Failure to manage and successfully integrate acquisitions could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if stock market analysts or our stockholders do not support or believe in the value of the acquisitions that we choose to undertake, our stock price may decline.

If we do not effectively manage our sales channel inventory and product mix, we may incur costs associated with excess inventory, or lose sales from having too few products.

If we are unable to properly monitor, control and manage our sales channel inventory and maintain an appropriate level and mix of products with our distributors and within our sales channels, we may incur increased and unexpected costs associated with this inventory. We generally allow distributors and traditional retailers to return a limited amount of our products in exchange for other products. Under our price protection policy, if we reduce the list price of a product, we are often required to issue a credit in an amount equal to the reduction for each of the products held in inventory by our wholesale distributors and retailers. If our wholesale distributors and retailers are unable to sell their inventory in a timely manner, we might lower the price of the products, or these parties may exchange the products for newer products. Also, during the transition from an existing product to a new replacement product, we must accurately predict the demand for the existing and the new product.

We determine production levels based on our forecasts of demand for our products. Actual demand for our products depends on many factors, which makes it difficult to forecast. We have experienced differences between our actual and our forecasted demand in the past and expect differences to arise in the future. If we improperly forecast demand for our products, we could end up with too many products and be unable to sell the excess inventory in a timely manner, if at all, or, alternatively, we could end up with too few products and not be able to satisfy demand. This problem is exacerbated because we attempt to closely match inventory levels with product demand, leaving limited margin for error. If these events occur, we could incur increased expenses associated with writing off excessive or obsolete inventory, lose sales, incur penalties for late delivery or have to ship products by air freight to meet immediate demand, thereby incurring incremental freight costs above the sea freight costs, a preferred method, and suffering a corresponding decline in gross margin.

Global economic conditions could materially adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.

Our business has been and may continue to be affected by a number of factors that are beyond our control, such as general geopolitical, economic and business conditions, conditions in the financial markets and changes in the overall demand for connected lifestyle products. Our products and services may be considered discretionary items for our consumer and small business end-users. A severe and/or prolonged economic downturn could adversely affect our customers’ financial condition and the levels of business activity of our customers. Weakness in, and uncertainty about, global economic conditions may cause businesses to postpone spending in response to tighter credit, negative financial news and/or declines in income or asset values, which could have a material negative effect on the demand for our products.

In the recent past, various regions worldwide have experienced slow economic growth. In addition, current economic challenges in China, including any global economic ramifications of these challenges, may continue to put negative pressure on global economic conditions. If conditions in the global economy, including Europe, China, Australia and the United States, or other key vertical or geographic markets deteriorate, such conditions could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. If we are unable to successfully anticipate changing economic and political conditions, we may be unable to effectively plan for and respond to those changes, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the economic problems affecting the financial markets and the uncertainty in global economic conditions resulted in a number of adverse effects, including a low level of liquidity in many financial markets, extreme volatility in credit, equity, currency and fixed income markets, instability in the stock market and high unemployment.

 

41


Table of Contents

For example, the challenges faced by the European Union to stabilize some of its member economies, such as Greece, Portugal, Spain, Hungary and Italy, have had international implications affecting the stability of global financial markets and hindering economies worldwide. Many member nations in the European Union have been addressing the issues with controversial austerity measures. In addition, the potential consequences of the “Brexit” process in the United Kingdom have led to significant uncertainty in the region. Should the European Union monetary policy measures be insufficient to restore confidence and stability to the financial markets, or should the United Kingdom’s “Brexit” decision lead to additional economic or political instability, the global economy, including the U.S. and European Union economies where we have a significant presence, could be hindered, which could have a material adverse effect on us. There could also be a number of other follow-on effects from these economic developments on our business, including the inability of customers to obtain credit to finance purchases of our products, customer insolvencies, decreased customer confidence to make purchasing decisions, decreased customer demand and decreased customer ability to pay their trade obligations.

In addition, availability of our products from third-party manufacturers and our ability to distribute our products into non-U.S. jurisdictions may be impacted by factors such as an increase in duties, tariffs or other restrictions on trade; raw material shortages, work stoppages, strikes and political unrest; economic crises and international disputes or conflicts; changes in leadership and the political climate in countries from which we import products; and failure of the United States to maintain normal trade relations with China and other countries. While China currently enjoys “most favored nation” trading status with the United States, the Trump administration has proposed to revoke that status and to impose higher tariffs on products imported from China, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The success of our business depends on customers’ continued and unimpeded access to our platform on the internet.

Our users must have internet access in order to use our platform. Some providers may take measures that affect their customers’ ability to use our platform, such as degrading the quality of the data packets we transmit over their lines, giving those packets lower priority, giving other packets higher priority than ours, blocking our packets entirely or attempting to charge their customers more for using our platform.

In December 2010, the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”), adopted net neutrality rules barring internet providers from blocking or slowing down access to online content, protecting services like ours from such interference. Recently, the FCC voted in favor of repealing the net neutrality rules, and it is currently uncertain how the U.S. Congress will respond to this decision. To the extent network operators attempt to interfere with our services, extract fees from us to deliver our solution or otherwise engage in discriminatory practices, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Within such a regulatory environment, we could experience discriminatory or anti-competitive practices that could impede our domestic and international growth, cause us to incur additional expense or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in tax laws or exposure to additional income tax liabilities could affect our future profitability.

Factors that could materially affect our future effective tax rates include but are not limited to:

 

    changes in tax laws or the regulatory environment;

 

    changes in accounting and tax standards or practices;

 

    changes in the composition of operating income by tax jurisdiction; and

 

    our operating results before taxes.

 

42


Table of Contents

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Because we do not have a long history of operating as a separate company and we have significant expansion plans, our effective tax rate may fluctuate in the future. Future effective tax rates could be affected by operating losses in jurisdictions where no tax benefit can be recorded under GAAP, changes in the composition of earnings in countries with differing tax rates, changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities, or changes in tax laws.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law making significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In particular, sweeping changes were made to the U.S. taxation of foreign operations. Changes include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a quasi-territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings. Additionally, new provisions were added to mitigate the potential erosion of the U.S. tax base and to discourage use of low tax jurisdictions to own intellectual property and other valuable intangible assets. While these provisions were intended to prevent specific perceived taxpayer abuse, they may have adverse, unexpected consequences. At this time, Treasury has not yet issued Regulations on how these new rules should be applied and how the relevant calculations are to be prepared. As there exists only limited guidance at this time, significant estimates and judgment are required in assessing the consequences. The amounts for adjusting the deferred tax assets and liabilities for the new effective tax rate and the transition tax are provisional based on the guidance provided by the SEC in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), which provides for a measurement period of one year from the enactment date to finalize the accounting for effects of the 2017 Tax Act. As a result of continued regulations and interpretations of the Tax Act, we are still quantifying the effects of the tax law change. Based on information available, we also reflected a provisional estimate of $2.9 million related to the transitional tax that was fully offset with tax attributes and therefore did not result in an income tax expense. The amounts reported as of December 31, 2017 are provisional based on the uncertainty discussed above. As we complete our analysis and prepare necessary data, and interpret any additional guidance, we will adjust our calculations and provisional amounts that we have recorded in our tax provision. Any such adjustments may materially impact our provision for income taxes in our financial statements.

In addition to the impact of the Tax Act on our federal taxes, the Tax Act may impact our taxation in other jurisdictions, including with respect to state income taxes. State legislatures have not had sufficient time to respond to the Tax Act. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to how the laws will apply in the various state jurisdictions. Additionally, other foreign governing bodies may enact changes to their tax laws in reaction to the Tax Act that could result in changes to our global tax position and materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Additionally, the IRS and several foreign tax authorities have increasingly focused attention on intercompany transfer pricing with respect to sales of products and services and the use of intangibles. Tax authorities could disagree with our intercompany charges, cross-jurisdictional transfer pricing or other matters and assess additional taxes. If we do not prevail in any such disagreements, our profitability may be affected.

We must comply with indirect tax laws in multiple jurisdictions, as well as complex customs duty regimes worldwide. Audits of our compliance with these rules may result in additional liabilities for taxes, duties, interest and penalties related to our international operations which would reduce our profitability.

Our operations are routinely subject to audit by tax authorities in various countries. Many countries have indirect tax systems where the sale and purchase of goods and services are subject to tax based on the transaction value. These taxes are commonly referred to as value-added tax (“VAT”) or goods and services tax (“GST”). In addition, the distribution of our products subjects us to numerous complex customs regulations, which frequently change over time. Failure to comply with these systems and regulations can result in the assessment of additional taxes, duties, interest and penalties. While we believe we are in compliance with local laws, we cannot assure that tax and customs authorities agree with our reporting positions and upon audit may assess us additional taxes, duties, interest and penalties.

 

43


Table of Contents

Additionally, some of our products are subject to U.S. export controls, including the Export Administration Regulations and economic sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. We also incorporate encryption technology into certain of our solutions. These encryption solutions and underlying technology may be exported outside of the United States only with the required export authorizations or exceptions, including by license, a license exception, appropriate classification notification requirement and encryption authorization.

Furthermore, our activities are subject to U.S. economic sanctions laws and regulations that prohibit the shipment of certain products and services without the required export authorizations, including to countries, governments and persons targeted by U.S. embargoes or sanctions. Additionally, the Trump administration has been critical of existing trade agreements and may impose more stringent export and import controls. Obtaining the necessary export license or other authorization for a particular sale may be time consuming, and may result in delay or loss of sales opportunities even if the export license ultimately is granted. While we take precautions to prevent our solutions from being exported in violation of these laws, including using authorizations or exceptions for our encryption products and implementing IP address blocking and screenings against U.S. government and international lists of restricted and prohibited persons and countries, we have not been able to guarantee, and cannot guarantee that the precautions we take will prevent all violations of export control and sanctions laws, including if purchasers of our products bring our products and services into sanctioned countries without our knowledge. Violations of U.S. sanctions or export control laws can result in significant fines or penalties and incarceration could be imposed on employees and managers for criminal violations of these laws.

Also, various countries, in addition to the United States, regulate the import and export of certain encryption and other technology, including import and export licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products and services or our end-users’ ability to utilize our solutions in their countries. Changes in our products and services or changes in import and export regulations may create delays in the introduction of our products in international markets. Furthermore, recent actions by the Trump administration announcing increased duties on products imported from China may severely impact the price of our goods imported into the United States in the future, and other countries may follow suit and increase duties on goods produced in China.

Adverse action by any government agencies related to indirect tax laws could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to, and must remain in compliance with, numerous laws and governmental regulations concerning the manufacturing, use, distribution and sale of our products, as well as any such future laws and regulations. Some of our customers also require that we comply with their own unique requirements relating to these matters. Any failure to comply with such laws, regulations and requirements, and any associated unanticipated costs, could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We manufacture and sell products which contain electronic components, and such components may contain materials that are subject to government regulation in both the locations where we manufacture and assemble our products, as well as the locations where we sell our products. For example, certain regulations limit the use of lead in electronic components. To our knowledge, we maintain compliance with all applicable current government regulations concerning the materials utilized in our products for all the locations in which we operate. Since we operate on a global basis, this is a complex process which requires continual monitoring of regulations and an ongoing compliance process to ensure that we and our suppliers are in compliance with all existing regulations. There are areas where new regulations have been enacted which could increase our cost of the components that we utilize or require us to expend additional resources to ensure compliance. For example, the SEC’s “conflict minerals” rules apply to our business, and we are expending resources to ensure compliance. The implementation of these requirements by government regulators and our partners and/or customers could adversely affect the sourcing, availability and pricing of minerals used in the manufacture of certain components used in our products. In addition, the supply-chain due diligence investigation required by the conflict minerals

 

44


Table of Contents

rules will require expenditures of resources and management attention regardless of the results of the investigation. If there is an unanticipated new regulation which significantly impacts our use of various components or requires more expensive components, that regulation could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

One area that has a large number of regulations is environmental compliance. Management of environmental pollution and climate change has produced significant legislative and regulatory efforts on a global basis, and we believe this will continue both in scope and in the number of countries participating. These changes could directly increase the cost of energy, which may have an impact on the way we manufacture products or utilize energy to produce our products. In addition, any new regulations or laws in the environmental area might increase the cost of raw materials we use in our products. Environmental regulations require us to reduce product energy usage, monitor and exclude an expanding list of restricted substances and to participate in required recovery and recycling of our products. While future changes in regulations are certain, we are currently unable to predict how any such changes will impact us and if such impacts will be material to our business. If there is a new law or regulation that significantly increases our costs of manufacturing or causes us to significantly alter the way that we manufacture our products, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our selling and distribution practices are also regulated in large part by U.S. federal and state as well as foreign antitrust and competition laws and regulations. In general, the objective of these laws is to promote and maintain free competition by prohibiting certain forms of conduct that tend to restrict production, raise prices or otherwise control the market for goods or services to the detriment of consumers of those goods and services. Potentially prohibited activities under these laws may include unilateral conduct or conduct undertaken as the result of an agreement with one or more of our suppliers, competitors or customers. The potential for liability under these laws can be difficult to predict as it often depends on a finding that the challenged conduct resulted in harm to competition, such as higher prices, restricted supply or a reduction in the quality or variety of products available to consumers. We utilize a number of different distribution channels to deliver our products to customers and end-users and regularly enter into agreements with resellers of our products at various levels in the distribution chain that could be subject to scrutiny under these laws in the event of private litigation or an investigation by a governmental competition authority. In addition, many of our products are sold to consumers via the internet. Many of the competition-related laws that govern these internet sales were adopted prior to the advent of the internet and, as a result, do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by online sales. New interpretations of existing laws and regulations, whether by courts or by the state, federal or foreign governmental authorities charged with the enforcement of those laws and regulations, may also impact our business in ways we are currently unable to predict. Any failure on our part or on the part of our employees, agents, distributors or other business partners to comply with the laws and regulations governing competition can result in negative publicity and diversion of management time and effort and may subject us to significant litigation liabilities and other penalties.

We are exposed to the credit risk of some of our customers and to credit exposures in certain markets, which could result in material losses.

A substantial portion of our sales are on an open credit basis, with typical payment terms of 30 to 60 days in the United States and, because of local customs or conditions, longer in some markets outside the United States. We monitor individual customer financial viability in granting such open credit arrangements, seek to limit such open credit to amounts we believe the customers can pay and maintain reserves we believe are adequate to cover exposure for doubtful accounts.

Any bankruptcies or illiquidity among our customer base could harm our business and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. To the degree that turmoil in the credit markets makes it more difficult for some customers to obtain financing, our customers’ ability to pay could be adversely impacted, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

45


Table of Contents

If our products are not compatible with some or all leading third-party IoT products and protocols, we could be materially adversely affected.

A core part of our solution is the interoperability of our platform with third-party IoT products and protocols. The Arlo platform seamlessly integrates with third-party IoT products and protocols, such as Amazon Alexa, Apple HomeKit, Apple TV, Google Assistant, IFTTT, Stringify and Samsung SmartThings. If these third parties were to alter their products, we could be adversely impacted if we fail to timely create compatible versions of our products, and such incompatibility could negatively impact the adoption of our products and solutions. A lack of interoperability may also result in significant redesign costs, and harm relations with our customers. Further, the mere announcement of an incompatibility problem relating to our products could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, to the extent our competitors supply products that compete with our own, it is possible these competitors could design their technologies to be closed or proprietary systems that are incompatible with our products or work less effectively with our products than their own. As a result, end-users may have an incentive to purchase products that are compatible with the products and technologies of our competitors over our products.

The marketability of our products may suffer if wireless telecommunications operators do not deliver acceptable wireless services.

The success of our business depends, in part, on the capacity, affordability, reliability and prevalence of wireless data networks provided by wireless telecommunications operators and on which our IoT hardware products and solutions operate. Growth in demand for wireless data access may be limited if, for example, wireless telecommunications operators cease or materially curtail operations, fail to offer services that customers consider valuable at acceptable prices, fail to maintain sufficient capacity to meet demand for wireless data access, delay the expansion of their wireless networks and services, fail to offer and maintain reliable wireless network services or fail to market their services effectively.

We are exposed to adverse currency exchange rate fluctuations in jurisdictions where we transact in local currency, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Because a significant portion of our business is conducted outside the United States, we face exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve, and they could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Although a portion of our international sales are currently invoiced in U.S. dollars, we have implemented and continue to implement for certain countries and customers both invoicing and payment in foreign currencies. Our primary exposure to movements in foreign currency exchange rates relates to non-U.S. dollar-denominated sales primarily in Europe and Australia, as well as our global operations, and non-U.S. dollar-denominated operating expenses and certain assets and liabilities. In addition, weaknesses in foreign currencies for U.S. dollar-denominated sales could adversely affect demand for our products. Conversely, a strengthening in foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar could increase foreign currency-denominated costs. As a result, we may attempt to renegotiate pricing of existing contracts or request payment to be made in U.S. dollars. We cannot be sure that our customers would agree to renegotiate along these lines. This could result in customers eventually terminating contracts with us or in our decision to terminate certain contracts, which would adversely affect our sales.

We plan to establish a hedging program after the distribution, if not before, to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates as a response to the risk of changes in the value of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities. We may enter into foreign currency forward contracts or other instruments. We expect that such foreign currency forward contracts will reduce, but will not eliminate, the

 

46


Table of Contents

impact of currency exchange rate movements. For example, we may not execute forward contracts in all currencies in which we conduct business. In addition, we may hedge to reduce the impact of volatile exchange rates on revenue, gross profit and operating profit for limited periods of time. However, the use of these hedging activities may only offset a portion of the adverse financial effect resulting from unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates.

Risks Related to Our Separation from NETGEAR

The distribution may not occur, and the separation may not be successful.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be a stand-alone public company, although we will continue to be controlled by NETGEAR. NETGEAR has informed us that, at some time in the future, but no earlier than the expiration or earlier termination of the 145-day lock-up period applicable to NETGEAR described under the section titled “ Underwriting ,” it intends to effect the distribution. However, NETGEAR may abandon or change the structure of the distribution if it determines, in its sole discretion, that the distribution is not in the best interest of NETGEAR or its stockholders.

In addition, the process of becoming a stand-alone public company may distract our management from focusing on our business and strategic priorities. Further, although we expect to have direct access to the debt and equity capital markets following this offering, we may not be able to issue debt or equity on terms acceptable to us or at all. Moreover, even with equity compensation tied to our business, we may not be able to attract and retain employees as desired.

We also may not fully realize the intended benefits of being a stand-alone public company if any of the risks identified in this “ Risk Factors ” section, or other events, were to occur. These intended benefits include improving the strategic and operational flexibility of both companies, increasing the focus of the management teams on their respective business operations, allowing each company to adopt the capital structure, investment policy and dividend policy best suited to its financial profile and business needs, and providing each company with its own equity currency to facilitate acquisitions and to better incentivize management. See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR .” If we do not realize these intended benefits for any reason, our business may be negatively affected. In addition, the separation could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As long as NETGEAR controls us, your ability to influence matters requiring stockholder approval will be limited.

After this offering, NETGEAR will own 62,500,000 shares of our common stock, representing approximately 86.0% of the outstanding shares of our common stock (or approximately 84.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). For so long as NETGEAR beneficially owns shares of our outstanding common stock representing at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of our outstanding common stock, NETGEAR will be able to elect all of the members of our board of directors. We anticipate that, at the completion of this offering, Mr. Lo will continue to serve as the Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of NETGEAR. See the section titled “ Directors .”

NETGEAR’s ability to control our board of directors may make it difficult for us to recruit high-quality independent directors.

So long as NETGEAR beneficially owns shares of our outstanding common stock representing at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of our outstanding voting stock, NETGEAR can effectively control and direct our board of directors.

We anticipate that, at the completion of this offering, Mr. Lo will continue to serve as the Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of NETGEAR. Further, the interests of NETGEAR and our

 

47


Table of Contents

other stockholders may diverge. Under these circumstances, persons who might otherwise accept our invitation to join our board of directors may decline.

NETGEAR’s interests may conflict with our interests and the interests of our other stockholders. Conflicts of interest between us and NETGEAR could be resolved in a manner unfavorable to us and our other stockholders.

Various conflicts of interest between us and NETGEAR could arise. We anticipate that, at the completion of this offering, Mr. Lo will continue to serve as the Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of NETGEAR. Ownership interests of Mr. Lo and NETGEAR in our capital stock and ownership interests of our directors and officers in NETGEAR capital stock, or service by an individual as either a director and/or officer of both companies, could create or appear to create potential conflicts of interest when such individuals are faced with decisions relating to us. These decisions could include:

 

    corporate opportunities;

 

    the impact that operating or capital decisions (including the incurrence of indebtedness) relating to our business may have on NETGEAR’s consolidated financial statements and/or current or future indebtedness (including related covenants);

 

    business combinations involving us;

 

    our dividend and stock repurchase policies;

 

    compensation and benefit programs and other human resources policy decisions;

 

    management stock ownership;

 

    the intercompany agreements and services between us and NETGEAR, including the agreements relating to our separation from NETGEAR;

 

    the payment of dividends on our common stock; and

 

    determinations with respect to our tax returns.

Potential conflicts of interest could also arise if we decide to enter into new commercial arrangements with NETGEAR in the future or in connection with NETGEAR’s desire to enter into new commercial arrangements with third parties. Additionally, NETGEAR may be constrained by the terms of agreements relating to its indebtedness from taking actions, or permitting us to take actions, that may be in our best interest.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by NETGEAR and us, NETGEAR will have no duty to refrain from engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business, doing business with any of our customers or employing or otherwise engaging or soliciting for employment any of our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that in the event that a director or officer of the Company who is also a director or officer of NETGEAR acquires knowledge of a potential corporate opportunity that may be a corporate opportunity for both the Company and NETGEAR (excluding any corporate opportunity that was presented or became known to such director or officer solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company, as reasonably determined by such director or officer, unless the Company notifies such person that the Company does not intend to pursue such opportunity), such director or officer may present such opportunity to the Company or NETGEAR or both, as such director or officer

 

48


Table of Contents

determines in his or her sole discretion, and that by doing so such person will have satisfied his or her duties to the Company and its stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce any interest in any such opportunity presented to NETGEAR. These provisions create the possibility that a corporate opportunity of the Company may be used for the benefit of NETGEAR. However, the corporate opportunity provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will cease to apply and will have no further force and effect from and after the date that both (1) NETGEAR ceases to own shares of our common stock representing at least 50% of the total voting power of our common stock and (2) no person who is a director or officer of the Company is also a director or officer of NETGEAR.

Furthermore, disputes may arise between us and NETGEAR relating to our past and ongoing relationships, and these potential conflicts of interest may make it more difficult for us to favorably resolve such disputes, including those related to:

 

    tax, employee benefit, indemnification and other matters arising from the separation;

 

    the nature, quality and pricing of services NETGEAR agrees to provide to us; and

 

    sales and other disposals by NETGEAR of all or a portion of its ownership interest in us.

We will have a general policy that all material transactions with a related party, as well as all material transactions in which there is an actual, or in some cases, perceived, conflict of interest, will be subject to prior review and approval by our Audit Committee and its independent members, who will determine whether such transactions or proposals are fair and reasonable to Arlo and its stockholders. In general, potential related-party transactions will be identified by our management and discussed with our Audit Committee at its meetings.

However, we may not be able to resolve any potential conflicts, and even if we do, the resolution may be less favorable to us than if we were dealing with an unaffiliated third party. While we are controlled by NETGEAR, we may not have the leverage to negotiate amendments to our various agreements with NETGEAR (if any are required) on terms as favorable to us as those we would negotiate with an unaffiliated third party.

The terms of the agreements that we expect to enter into with NETGEAR in connection with the separation may limit our ability to take certain actions, including between the completion of this offering and the distribution, which may prevent us from pursuing opportunities to raise capital, acquire other businesses or provide equity incentives to our employees, which could impair our ability to grow.

The terms of the agreements that we expect to enter into with NETGEAR in connection with the separation, including the master separation agreement, may limit our ability to take certain actions, which could impair our ability to grow. The master separation agreement will provide that, as long as NETGEAR beneficially owns at least 50% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in the election of our board of directors, we will not (without NETGEAR’s prior written consent) take certain actions, such as incurring additional indebtedness and acquiring businesses or assets or disposing of assets in excess of certain amounts. In addition, under current tax law, NETGEAR must retain beneficial ownership of at least 80% of our combined voting power and 80% of each class of nonvoting capital stock, if any is outstanding, until immediately prior to the distribution of our stock then held by NETGEAR to its stockholders in order for such distribution to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. NETGEAR has informed us that, at some time in the future, but no earlier than the expiration or earlier termination of the 145-day lock-up period applicable to NETGEAR described under the section titled “ Underwriting ,” it intends to effect the distribution. This may result in NETGEAR not supporting transactions that we wish to pursue that involve issuing shares of our capital stock, including for capital-raising purposes, as consideration for an acquisition or as equity incentives to our employees. To preserve the tax-free treatment of the separation and distribution, the master separation agreement will include certain covenants and restrictions to ensure that, until immediately prior to the distribution, NETGEAR will retain beneficial ownership of at least 80% of our

 

49


Table of Contents

combined voting power and 80% of each class of nonvoting capital stock, if any is outstanding. In addition, to preserve the tax-free treatment of the separation and distribution, we will agree in the tax matters agreement to restrictions, including restrictions that would be effective during the period following the distribution, that could limit our ability to pursue certain strategic transactions, equity issuances or repurchases or other transactions that we may believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders or that might increase the value of our business. See “— We may not be able to engage in desirable strategic or capital-raising transactions following the distribution .” Our inability to pursue such transactions could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If the distribution, together with certain related transactions, does not qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, NETGEAR, Arlo and Arlo stockholders could be subject to significant tax liabilities, and, in certain circumstances, we could be required to indemnify NETGEAR for material taxes and other related amounts pursuant to indemnification obligations under the tax matters agreement.

NETGEAR expects to obtain an opinion of counsel regarding qualification of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. The opinion of counsel would be based upon and rely on, among other things, certain facts and assumptions, as well as certain representations, statements and undertakings of NETGEAR and us, including those relating to the past and future conduct of NETGEAR and us. If any of these representations, statements or undertakings are, or become, incomplete or inaccurate, or if we or NETGEAR breach any of the respective covenants in any of the separation-related agreements, the opinion of counsel could be invalid and the conclusions reached therein could be jeopardized.

Notwithstanding any opinion of counsel, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) could determine that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, should be treated as a taxable transaction if it were to determine that any of the facts, assumptions, representations, statements or undertakings upon which any opinion of counsel was based were false or had been violated, or if it were to disagree with the conclusions in any opinion of counsel. Any opinion of counsel would not be binding on the IRS or the courts, and we cannot assure that the IRS or a court would not assert a contrary position. NETGEAR has not requested, and does not intend to request, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the treatment of the distribution or certain related transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If the distribution, together with certain related transactions, were to fail to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, in general, NETGEAR would recognize taxable gain as if it had sold our common stock in a taxable sale for its fair market value, and NETGEAR stockholders who receive shares of our common stock in the distribution would be subject to tax as if they had received a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of such shares.

We will agree in the tax matters agreement to indemnify NETGEAR for any taxes (and any related costs and other damages) resulting from the separation and distribution, and certain other related transactions, to the extent such amounts were to result from (i) an acquisition after the distribution of all or a portion of our equity securities, whether by merger or otherwise (and regardless of whether we participated in or otherwise facilitated the acquisition), (ii) other actions or failures to act by us or (iii) any of the representations or undertakings contained in any of the separation-related agreements or in the documents relating to the opinion of counsel being incorrect or violated. Any such indemnity obligations could be material.

We may not be able to engage in desirable strategic or capital-raising transactions following the distribution.

Under current law, a distribution that would otherwise qualify as a tax-free transaction, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under Section 355 of the Code can be rendered taxable to the parent corporation and its

 

50


Table of Contents

stockholders as a result of certain post-distribution acquisitions of shares or assets of the distributed corporation. For example, such a distribution could result in taxable gain to the parent corporation under Section 355(e) of the Code if the distribution were later deemed to be part of a plan (or series of related transactions) pursuant to which one or more persons acquired, directly or indirectly, shares representing a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in the distributed corporation.

To preserve the tax-free treatment of the separation and distribution, and in addition to our expected indemnity obligation described above, we will agree in the tax matters agreement to restrictions that address compliance with Section 355 of the Code (including Section 355(e) of the Code). These restrictions could limit our ability to pursue certain strategic transactions, equity issuances or repurchases or other transactions that we may believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders or that might increase the value of our business.

We have no operating history as a stand-alone public company, and our historical and pro forma financial information is not necessarily representative of the results we would have achieved as a stand-alone public company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

The historical financial information we have included in this prospectus does not reflect, and the pro forma financial information included in this prospectus may not reflect, what our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows would have been had we been a stand-alone entity during the historical periods presented, or what our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows will be in the future as an independent entity.

The pro forma condensed combined financial information included in this prospectus includes adjustments based upon available information we believe to be reasonable. However, the assumptions may change and actual results may differ. In addition, we have not made pro forma adjustments to reflect many significant changes that will occur in our cost structure, funding and operations as a result of our transition to becoming a public company, including changes in our employee base, potential increased costs associated with reduced economies of scale and increased costs associated with being a publicly traded, stand-alone company. For additional information about the basis of presentation of our pro forma financial information and historical financial information included in this prospectus, see the sections titled “ Selected Combined Financial Data ” and “ Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements .”

If NETGEAR experiences a change in control, our current plans and strategies could be subject to change.

As long as NETGEAR controls us, it will have significant influence over our plans and strategies, including strategies relating to marketing and growth. In the event NETGEAR experiences a change in control, a new NETGEAR owner may attempt to cause us to revise or change our plans and strategies, as well as the agreements between NETGEAR and us, described in this prospectus. A new owner may also have different plans with respect to the contemplated distribution of our common stock to NETGEAR stockholders, including not effecting such a distribution.

The assets and resources that we acquire from NETGEAR in the separation may not be sufficient for us to operate as a stand-alone company, and we may experience difficulty in separating our assets and resources from NETGEAR.

Because we have not operated as an independent company in the past, we will need to acquire assets in addition to those contributed by NETGEAR and its subsidiaries to us and our subsidiaries in connection with our separation from NETGEAR. We may also face difficulty in separating our assets from NETGEAR’s assets and integrating newly acquired assets into our business. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed if we fail to acquire assets that prove to be important to our operations or if we incur unexpected costs in separating our assets from NETGEAR’s assets or integrating newly acquired assets.

 

51


Table of Contents

The services that NETGEAR provides to us may not be sufficient to meet our needs, which may result in increased costs and otherwise adversely affect our business.

Pursuant to the transition services agreement, we expect NETGEAR to continue to provide us with corporate and shared services for a transitional period related to corporate functions, such as executive oversight, risk management, information technology, accounting, audit, legal, investor relations, tax, treasury, shared facilities, engineering, operations, customer support, human resources and employee benefits, sales and sales operations and other services in exchange for the fees specified in the transition services agreement between us and NETGEAR. NETGEAR will not be obligated to provide these services in a manner that differs from the nature of the services provided to the Arlo business during the 12-month period prior to the separation, and thus we may not be able to modify these services in a manner desirable to us as a stand-alone public company. Further, if we no longer receive these services from NETGEAR due to the termination of the transition services agreement or otherwise, we may not be able to perform these services ourselves and/or find appropriate third party arrangements at a reasonable cost (and any such costs may be higher than those charged by NETGEAR). See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR .”

Our ability to operate our business effectively may suffer if we are unable to cost-effectively establish our own administrative and other support functions in order to operate as a stand-alone company after the expiration of our shared services and other intercompany agreements with NETGEAR.

As an operating segment of NETGEAR, we relied on administrative and other resources of NETGEAR, including information technology, accounting, finance, human resources and legal services, to operate our business. In connection with this offering, we have entered into various service agreements to retain the ability for specified periods to use these NETGEAR resources. See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions .” These services may not be provided at the same level as when we were a business segment within NETGEAR, and we may not be able to obtain the same benefits that we received prior to this offering. These services may not be sufficient to meet our needs, and after our agreements with NETGEAR expire (which will generally occur within 18 months following the completion of this offering), we may not be able to replace these services at all or obtain these services at prices and on terms as favorable as we currently have with NETGEAR. We will need to create our own administrative and other support systems or contract with third parties to replace NETGEAR’s systems. In addition, we have received informal support from NETGEAR, which may not be addressed in the agreements we have entered into with NETGEAR, and the level of this informal support may diminish as we become a more independent company. Any failure or significant downtime in our own administrative systems or in NETGEAR’s administrative systems during the transitional period could result in unexpected costs, impact our results and/or prevent us from paying our suppliers or employees and performing other administrative services on a timely basis.

After this offering, we will be a smaller company relative to NETGEAR, which could result in increased costs in our supply chain and in general because of a decrease in our purchasing power. We may also experience decreased revenue due to difficulty maintaining existing customer relationships and obtaining new customers.

Prior to this offering, we were able to take advantage of NETGEAR’s size and purchasing power in procuring goods, technology and services, including insurance, employee benefit support and audit and other professional services. In addition, as a segment of NETGEAR, we were able to leverage NETGEAR’s size and purchasing power to bargain with suppliers of our components and our ODMs. We are a smaller company than NETGEAR, and we cannot assure you that we will have access to financial and other resources comparable to those available to us prior to this offering. As a stand-alone company, we may be unable to obtain office space, goods, technology and services in general, as well as components and services that are part of our supply chain, at prices or on terms as favorable as those available to us prior to this offering, which could increase our costs and reduce our profitability. Our future success depends on our ability to maintain our current relationships with existing customers, and we may have difficulty attracting new customers.

 

52


Table of Contents

NETGEAR has agreed to indemnify us for certain liabilities. However, we cannot assure that the indemnity will be sufficient to insure us against the full amount of such liabilities, or that NETGEAR’s ability to satisfy its indemnification obligation will not be impaired in the future.

Pursuant to the master separation agreement and certain other agreements with NETGEAR, NETGEAR has agreed to indemnify us for certain liabilities. The master separation agreement will provide for cross-indemnities principally designed to place financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of our business with us and financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of NETGEAR’s business with NETGEAR. See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Master Separation Agreement—Indemnification .” We anticipate that, under the intellectual property rights cross-license agreement to be entered into between us and NETGEAR prior to the completion of this offering, each party, in its capacity as a licensee, will indemnify the other party, in its capacity as a licensor, and its directors, officers, agents, successors and subsidiaries against any losses suffered by such indemnified party as a result of the indemnifying party’s practice of the intellectual property licensed to such indemnifying party under the intellectual property rights cross-license agreement. See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Intellectual Property Rights Cross-License Agreement .” We also anticipate that, under the tax matters agreement to be entered into between us and NETGEAR prior to the completion of this offering, each party will be liable for, and indemnify the other party and its subsidiaries from and against any liability for, taxes that are allocated to the indemnifying party under the tax matters agreement. In addition, we will agree in the tax matters agreement that each party will generally be responsible for any taxes and related amounts imposed on us or NETGEAR as a result of the failure of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) and certain other relevant provisions of the Code, to the extent that the failure to so qualify is attributable to actions, events or transactions relating to such party’s respective stock, assets or business, or a breach of the relevant representations or covenants made by that party in the tax matters agreement. See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement .” The transition services agreement will generally provide that the applicable service recipient indemnifies the applicable service provider for liabilities that such service provider incurs arising from the provision of services other than liabilities arising from such service provider’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or material breach of the transition services agreement, and that the applicable service provider indemnifies the applicable service recipient for liabilities that such service recipient incurs arising from such service provider’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or material breach of the transition services agreement. See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Transition Services Agreement .” Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we will agree to indemnify NETGEAR and its subsidiaries that hold registrable securities (and their directors, officers, agents and, if applicable, each other person who controls such holder under Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) registering shares pursuant to the registration rights agreement against certain losses, expenses and liabilities under the Securities Act, common law or otherwise. NETGEAR and its subsidiaries that hold registrable securities will similarly idemnify us but such indemnification will be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds received by such holder under the sale of registrable securities giving rise to the indemnification obligation. See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement .”

However, third parties could also seek to hold us responsible for any of the liabilities that NETGEAR has agreed to retain, and we cannot assure that an indemnity from NETGEAR will be sufficient to protect us against the full amount of such liabilities, or that NETGEAR will be able to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations in the future. Even if we ultimately succeed in recovering from NETGEAR any amounts for which we are held liable, we may be temporarily required to bear these losses. Each of these risks could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

53


Table of Contents

Certain contracts used in our business will need to be replaced, or assigned from NETGEAR or its affiliates to Arlo in connection with the separation, which may require the consent of the counterparty to such an assignment, and failure to obtain such replacement contracts or consents could increase Arlo’s expenses or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations.

Our separation from NETGEAR requires us to replace shared contracts and, with respect to certain contracts that are to be assigned from NETGEAR or its affiliates to us or our affiliates, to obtain consents and assignments from third parties. It is possible that, in connection with the replacement or consent process, some parties may seek more favorable contractual terms from Arlo. If we are unable to obtain such replacement contracts or consents, as applicable, we may be unable to obtain some of the benefits, assets and contractual commitments that are intended to be allocated to Arlo as part of the separation. If Arlo is unable to obtain such replacement contracts or consents, the loss of these contracts could increase Arlo’s expenses or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Some of our directors and executive officers own NETGEAR common stock, restricted shares of NETGEAR common stock or options to acquire NETGEAR common stock and hold positions with NETGEAR, which could cause conflicts of interest, or the appearance of conflicts of interest, that result in our not acting on opportunities we otherwise may have.

Some of our directors and executive officers own NETGEAR common stock, restricted shares of NETGEAR stock or options to purchase NETGEAR common stock. In addition, we anticipate that, at the completion of this offering, Mr. Lo will continue to serve as the Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of NETGEAR.

Ownership of NETGEAR common stock, restricted shares of NETGEAR common stock and options to purchase NETGEAR common stock by our directors and executive officers after this offering and the presence of executive officers or directors of NETGEAR on our board of directors could create, or appear to create, conflicts of interest with respect to matters involving both us and NETGEAR that could have different implications for NETGEAR than they do for us. For example, potential conflicts of interest could arise in connection with the resolution of any dispute between NETGEAR and us regarding terms of the agreements governing the separation and the relationship between NETGEAR and us thereafter, including the master separation agreement, the employee matters agreement, the tax matters agreement or the transition services agreement. Potential conflicts of interest could also arise if we enter into commercial arrangements with NETGEAR in the future. As a result of these actual or apparent conflicts of interest, we may be precluded from pursuing certain growth initiatives.

We may have received better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms we will receive in the agreements that we expect to enter into with NETGEAR.

The agreements that we expect to enter into with NETGEAR in connection with the separation, including the master separation agreement, the transition services agreement, the intellectual property cross-license agreement, the tax matters agreement, the employee matters agreement and the registration rights agreement with respect to NETGEAR’s continuing ownership of our common stock, were prepared in the context of the separation while we were still a wholly owned subsidiary of NETGEAR. See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR .” Accordingly, during the period in which the terms of those agreements were prepared, we did not have an independent board of directors or a management team that was independent of NETGEAR. As a result, the terms of those agreements may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s-length negotiations between unaffiliated third parties.

 

54


Table of Contents

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

No market currently exists for our common stock. We cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop for our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of a trading market on the NYSE or otherwise, or how liquid that market might become. If an active market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any shares of our common stock that you purchase in this offering. The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering.

If our stock price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

The market price of our common stock will be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including those described above in “— Risks Related to Our Business ” and the following:

 

    the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

    the inability to meet the financial estimates of securities analysts who follow our common stock or changes in earnings estimates by analysts;

 

    strategic actions by us or our competitors;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

    our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in our industry;

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results and those of our competitors;

 

    general economic and stock market conditions;

 

    the public reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

 

    risks related to our business and our industry, including those discussed above;

 

    changes in conditions or trends in our industry, markets or customers;

 

    the trading volume of our common stock;

 

    future sales of our common stock or other securities;

 

    whether, when and in what manner NETGEAR completes the distribution; and

 

    investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives.

In particular, the realization of any of the risks described in these “ Risk Factors ” could have a material adverse impact on the market price of our common stock in the future and cause the value of your investment to

 

55


Table of Contents

decline. In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common stock is low.

We may change our dividend policy at any time.

Although following this offering we currently intend to retain future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business and therefore do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, our dividend policy may change at any time without notice to our stockholders. The declaration and amount of any future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors in accordance with applicable law and after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, current and anticipated cash needs, cash flows, impact on our effective tax rate, indebtedness, contractual obligations, legal requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will pay dividends at any rate or at all.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our common stock, including by NETGEAR, may depress the price of our common stock.

The market price of our common stock could decline significantly as a result of sales or other distributions of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market after this offering, including shares that might be offered for sale or distributed by NETGEAR. The perception that these sales might occur could depress the market price of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have 72,715,000 shares of common stock (74,247,250 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) outstanding. The shares of common stock offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares of common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available. We will grant registration rights to NETGEAR with respect to shares of our common stock. Any shares registered pursuant to the registration rights agreement described in the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions ” will be freely tradable in the public market following a 145-day lock-up period applicable to NETGEAR as described below.

In connection with this offering, we, our directors and executive officers and NETGEAR have each agreed to enter into a lock-up agreement and thereby be subject to a “lock-up period,” meaning that they and their permitted transferees will not be permitted to sell any of the shares of our common stock for 145 days, in the case of NETGEAR, and for 180 days, in our case and the case of our directors and executive officers, after the date of this prospectus, without the prior consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. on behalf of the underwriters. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., on behalf of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the shares of our common stock from the restrictions in any of the lock-up agreements described above. See the section titled “ Underwriting .”

Also, in the future, we may issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

56


Table of Contents

You may experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares you purchase in this offering, and you will suffer additional dilution if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution, as the initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially greater than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Based on the assumed initial offering price of $19.00 per share, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of $15.36 per share. In addition, in connection with this offering, we expect to grant our executive officers, non-employee directors and employees certain stock-based compensation awards as described under “ —Compensatory Arrangements for Certain Executive Officers—IPO Grants” and “—Compensatory Arrangements for Certain Executive Officers—Additional Grants of Arlo Equity Awards Prior to the Offering .” Further, in connection with the distribution, we expect that NETGEAR stock-based compensation awards held by our employees and NETGEAR employees will be adjusted as described under “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Employee Matters Agreement ” below, which may result in additional dilution to investors.

Our costs will increase significantly as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

We have historically operated our business as a segment of a public company. As a stand-alone public company, we will have additional legal, accounting, insurance, compliance and other expenses that we have not incurred historically. After this offering, we will become obligated to file with the SEC annual and quarterly reports and other reports that are specified in Section 13 and other sections of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We will also be required to ensure that we have the ability to prepare financial statements that are fully compliant with all SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. In addition, we will become subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including certain requirements of the NYSE, and certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which will impose significant compliance obligations upon us.

Sarbanes-Oxley, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, have imposed increased regulation and disclosure and required enhanced corporate governance practices of public companies. We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, and our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards in this regard are likely to result in increased selling and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. These changes will require a significant commitment of additional resources. We may not be successful in implementing these requirements and implementing them could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we fail to implement the requirements with respect to our internal accounting and audit functions, our ability to report our operating results on a timely and accurate basis could be impaired. If we do not implement such requirements in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC and the NYSE. Any such action could harm our reputation and the confidence of investors and customers in us and could materially adversely affect our business and cause our share price to fall.

Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and stock price.

As a public company, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley (“Section 404”), which will require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Upon loss of emerging growth company status, an annual report by our independent registered public accounting firm that addresses the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting will be required. During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies which we may not be able to remediate in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404. Testing and maintaining internal control can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. We also expect the regulations under

 

57


Table of Contents

Sarbanes-Oxley to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over our financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able or willing to issue an unqualified report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or their effect on our operations because there is presently no precedent available by which to measure compliance adequacy. If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over our financial reporting or our independent auditors are unable to provide us with an unqualified report as required by Section 404, then investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrades our stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies whose securities have experienced periods of volatility in market price. Securities litigation brought against us following volatility in the price of our common stock, regardless of the merit or ultimate results of such litigation, could result in substantial costs, which would hurt our financial condition and results of operations and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

Your percentage ownership in Arlo may be diluted in the future.

In the future, your percentage ownership in Arlo may be diluted because of equity awards that Arlo will be granting to Arlo’s directors, officers and employees or otherwise as a result of equity issuances for acquisitions or capital market transactions. In connection with and following this offering, Arlo anticipates that it will grant equity awards to its employees. In addition, following the distribution, Arlo and NETGEAR employees will hold awards in respect of shares of our common stock as a result of the conversion of their NETGEAR stock awards (in whole or in part) to Arlo stock awards in connection with the distribution. Such awards will have a dilutive effect on Arlo’s earnings per share, which could adversely affect the market price of Arlo common stock. From time to time, Arlo will issue additional stock-based awards to its employees under Arlo’s employee benefits plans.

In addition, Arlo’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize Arlo to issue, without the approval of Arlo’s stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designation, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, including preferences over Arlo’s common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as Arlo’s board of directors generally may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could dilute the voting power or reduce the value of our common stock. For example, Arlo could grant the holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of Arlo’s directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences that Arlo could assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of the common stock. See “ Description of Capital Stock .”

 

58


Table of Contents

We are an emerging growth company and as a result have certain reduced disclosure requirements in this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced disclosure requirements for this prospectus and may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings. As an emerging growth company, we are not required to disclose certain executive compensation information in this prospectus pursuant to the JOBS Act. We have also elected to present only two years of audited financial statements and the related section titled “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” in this prospectus. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies.

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the applicable rules of the NYSE and, as a result, we may elect to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies. We do not currently expect or intend to rely on any of these exemptions, but we cannot assure that we will not rely on these exemptions in the future.

After the completion of this offering, NETGEAR will own more than 50% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock, and we will be a “controlled company” under the applicable rules of the NYSE. As a controlled company, we may elect to rely on exemptions from certain of the applicable corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, including the requirements that:

 

    a majority of our board of directors consists of independent directors;

 

    we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

    we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

As a result, while NETGEAR continues to control a majority of our outstanding common stock, we may elect not to comply with the corporate governance standards requiring (i) a majority of independent directors on the board; (ii) a fully independent compensation committee; and (iii) a fully independent nominating and corporate governance committee. We do not currently expect or intend to rely on any of these exemptions, but we cannot assure that we will not rely on these exemptions in the future. If we make such an election, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. In the event that we cease to be a controlled company within the meaning of the applicable rules of the NYSE, we will be required to comply with these requirements after specified transition periods.

Certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of Arlo, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain, and Delaware law contains, provisions that are intended to deter coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids by making such practices or bids unacceptably expensive to the bidder and to encourage prospective acquirers to negotiate with our board of directors rather than to attempt a hostile takeover. These provisions include, among others:

 

    the inability of our stockholders to call a special meeting;

 

    the inability of our stockholders to act without a meeting of stockholders, from and after such time as NETGEAR beneficially owns shares of our common stock representing less than a majority of the voting rights of our common stock;

 

59


Table of Contents
    rules regarding how stockholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at stockholder meetings;

 

    the right of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval;

 

    the division of our board of directors into three classes of directors, with each class serving a staggered three-year term, and this classified board provision could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent directors more time consuming and difficult;

 

    a provision that, from and after such time as NETGEAR beneficially owns shares of our common stock representing less than a majority of the voting rights of our common stock, stockholders may only remove directors with cause while the board of directors is classified; and

 

    the ability of our directors, and not stockholders, to fill vacancies on our board of directors.

In addition, because we will not elect to be exempt from Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), this provision could also delay or prevent a change of control that you may favor. Section 203 provides that, subject to limited exceptions, persons that acquire, or are affiliated with a person that acquires, more than 15% of the outstanding voting stock of a Delaware corporation (an “interested stockholder”) shall not engage in any business combination with that corporation, including by merger, consolidation or acquisitions of additional shares, for a three-year period following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to such time, the board of directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) the voting stock owned by directors who are also officers or held in employee benefit plans in which the employees do not have a confidential right to tender or vote stock held by the plan); or (iii) on or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.

We believe these provisions will protect our stockholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our board of directors and by providing our board of directors with more time to assess any acquisition proposal. These provisions are not intended to make Arlo immune from takeovers. However, these provisions will apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our board of directors determines is not in the best interests of Arlo and its stockholders. These provisions may also prevent or discourage attempts to remove and replace incumbent directors.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain exclusive forum provisions that may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors and officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless the board of directors otherwise determines, the state courts in the State of Delaware or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal court for the District of Delaware, will be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of Arlo, any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of Arlo to Arlo or Arlo’s stockholders, any action asserting a claim against Arlo or any director or officer of Arlo arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or Arlo’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against Arlo or any director or officer of Arlo governed by the internal affairs doctrine under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that the federal district courts of the United States will be the

 

60


Table of Contents

exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. These exclusive forum provisions may limit the ability of Arlo’s stockholders to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholders find favorable for disputes with Arlo or Arlo’s directors or officers, which may discourage such lawsuits against Arlo and Arlo’s directors and officers. Alternatively, if a court were to find one or more of these exclusive forum provisions inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings described above, Arlo may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions or forums, which could materially and adversely affect Arlo’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our board of directors will have the ability to issue blank check preferred stock, which may discourage or impede acquisition attempts or other transactions.

Our board of directors will have the power, subject to applicable law, to issue series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede the completion of a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt. For instance, subject to applicable law, a series of preferred stock may impede a business combination by including class voting rights, which would enable the holder or holders of such series to block a proposed transaction. Our board of directors will make any determination to issue shares of preferred stock on its judgment as to our and our stockholders’ best interests. Our board of directors, in so acting, could issue shares of preferred stock having terms which could discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the stockholders may believe to be in their best interests or in which stockholders would have received a premium for their stock over the then prevailing market price of the stock.

 

61


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of our common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $173.1 million, assuming that the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate our net proceeds will be approximately $200.1 million. We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $9.5 million, assuming the expected number of shares to be sold by us in this offering remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by $17.7 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

62


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends to holders of our capital stock. We currently intend to retain future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business. We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. As a result, you will need to sell your shares of common stock to receive any income or realize a return on your investment. You may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.

Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors. If we do commence the payment of dividends in the future, there can be no assurance that we will continue to pay any dividend. Our board of directors is free to change our dividend policy at any time, including to increase, decrease or eliminate our dividend. The board will base its decisions on, among other things, general business conditions, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, prospects, contractual, legal and regulatory restrictions regarding dividend payments by our subsidiaries and any other factors the board may consider relevant. No assurance is given that we will pay any dividends to holders of our capital stock or as to the amount of any such dividends if our board of directors determines to do so.

 

63


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of April 1, 2018:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to reflect the transactions described in the section titled “ Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements ” other than this offering; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the transactions described in the section titled “ Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements ,” including this offering.

The information below is not necessarily indicative of what our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization would have been had the separation or this offering been completed as of April 1, 2018. In addition, it is not indicative of our future cash and cash equivalents and capitalization. This table is derived from, and should be read in conjunction with our historical combined financial statements and our unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with the sections titled “ Selected Combined Financial Data ,” “ Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements ” and “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and our combined financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    

As of April 1, 2018

 
    

Actual

    

Pro Forma

    

Pro Forma

as  Adjusted (1)

 
    

(In thousands, except share and

per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 178      $ 70,178      $ 243,247  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity:

        

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value (authorized – no shares actual, 50,000,000 shares pro forma and 50,000,000 shares pro forma as adjusted; issued and outstanding – no shares actual, no shares pro forma and no shares pro forma as adjusted (2) )

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

Common stock, $0.001 par value (authorized – no shares actual, 500,000,000 shares pro forma and 500,000,000 shares pro forma as adjusted; issued and outstanding – no shares actual, 62,500,000 shares pro forma and 72,715,000 shares pro forma as adjusted (2) )

     —          —          73  

Additional paid-in capital

     —          111,055        284,051  

Net parent investment

     92,937        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

   $ 92,937      $ 111,055      $ 284,124  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 92,937      $ 111,055      $ 284,124  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total equity by $9.5 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

   We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total equity by $17.7 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

64


Table of Contents
   The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

(2)   The number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis assumes the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares.

 

65


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent that the initial public offering price per share of our common stock exceeds the tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering.

Pro forma net tangible book value represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of outstanding shares of common stock. As of April 1, 2018, our pro forma net tangible book value was $91.5 million, or $1.46 per share. After giving effect to the sale and issuance of 10,215,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of April 1, 2018 would have been $264.5 million, or $3.64 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $2.18 per share to our existing stockholder, NETGEAR, and an immediate dilution of $15.36 per share to new investors participating in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial price to public per share

      $ 19.00  

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of April 1, 2018 (1)

   $ 1.46     

Increase per share attributable to new investors (2)

   $ 2.18     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering (3)

      $ 3.64  
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

      $ 15.36  
     

 

 

 

 

(1)   Determined by dividing the net tangible book value of the contributed tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities by the total number of common shares (62,500,000 common shares) to be issued to NETGEAR in connection with the separation.
(2)   Represents the difference between pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering and pro forma net tangible book value per share as of April 1, 2018.
(3)   Determined by dividing (i) pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value, which is our pro forma net tangible book value plus the cash proceeds of this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by (ii) the total number of our common shares to be outstanding following this offering.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $9.5 million, or $0.13 per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by $0.87 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of 1,000,000 in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $17.7 million, or $0.19 per share, and decrease the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by $0.19 per share to $15.17, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $17.7 million, or $0.20 per share, and increase the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by $0.20 per share to $15.56, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

66


Table of Contents

The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $3.93 per share, the incremental increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to our existing stockholder, NETGEAR, would be $2.47 per share and the pro forma dilution to new investors participating in this offering would be $15.07 per share.

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above as of April 1, 2018, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the price per share paid by our existing stockholder, NETGEAR, and by investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration
(In thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Price Per

Share
 
     Number     Percent     Amount      Percent    

NETGEAR

     62,500,000 (1)       86.0   $ —          —     $ —    

Investors participating in this offering

     10,215,000       14.0   $ 194,085        100.0   $ 19.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     72,715,000       100.0   $ 194,085        100.0   $ 2.67  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

(1)   Represents the total number of common shares to be issued to NETGEAR in connection with the separation.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $9.5 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $17.7 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

67


Table of Contents

SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

The following financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited combined financial statements and the related notes, and our unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and the related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table summarizes our historical combined financial data. The selected historical combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are derived from our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical combined balance sheet data as of April 1, 2018 and statements of operations data for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017 are derived from our unaudited interim combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim combined financial statements on the same basis as the audited combined financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that, in our opinion, are necessary to state fairly the financial information set forth in those statements. The selected combined financial data in this section are not intended to replace our combined financial statements and the related notes and are qualified in their entirety by the combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The selected combined financial data includes certain expenses of NETGEAR that were allocated to us for certain corporate functions including executive management, information technology, legal, finance and accounting, human resources, tax, treasury, research and development, sales and marketing activities, shared facilities and other shared services. Management believes the assumptions underlying the combined financial statements, including the assumptions regarding allocated expenses, reasonably reflect the utilization of services provided to, or the benefit received by, us during the periods presented. However, these shared expenses may not represent the amounts that would have been incurred had we operated autonomously or independently from NETGEAR. Actual costs that would have been incurred if we had been a stand-alone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions in various areas, such as information technology and infrastructure. In addition, our historical combined financial data does not reflect changes that we expect to experience in the future as a result of our separation from NETGEAR, including changes in our cost structure, personnel needs, tax structure, capital structure, financing and business operations.

Our annual combined financial statements also do not reflect the assignment of certain assets and liabilities between NETGEAR and us as reflected under the section titled “ Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements ” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Consequently, the financial information included in this section may not necessarily reflect what our financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had we been a stand-alone company during the periods presented. Accordingly, these historical results should not be relied upon as an indicator of our future performance.

The following selected historical combined financial data should be read in conjunction with the sections titled “ Use of Proceeds ,” “ Capitalization ,” “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and “ Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements ” and the related notes and the annual combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

68


Table of Contents

Combined Statements of Operations Data:

 

     Three Months Ended     Year Ended December 31,  
     April 1, 2018     April 2, 2017     2017      2016  
     (In thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 100,638     $ 61,803     $ 370,658      $ 184,604  

Cost of revenue (1)

     71,585       45,450       279,424        146,570  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     29,053       16,353       91,234        38,034  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development (1)

     12,025       7,984       34,683        24,438  

Sales and marketing (1)

     11,212       5,721       34,340        18,455  

General and administrative (1)

     4,878       2,745       15,096        8,289  

Separation expense

     6,557       —         1,384        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     34,672       16,450       85,503        51,182  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

  

 

 

 

(5,619

 

 

 

 

 

(97

 

    5,731        (13,148

Other income (expense), net

  

 

 

 

 

 

575

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

340

 

 

 

    1,946        (512
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  

 

 

 

 

 

(5,044

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

243

 

 

 

    7,677        (13,660

Provision for income taxes

     319       219       1,128        83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (5,363   $ 24     $ 6,549      $ (13,743
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Stock-based compensation expense was allocated as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     April 1, 2018      April 2, 2017  
     Direct      Allocated      Total      Direct      Allocated      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 46      $ 290      $ 336      $ 23      $ 109      $ 132  

Research and development

     564        169        733        624        83        707  

Sales and marketing

     242        430        672        31        126        157  

General and administrative

     —        954        954        —        451        451  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 852      $ 1,843      $ 2,695      $ 678      $ 769      $ 1,447  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     Direct      Allocated      Total      Direct      Allocated      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 102      $ 599      $ 701      $ 61      $ 266      $ 327  

Research and development

     1,959        455        2,414        1,349        195        1,544  

Sales and marketing

     390        866        1,256        110        407        517  

General and administrative

     —          2,547        2,547        —          1,216        1,216  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,451      $ 4,467      $ 6,918      $ 1,520      $ 2,084      $ 3,604  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

Combined Balance Sheet Data:

 

    As of      As of December 31,  
    April 1, 2018      2017      2016  
   

(In thousands)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 178      $ 108      $ 220  

Working capital

  $ 81,901      $ 112,878      $ 54,967  

Total assets

  $ 235,751      $ 269,820      $ 158,581  

Deferred revenue, current and non-current

  $ 40,420      $ 47,404      $ 23,393  

Total liabilities

  $ 142,814      $ 144,401      $ 85,407  

Total equity

  $ 92,937      $ 125,419      $ 73,174  

 

70


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements consist of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of April 1, 2018. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been derived by application of pro forma adjustments to our historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet reflects the separation and this offering, as described below, as if they occurred on April 1, 2018, while the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations give effect to the separation and this offering as if they occurred on January 1, 2017. The pro forma adjustments, described in the related notes, are based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions that management believes are reasonable. These estimates and assumptions are preliminary and have been made solely for purposes of developing these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements. Actual results could differ, perhaps materially, from these estimates and assumptions. Included in the pro forma adjustments are items that are directly related to the separation and this offering, factually supportable and, for purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations, have a continuing impact.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred had the separation from NETGEAR or this offering been completed on April 1, 2018 for the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet or on January 1, 2017 for the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements should not be relied on as indicative of the historical operating results that we would have achieved or any future operating results or financial position that we will achieve after the completion of this offering.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements reflect the impact of certain transactions, which primarily comprise the following:

 

    the separation, which outlines the assets and liabilities to be contributed by NETGEAR to Arlo at separation date as described in the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR ”; and

 

    the receipt of approximately $173.1 million in net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We have operated as an operating segment of NETGEAR since 2017. NETGEAR currently provides certain services to us, and costs associated with these functions have been allocated to us. The allocations include costs related to corporate services, such as executive management, information technology, legal, finance and accounting, human resources, tax, treasury, research and development, sales and marketing, shared facilities and other services. These costs were allocated on a basis of revenue, headcount or other measures we have determined as reasonable. The stock-based compensation includes expense attributable to our employees and an allocation of stock-based compensation attributable to employees of NETGEAR. These allocations are primarily reflected within operating expenses in our combined statements of operations. Management believes the basis on which the expenses have been allocated to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to, or the benefit received by, us during the periods presented. However, these allocations may not necessarily be indicative of the actual expenses we would have incurred as an independent company during the periods prior to the offering or of the costs we will incur in the future. The amount of these allocations from NETGEAR was $13.8 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018, which included $4.3 million for research and

 

71


Table of Contents

development, $4.6 million for sales and marketing and $4.9 million for general and administrative expense. For the year ended December 31, 2017, allocations amounted to $40.0 million, which included $11.8 million for research and development, $13.1 million for sales and marketing and $15.1 million for general and administrative expense.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect NETGEAR to continue to provide certain of the services described above on a transitional basis for a fee. These services will be provided under the transition services agreement described in “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR—Arrangements Between NETGEAR and Our Company .” We generally expect to use the vast majority of these services for less than a year following the completion of this offering, depending on the type of the service and the location at which such service is provided. However, we may agree with NETGEAR to extend the service periods for a limited amount of time (which period will not extend past the first anniversary of the distribution) or may terminate such service periods by providing prior written notice. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have not been adjusted for the effects of these transition services as we believe the allocation for such services, as previously described, is fairly reflected within the results presented. We estimate that the total cost for such services to be in the approximate range of $5.0 million to $10.0 million.

Following the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We will be required to establish procedures and practices as a stand-alone public company in order to comply with our obligations under the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations. As a result, we will incur additional costs, including internal audit, investor relations, stock administration and regulatory compliance costs. These additional costs may differ from the costs that were historically allocated to us from NETGEAR. To operate as a stand-alone company, we expect to incur costs to replace certain services previously provided by NETGEAR, which may be higher than those reflected in our historical combined financial statements. A component of these costs are IT-related costs, including capital expenditures, to implement certain new systems, including infrastructure and an enterprise resource planning system, while our legacy systems are being fully supported by NETGEAR, which we estimate to be $35.0 million to $55.0 million in the next 12 months. Any costs that have been incurred in the three months ended April 1, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017 related to the separation have been removed from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations as they do not have a continuing impact. Any costs that have been incurred and qualify for capitalization as of April 1, 2018 are included in our unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and will be contributed by NETGEAR to Arlo as part of the separation. Costs that have not yet been incurred are not included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements as the estimate of these costs is not factually supportable at this time. Actual costs that may have been incurred had we been a stand-alone company depend on a number of factors, including organizational structure and decisions made relating to various areas such as information technology and infrastructure.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and the related notes should be read in conjunction with the sections titled “ Use of Proceeds ,” “ Capitalization ” and “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and the annual audited combined financial statements, the unaudited interim combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

72


Table of Contents

Arlo

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet

April 1, 2018

 

     Historical      Non-Offering
Pro Forma
Adjustments
(Note 1)
         Pro Forma
Adjustments
for this
Offering
(Note 1)
          Pro
Forma
as Adjusted
 
     (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
ASSETS                 

Current assets:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 178      $ 70,000     (a)    $ 173,069      (k)    $ 243,247  

Accounts receivable, net

     102,259        (102,259   (b)      —             —    

Inventories

     103,849        —            —             103,849  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,484        (1,110   (c)      —             2,374  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total current assets

     209,770        (33,369        173,069           349,470  

Property and equipment, net

     3,668        775     (d)      —             4,443  

Intangibles, net

     3,967        —            —             3,967  

Goodwill

     15,638        —            —             15,638  

Other non-current assets

     2,708        (1,003   (e)      —             1,705  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 235,751      $ (33,597      $ 173,069         $ 375,223  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                 

Current liabilities:

                

Accounts payable

   $ 20,664      $ (20,664   (f)      —           $ —    

Deferred revenue

     25,634        —            —             25,634  

Accrued liabilities

     81,222        (31,596   (g)      —             49,626  

Income taxes payable

     349        (349   (h)      —             —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     127,869        (52,609        —             75,260  

Non-current deferred revenue

     14,786        —            —             14,786  

Non-current income taxes payable

     159        (159   (h)      —             —    

Other non-current liabilities

     —          1,053     (i)      —             1,053  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     142,814        (51,715        —             91,099  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Equity:

                

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding on a pro forma basis

     —          —            —             —    

Common Stock, $0.001 par value, 500,000,000 authorized shares; 72,715,000 issued and outstanding shares on a pro forma basis

     —          —            73      (k)      73  

Additional paid-in capital

     —          111,055     (j)      172,996      (k)      284,051  

Net parent investment

     92,937        (92,937   (j)      —             —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total equity

     92,937        18,118          173,069           284,124  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 235,751      $ (33,597      $ 173,069         $ 375,223  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements

 

73


Table of Contents

Arlo

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

Three Months Ended April 1, 2018

 

     Historical     Non-Offering
Pro Forma
Adjustments
(Note 2)
         Pro Forma
Adjustments
for this
Offering
(Note 2)
         Pro
Forma
as Adjusted
 
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Revenue

   $ 100,638     $ —          $ —          $ 100,638  

Cost of revenue

     71,585       —            —            71,585  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross profit

     29,053       —            —            29,053  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

              

Research and development

     12,025       —            222     (n)      12,247  

Sales and marketing

     11,212       —            —            11,212  

General and administrative

     4,878       264     (l)      1,189     (n)      6,331  

Separation expense

     6,557       (6,557   (m)      —            —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     34,672       (6,293        1,411          29,790  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (5,619     6,293          (1,411        (737

Other income (expense), net

     575       —            —            575  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (5,044     6,293          (1,411        (162

Provision for income taxes

     319       —       (o)      —       (o)      319  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (5,363   $ 6,293        $ (1,411      $ (481
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share:

              

Basic

     N/A               $ (0.01

Diluted

     N/A               $ (0.01

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share:

              

Basic

     N/A       62,500     (p)      10,215     (p)      72,715  

Diluted

     N/A       62,500     (p)      10,215     (p)      72,715  

See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 

74


Table of Contents

Arlo

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

     Historical      Non-Offering
Pro Forma
Adjustments
(Note 2)
         Pro Forma
Adjustments
for this
Offering
(Note 2)
         Pro
Forma
as Adjusted
 
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Revenue

   $ 370,658      $ —          $ —          $ 370,658  

Cost of revenue

     279,424        —            —            279,424  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross profit

     91,234        —            —            91,234  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

     34,683        —            1,289     (n)      35,972  

Sales and marketing

     34,340        —            —            34,340  

General and administrative

     15,096        1,323     (l)      6,903     (n)      23,322  

Separation expense

     1,384        (1,384   (m)      —            —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     85,503        (61        8,192          93,634  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     5,731        61          (8,192        (2,400

Other income, net

     1,946        —            —            1,946  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     7,677        61          (8,192        (454

Provision for income taxes

     1,128        388     (o)      —       (o)      1,516  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,549      $ (327      $ (8,192      $ (1,970
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share:

               

Basic

     N/A                $ (0.03

Diluted

     N/A                $ (0.03

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share:

               

Basic

     N/A        62,500     (p)      10,215     (p)      72,715  

Diluted

     N/A        62,500     (p)      10,215     (p)      72,715  

See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 

75


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

Note 1—Adjustments to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet

In connection with the separation, NETGEAR will make a contribution to Arlo of certain assets and liabilities. Certain assets and liabilities were not reflected in the combined historical financial statements as they were not specifically identifiable to the Arlo business, while other specifically identifiable assets and liabilities previously presented will not be part of the contribution by NETGEAR. The following adjustments have been made to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet to effect the separation and the offering:

 

(a) Reflects $70.0 million in cash that NETGEAR intends to contribute to us in the period leading up to the separation, a portion of which we may use prior to the separation for operating expenses, working capital and other requirements.

 

(b) Reflects the elimination of Accounts receivable as of April 1, 2018 that will not be part of the contribution by NETGEAR.

 

(c) Reflects the elimination of VAT receivable and rebates receivable that will not be part of the contribution by NETGEAR.

 

(d) Reflects the contribution of Property and equipment, net not historically designated as Arlo.

 

(e) Reflects the elimination of non-current deferred tax receivable as deferred tax is not being transferred as part of the contribution.

 

(f) Reflects the elimination of Accounts payable as of April 1, 2018 that will not be part of the contribution by NETGEAR.

 

(g) Reflects the elimination of accruals for committed sales and marketing programs, accrued freight and other accrued liabilities that will be settled by NETGEAR as part of the contribution. Sales with right of return reserves, accrued warranty and employee-related liabilities pertaining to Arlo employees are transferring as part of the contribution.

 

(h) Reflects the elimination of income taxes payable which will only accrue based on activities from the separation date forward.

 

(i) Reflects the transfer of liability for deferred rent relating to the Carlsbad corporate headquarters not historically designated as Arlo and being assumed by Arlo from the separation date forward.

 

(j) Reflects the elimination of Net parent investment and establishment of Additional paid-in capital as part of the contribution from NETGEAR to Arlo.

 

( k ) Represents the receipt of approximately $173.1 million by us associated with the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $19.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Note 2—Adjustments to the unaudited condensed combined statements of operations

The following adjustments have been made to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations to effect the separation and this offering:

 

(l) Reflects the incremental rent expense relating to the lease agreement for the San Jose corporate headquarters executed in June 2018.

 

(m) Reflects the elimination of non-recurring transaction expenses, primarily for IT-related costs, and legal and professional services, we have incurred in connection with the separation.

 

(n)

Reflects new equity-based compensation arrangements with three named executive officers in connection with this offering (“IPO Options”), resulting in a $1.4 million increase in the stock-based compensation

 

76


Table of Contents
  expense for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and a $8.2 million increase in stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2017. See the section titled “ Executive Compensation ”. The estimated fair values of these stock options for purposes of our pro forma adjustment will be recognized ratably over the performance periods or service periods ranging from one to four years.

 

(o) The change in income from the elimination of separation expense, addition of rent expense and stock-based compensation expense resulted in a larger U.S. book loss that is subject to a full valuation allowance. There was no impact on the profits of foreign jurisdictions where tax is incurred with the exception of changes to deferred tax for the year ended December 31, 2017. The pro forma tax provision change for the year ended December 31, 2017 resulted from the change in computed deferred tax expense due to differences in assets and liabilities that will be transferred to Arlo.

 

(p) Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding is based on shares outstanding, which is the number of shares of our common stock expected to be outstanding following this offering. The calculation includes 10,215,000 shares assumed to be sold in this offering as of the date of this offering and 62,500,000 shares assumed issued to NETGEAR as part of the contribution.

 

77


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with the section titled “Selected Combined Financial Data” and our combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those historical financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the financial data included in the following discussion. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business, operations and industry that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements regarding our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our future results and financial condition may differ materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of the factors we describe under the sections titled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Overview

Arlo combines an intelligent cloud infrastructure and mobile app with a variety of smart connected devices that transform the way people experience the connected lifestyle. Our cloud-based platform creates a seamless, end-to-end connected lifestyle solution that provides customers visibility, insight and a powerful means to help protect and connect with the people and things that matter most to them. Arlo enables users to monitor their environments and engage in real-time with their families and businesses from any location with a Wi-Fi or a cellular network internet connection. To date, we have launched several categories of award-winning smart connected devices, including wire-free smart Wi-Fi and LTE-enabled cameras, advanced baby monitors and smart security lights. In addition, Arlo’s broad compatibility allows the platform to seamlessly integrate with third-party products and protocols, such as Amazon Alexa, Apple HomeKit, Apple TV, Google Assistant, IFTTT, Stringify and Samsung SmartThings. Since the launch of our first product in December 2014, we have shipped over 7.5 million smart connected devices, and, as of April 1, 2018, our smart platform had over 1.9 million registered users across more than 100 countries around the world. We plan to continue to introduce new smart connected devices to the Arlo platform in new categories, increase the number of registered users on our platform, keep them highly engaged through our mobile app and generate incremental recurring revenue by offering them paid subscription services.

We conduct business across three geographic regions - the Americas; Europe, Middle-East and Africa (“EMEA”); and Asia Pacific (“APAC”) - and we primarily generate revenue by selling devices through retail, wholesale distribution and wireless carrier channels and paid subscription services through in-app purchases. International revenue was 28.0% and 30.9% of our revenue for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017, respectively, and 24.6% and 23.0% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We plan to replicate our success in the U.S. market elsewhere as we strategically expand into the global market.

Our goal is to continue to develop innovative, world-class connected lifestyle solutions to expand and further monetize our current and future user and subscriber bases. We believe that the growth of our business is dependent on many factors, including our ability to innovate and grow our installed base, to increase subscription-based recurring revenue, to invest in brand awareness and channel partnerships and to continue our global expansion. We expect to increase our investment in research and development as we continue to introduce new and innovative products and services to enhance the Arlo platform, and we also expect to incur separation expense as a result of the infrastructure required to be a stand-alone public company.

We have experienced significant growth since the shipment of our first product in December 2014. For the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017, we generated revenue of $100.6 million and $61.8 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 62.8%. Loss from operations was $5.6 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018 compared with a loss from operations of $0.1 million for the three months ended April 2, 2017. Loss from operations for the three months ended April 1, 2018 included separation expense

 

78


Table of Contents

of $6.6 million. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we generated revenue of $370.7 million and $184.6 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 100.8%. Income from operations was $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared with a loss from operations of $13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Our registered user base has grown from 0.7 million registered users as of December 31, 2016 to over 1.9 million registered users as of April 1, 2018.

Key Business Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our combined financial statements, we use the following key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, develop financial forecasts and make strategic decisions. Our key business metrics may be calculated in a manner different than similar key business metrics used by other companies.

 

     Three Months Ended      Year Ended December 31,  
     April 1, 2018      % Change     April 2, 2017      2017      % Change     2016  
    

(In thousands, except percentage data)

 

Registered users

     1,929        123.3     864        1,670        143.1     687  

Devices shipped

     905        52.6     593        3,770        88.5     2,000  

Service revenue

   $ 8,207        43.0   $ 5,740      $ 29,077        138.7   $ 12,182  

Registered Users . We believe that our ability to increase our user base is an indicator of our market penetration and growth of our business as we continue to expand and innovate our Arlo platform. We define our registered users at the end of a particular period as the number of unique registered accounts on the Arlo app as of the end of such particular period. The number of registered users does not necessarily reflect the number of end-users on the Arlo platform, as one registered account may be used by multiple people.

Devices Shipped . Devices shipped represents the number of Arlo cameras and lights that are shipped to our customers during a period. Devices shipped does not include shipments of Arlo accessories and Arlo base stations, nor does it take into account returns of Arlo cameras and lights. The growth rate of our revenue is not necessarily correlated with our growth rate of devices shipped, as our revenue is affected by a number of other variables, including but not limited to returns from customers, sales of accessories and premium services, the types of Arlo products sold during the relevant period and the introduction of new product offerings that have different U.S. manufacturer’s suggested retail prices (“MSRPs”).

Service Revenue . Service revenue represents revenue recognized relating to prepaid services and paid service subscriptions. Our prepaid services pertain to devices which are sold with our Arlo prepaid services offering, providing users with the ability to store and access data for up to five cameras for a rolling seven-day period. Our paid subscription services relate to sales of subscription plans to our registered users.

Factors Affecting Our Business and Results of Operations

Product and Service Introductions and Subscription-Based Service Revenue

To date, product introductions have had a significant positive impact on our operating results due primarily to increases in revenue associated with sales of the new products in the quarters following their introduction. Since the end of 2014, we have released numerous new connected lifestyle devices, including the original Arlo Security Camera, Arlo Pro, Arlo Pro 2, Arlo Q and Arlo Q plus, Arlo Go, Arlo Baby and the Arlo Security Light. We have also released several services for our home and business users, including our Arlo Smart services, a collection of paid features that provide users with actionable intelligence and rich app notifications through the Arlo app, such as person-detection capabilities, e911 functionality and motion zone customization. The majority of our revenue to date has been derived from the sale of our Arlo cameras with new product introductions contributing significantly to revenue growth in the quarters following their introduction. In the

 

79


Table of Contents

future, we plan to continue to introduce new categories of devices and services that will connect to and complement the Arlo platform, and we expect that our operating results will be impacted by these releases. We also believe we can grow our subscription-based recurring revenue stream by improving current Arlo Smart service features and introducing new premium service features to our growing user base. However, we cannot be assured that our new product or service introductions will have a favorable impact on our operating results or that customers will choose our new products and services over those of our competitors.

Adoption of Connected Lifestyle Technology

Our total addressable market consists of individuals and business owners who use connected devices to enhance their lives. According to Gartner, consumer IoT endpoints hardware and services spending will reach $1.8 trillion by 2021 . (1) Gartner estimates our addressable market for the global connected home alone, including elements of consumer IoT services spending and IoT endpoints hardware spending, will grow from $45 billion in 2017 to $146 billion in 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 34%. (2) Outside of the home, we have seen adoption of our cellular-enabled products in a variety of use cases, such as construction site monitoring, neighborhood watch, wildlife and outdoor trail surveillance and event monitoring. We believe the small business and government segments represent additional growth areas for us. We expect that continued growth in the adoption of cloud technologies, AI-empowered data analytics and IoT devices within and outside the home and business will expand our addressable market. However, our future growth depends in part on the continued adoption of these devices and technologies in the future.

Investments in Sales, Marketing and the Arlo Brand

We plan to invest significant resources in growing brand awareness through direct and indirect marketing, to develop and introduce new products and services and to enter new markets and channels as we seek to continue to grow the number of registered users. We believe our user base represents a significant opportunity to increase revenue, particularly paid subscription service revenue. We expect to continue to accelerate investments in sales, marketing and brand awareness to grow the number of registered users while also rolling out new and improved paid subscription service offerings. Such investments may occur in advance of any sales benefits from these activities, and it may be difficult for us to determine if we are efficiently allocating our resources or obtaining an appropriate return on our investment in these areas.

Seasonality

Historically, we have generated higher revenue in the third and fourth quarters of each year compared to the first and second quarters due to seasonal demand from consumer markets primarily relating to the beginning of the school year and the holiday season. For example, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, our third and fourth quarters collectively represented 62.0% and 65.5%, respectively, of our revenue for such years. Therefore, timely and effective product and service introductions are critical to our results of operations.

Comparability of Historical Results

Our historical combined financial statements, which are discussed below, are prepared on a stand-alone basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and are derived from NETGEAR’s consolidated financial statements and accounting records using the historical results of operations and assets and liabilities attributed to our operations, and include allocations of expenses from NETGEAR. Our combined results are not necessarily indicative of our future performance and do not reflect what our financial performance would have been had we been a stand-alone public company during the periods presented.

 

(1)   Gartner, Forecast: Internet of Things — Endpoints and Associated Services, Worldwide, 2017, 21 December 2017, Table 4.1.
(2)   Gartner, Forecast: Internet of Things — Endpoints and Associated Services, Worldwide, 2017, 21 December 2017, Table 4.1 (Home Automation/Other, Home Energy Management, Home Security and Safety) & 12.1 (Home Security and Safety, Home Automation, Energy Management, Other).

 

80


Table of Contents

NETGEAR currently provides certain services to us, and costs associated with these functions have been allocated to us. The allocations include costs related to corporate services, such as executive management, information technology, legal, finance and accounting, human resources, tax, treasury, research and development, sales and marketing, shared facilities and other services. These costs were allocated on a basis of revenue, headcount or other measures we have determined as reasonable. The stock-based compensation includes expense attributable to our employees and an allocation of stock-based compensation attributable to employees of NETGEAR. These allocations are primarily reflected within operating expenses in our combined statements of operations. Management believes the basis on which the expenses have been allocated to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to, or the benefit received by, us during the periods presented. However, these allocations may not necessarily be indicative of the actual expenses we would have incurred as an independent company during the periods prior to the offering or of the costs we will incur in the future. The amount of these allocations from NETGEAR was $13.8 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018, which included $4.3 million for research and development, $4.6 million for sales and marketing and $4.9 million for general and administrative expense. Allocations amounted to $6.9 million for the three months ended April 2, 2017, which included $2.0 million for research and development, $2.2 million for sales and marketing and $2.7 million for general and administrative expense. For the year ended December 31, 2017, allocations amounted to $40.0 million, which included $11.8 million for research and development, $13.1 million for sales and marketing and $15.1 million for general and administrative expense. For the year ended December 31, 2016, allocations amounted to $20.6 million, which included $5.9 million for research and development, $6.4 million for sales and marketing and $8.3 million for general and administrative expense.

Our Relationship with NETGEAR

Following the completion of this offering, we expect NETGEAR to continue to provide certain of the services described above on a transitional basis for a fee. These services will be provided under the transition services agreement described in “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR—Arrangements Between NETGEAR and Our Company .” We generally expect to use the vast majority of these services for less than a year following the completion of this offering, depending on the type of the service and the location at which such service is provided. However, we may agree with NETGEAR to extend the service periods for a limited amount of time (which period will not extend past the first anniversary of the distribution) or may terminate such service periods by providing prior written notice.

Following the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We will be required to establish procedures and practices as a stand-alone public company in order to comply with our obligations under the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations. As a result, we will incur additional costs, including internal audit, investor relations, stock administration and regulatory compliance costs. These additional costs may differ from the costs that were historically allocated to us from NETGEAR. To operate as a stand-alone company, we expect to incur costs to replace certain services previously provided by NETGEAR, which may be higher than those reflected in our historical combined financial statements. A component of these costs are IT-related costs, including capital expenditures, to implement certain new systems, including infrastructure and an enterprise resource planning system, while our legacy systems are being fully supported by NETGEAR, which we estimate to be $35.0 million to $55.0 million in the next 12 months.

Components of Our Operating Results

Revenue

Our gross revenue consists primarily of sales of devices, and to a much lesser extent, prepaid and paid subscription service revenue. We generally recognize revenue from product sales at the time the product is shipped. Our prepaid services primarily pertain to devices which are sold with our Arlo prepaid services offering,

 

81


Table of Contents

providing users with the ability to store and access data for up to five cameras for a rolling seven-day period. Upon device shipment, we attribute a portion of the sales price to the prepaid service, deferring this revenue at the outset and subsequently recognizing ratably over the estimated useful life of the device. Our paid subscription services relate to sales of subscription plans to our registered users.

Our revenue consists of gross revenue, less end-user customer rebates and other channel sales incentives deemed to be a reduction of revenue per the authoritative guidance for revenue recognition, allowances for estimated sales returns, price protection and net changes in deferred revenue. A significant portion of our marketing expenditures is with customers and is deemed to be a reduction of revenue under authoritative guidance for revenue recognition. See the section titled “ —Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Revenue Recognition ” below for details.

Our revenue can vary based on a number of factors, including changes in average selling prices, end-user customer rebates and other channel sales incentives, uncertainties surrounding demand for our products and allowances for estimated sales returns, including future pricing and/or potential discounts as a result of competition or in response to fluctuations of the U.S. dollar in our international markets, and related production level variances; changes in technology; and adoption of our current and future paid subscription service offerings.

We continue to experience robust user demand across all regions for our Arlo products. We believe this demand will lead to an increase in absolute dollars in prepaid and paid subscription service revenues as our number of registered users continues to grow. Furthermore, we expect that as we introduce more features to our subscription services, the rate of adoption of our paid subscription services will increase which we expect to increase revenue. While we expect prepaid and paid subscription services to grow, we anticipate revenue from device sales will continue to generate the majority of our revenue for the foreseeable future.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of both product costs and costs of service. Product costs primarily consist of: the cost of finished products from our third-party manufacturers; overhead costs, including purchasing, product planning, inventory control, warehousing and distribution logistics, third-party software licensing fees, inbound freight, warranty costs associated with returned goods, write-downs for excess and obsolete inventory, royalties to third parties; and amortization expense of certain acquired intangibles. Cost of service consists of cost attributable to the provision and maintenance of our cloud-based platform, including storage, security and computing.

Our cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue can vary based upon a number of factors, including those that may affect our revenue set forth above and factors that may affect our cost of revenue, including, without limitation: registered user acceptance of paid subscription service offerings, fluctuation in foreign exchange rates and changes in our cost of goods sold due to fluctuations in prices paid for components, net of vendor rebates, cloud platform costs, warranty and overhead costs, inbound freight and duty product conversion costs, charges for excess or obsolete inventory and amortization of acquired intangibles. We outsource our manufacturing, warehousing and distribution logistics. We also outsource certain components of the required infrastructure to support our cloud-based back-end information technology (“IT”) infrastructure. We believe this outsourcing strategy allows us to better manage our product and services costs and gross margin.

We expect that revenue derived from paid subscription service plans will increase as a percentage of our revenue in the future, which may have a positive impact on our gross margin. From time to time, however, we may experience fluctuations in our gross margin as a result of the factors discussed above.

Research and Development

Research and development expense consists primarily of personnel-related expense, safety, security, regulatory testing, other consulting fees and IT and facility overhead. We recognize research and development

 

82


Table of Contents

expense as it is incurred. We have invested in building our research and development organization to enhance our ability to introduce innovative products and services. We believe that innovation and technological leadership are critical to our future success, and we are committed to continuing a significant level of research and development to develop new technologies, products and services, including our hardware devices, cloud-based software, AI-based algorithms and machine learning capabilities. We expect research and development expense to grow in absolute dollars as we continue to develop new product and service offerings to support the connected lifestyle market. We expect research and development expense to fluctuate depending on the timing and number of development activities in any given period, and such expense could vary significantly as a percentage of revenue, depending on actual revenue achieved in any given period.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel expense for sales and marketing staff technical support expense, advertising, trade shows, corporate communications and other marketing expense, product marketing expense, IT and facilities overhead; outbound freight costs and amortization of certain intangibles. We expect our sales and marketing expense to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in brand marketing to strengthen our competitive position, to accelerate growth and to raise brand awareness.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel-related expense for certain executives, finance and accounting, human resources, information technology, professional fees, IT and facility overhead, and other general corporate expense. We expect our general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars primarily as a result of the increased costs associated with being a stand-alone public company. However, we also expect our general and administrative expense to fluctuate as a percentage of our revenue in future periods based on fluctuations in our revenue and the timing of such expense.

Separation Expense

Separation expense consists primarily of costs associated with our separation from NETGEAR, including third-party advisory, consulting, legal and professional services, IT-related expenses directly related to our separation from NETGEAR, and other items that are incremental and one-time in nature. To operate as a stand-alone company, we expect to incur increased separation costs to replace certain services previously provided by NETGEAR, which may be higher than those reflected in our historical combined financial statements. See the sections titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR ” and “ Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements .”

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net primarily represents gains and losses on transactions denominated in foreign currencies and other miscellaneous income and expense.

Income Taxes

Our business has historically been included in NETGEAR’s consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. We have adopted the separate return approach for the purpose of the Arlo financial statements. The income tax provisions and related deferred tax assets and liabilities that have been reflected in our historical combined financial statements have been estimated as if we were a separate taxpayer. The historic operations of the Arlo business reflect a separate return approach for each jurisdiction in which Arlo had presence and NETGEAR filed a tax return. We record a provision for income taxes for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results

 

83


Table of Contents

of operations using the asset and liability method. Under this method, we recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the net amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. To effect the separation of the Arlo business from NETGEAR’s other businesses, there will be changes to the organizational structure of the business, which will not impact our historical financial statements.

We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if we believe that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. As we expand internationally, we will face increased complexity in determining the appropriate tax jurisdictions for revenue and expense items which may differ from that of NETGEAR. Our policy is to adjust these reserves when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any accruals that we believe are appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law, making significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Changes include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings. The recently enacted Tax Act significantly changed how the United States taxes corporations. At this time, significant judgment is required in implementing the law due to the lack of sufficient interpretive guidance from the U.S. or state regulatory bodies and standards settings bodies. Computations required are complex and data-intensive. The amounts reported as of December 31, 2017 are provisional based on the uncertainty discussed above. As we complete our analysis and prepare necessary data, and interpret any additional guidance, we will adjust our calculations and provisional amounts that we have recorded in our tax provision. Any such adjustments may materially impact our provision for income taxes in our financial statements.

Fiscal Periods

Our fiscal year begins on January 1 of the year stated and ends on December 31 of the same year. We report our results on a fiscal quarter basis rather than on a calendar quarter basis. Under the fiscal quarter basis, each of the first three fiscal quarters ends on the Sunday closest to the calendar quarter end, with the fourth quarter ending on December 31.

 

84


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

We operate as one operating and reportable segment. The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, the combined statements of operations data, which we derived from the accompanying combined financial statements:

 

     Three Months Ended     Year Ended December 31,  
     April 1,
2018
    April 2,
2017
    2017     2016  
    

(In thousands, except percentage data)

 

Revenue

   $ 100,638       100.0   $ 61,803       100.0   $ 370,658        100.0   $ 184,604       100.0

Cost of revenue

     71,585       71.1     45,450       73.5     279,424        75.4     146,570       79.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     29,053       28.9     16,353       26.5     91,234        24.6     38,034       20.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

     12,025       11.9     7,984       12.9     34,683        9.4     24,438       13.2

Sales and marketing

     11,212       11.3     5,721       9.4     34,340        9.3     18,455       10.0

General and administrative

     4,878       4.8     2,745       4.4     15,096        4.1     8,289       4.5

Separation expense

     6,557       6.5     —         —       1,384        0.3     —         —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     34,672       34.5     16,450       26.7     85,503        23.1     51,182       27.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (5,619     (5.6 )%      (97     (0.2 )%      5,731        1.5     (13,148     (7.1 )% 

Other income (expense), net

     575       0.6     340       0.6     1,946        0.6     (512     (0.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (5,044     (5.0 )%      243       0.4     7,677        2.1     (13,660     (7.4 )% 

Provision for income taxes

     319       0.3     219       0.4     1,128        0.3     83       0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (5,363     (5.3 )%    $ 24       0.0   $ 6,549        1.8   $ (13,743     (7.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Three Months Ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017

Revenue by Geographic Region

We conduct business across three geographic regions: Americas, EMEA and APAC. We generally base revenue by geography on the ship-to location of the customer for device sales and device location for service sales.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     April 1,
2018
    % Change     April 2,
2017
 
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

Americas

   $ 74,723       66.2   $ 44,973  

Percentage of revenue

     74.3       72.8

EMEA

   $ 19,266       69.8   $ 11,348  

Percentage of revenue

     19.1       18.4

APAC

   $ 6,649       21.3   $ 5,482  

Percentage of revenue

     6.6       8.8
  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 100,638       62.8   $ 61,803  
  

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

Revenue for the three months ended April 1, 2018 increased 62.8% compared to the prior year period. The increase was primarily driven by the launch and continued rollout of our Arlo Pro 2 camera, which launched in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017. We continued to experience robust demand for existing product categories which, combined with the launch and continued rollout of Arlo Pro 2, drove revenue growth across all geographic regions. Additionally, service revenue increased by $2.5 million, or 43.0%, for the three months ended April 1, 2018 compared to the prior year period.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

The following table presents cost of revenue and gross margin for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     April 1,
2018
    % Change     April 2,
2017
 
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 71,585       57.5   $ 45,450  

Gross margin

     28.9       26.5

Cost of revenue increased for the three months ended April 1, 2018 due primarily to revenue growth compared to the prior year period.

Gross margin increased for the three months ended April 1, 2018 compared to the prior year period due primarily to higher revenue achievement and higher product margin attainment, substantially benefitting from the launch of our Arlo Pro 2 camera. The increased gross margin attainment was partially offset by higher provisions for sales returns and channel marketing promotion activities deemed to be a reduction of revenue increasing disproportionately compared to the prior year period.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

The following table presents research and development expense for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     April 1,
2018
     % Change     April 2,
2017
 
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

Research and development expense

   $ 12,025        50.6   $ 7,984  

Research and development expense increased for the three months ended April 1, 2018 compared to the prior year period due to increases of $1.9 million in personnel-related expenses, of which $1.4 million was for employees specifically identifiable to Arlo and $0.5 million was for allocated personnel-related expenses, $1.7 million in corporate IT and facility overhead and $0.5 million in engineering projects and outside professional services. The increased expenditures on personnel-related expense, engineering projects and outside professional services were due to continuous investment in strategic focus areas, principally the expansion of our Arlo product offerings and services and the growth of our cloud platform capabilities.

Sales and Marketing

The following table presents sales and marketing expense for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     April 1,
2018
     % Change     April 2,
2017
 
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

Sales and marketing expense

   $ 11,212        96.0   $ 5,721  

 

86


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expense increased for the three months ended April 1, 2018 compared to the prior year period, primarily due to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $2.9 million, outside professional services of $1.1 million, marketing expenditures of $0.7 million, IT and facility overhead of $0.5 million and sales freight out expenses of $0.3 million. The increase in allocated personnel-related expenses and marketing expenditures resulted from the revenue increase described above. The majority of the costs incurred represented allocations from NETGEAR.

General and Administrative

The following table presents general and administrative expense for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     April 1,
2018
     % Change     April 2,
2017
 
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

General and administrative expense

   $ 4,878        77.7   $ 2,745  

General and administrative expense increased for the three months ended April 1, 2018 compared to the prior year period primarily due to higher allocated personnel-related expenditures of $1.3 million, legal and professional services of $0.4 million and IT and facility overhead of $0.4 million.

Separation Expense

The following table presents separation expense for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     April 1,
2018
     % Change     April 2,
2017
 
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

Separation expense

   $ 6,557                 **    $ —    

 

** Percentage change not meaningful.

Separation expense consists primarily of charges for third-party advisory, consulting, legal and professional services, IT-related expenses, and other items that are incremental and one-time in nature related to our separation from NETGEAR. We had no separation expense in the prior year period.

Other Income (Expense), Net

The following table presents other income (expense), net for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     April 1,
2018
     % Change     April 2,
2017
 
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

Other income (expense), net

   $ 575        69.1   $ 340  

Other income (expense), net increased for the three months ended April 1, 2018 compared to the prior year period due primarily to higher foreign currency transaction gains, primarily as a result of the U.S. dollar weakening versus transaction currencies.

 

87


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Three Months Ended  
     April 1,
2018
    % Change     April 2,
2017
 
     (In thousands, except percentage
data)
 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 319       45.7   $ 219  

Effective tax rate

     (6.3 )%        90.1

The increase in tax expense for the three months ended April 1, 2018 compared to the prior year period primarily resulted from improved earnings in foreign jurisdictions. Additionally, on December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Act. We do not anticipate an increase in tax expense from the Tax Act during the current period due to current year losses and loss carryforwards, previously subject to a valuation allowance, that can offset this income.

Comparison of the Fiscal Year Ended 2017 and 2016

Revenue by Geographic Region

We conduct business across three geographic regions: Americas, EMEA and APAC. We generally base revenue by geography on the ship-to location of the customer for device sales and device location for service sales.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     % Change     2016  
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

Americas

   $ 292,671       97.5   $ 148,164  

Percentage of revenue

     79.0       80.3

EMEA

   $ 58,795       114.1   $ 27,457  

Percentage of revenue

     15.9       14.9

APAC

   $ 19,192       113.6   $ 8,983  

Percentage of revenue

     5.1       4.8
  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 370,658       100.8   $ 184,604  
  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Revenue increased 100.8% for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the prior year. The expansion of our sales channels, the rapid expansion of the consumer network connected camera systems market, the continued sales of our Arlo Pro camera launched in the third quarter of 2016 and the launch of our Arlo Pro 2 camera in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 contributed significantly to the revenue increase. Additionally, revenue further benefited from an increase in paid subscription service revenue due to the increase in the number of our registered users.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

The following table presents cost of revenue and gross margin for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     % Change     2016  
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 279,424       90.6   $ 146,570  

Gross margin

     24.6       20.6

Cost of revenue increased for the year ended December 31, 2017 due primarily to revenue growth compared to the prior year.

 

88


Table of Contents

Gross margin increased for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the prior year. The improvement in gross margin was achieved by effective product cost reduction and growth in paid subscription service revenue compared to the prior year.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

The following table presents research and development expense for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      % Change     2016  
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

Research and development expense

   $ 34,683        41.9   $ 24,438  

Research and development expense increased for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the prior year due to increases of $5.2 million in allocated personnel-related expense, $3.5 million in corporate IT and facility overhead and $1.6 million in engineering projects and outside professional services. The increased expenditures on personnel-related expense, engineering projects and outside professional services were due to continuous investment in strategic focus areas, such as to expand our Arlo product offerings and services and to grow our cloud platform capabilities.

Sales and Marketing

The following table presents sales and marketing expense for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      % Change     2016  
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

Sales and marketing expense

   $ 34,340        86.1   $ 18,455  

Sales and marketing expense increased for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the prior year primarily due to an increase in personnel-related expenditures of $6.8 million, marketing expenditures of $5.4 million, outside professional services of $1.3 million, IT and facility overhead of $1.3 million and sales freight out expense of $1.0 million. The increase in allocated personnel and marketing expenditures resulted from the revenue increase described above. The majority of the costs incurred represented allocations from NETGEAR.

General and Administrative

The following table presents general and administrative expense for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      % Change     2016  
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

General and administrative expense

   $ 15,096        82.1   $ 8,289  

General and administrative expense increased for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher allocated personnel-related expenditures of $3.5 million, legal and professional services of $1.7 million, and IT and facility overhead of $1.3 million.

 

89


Table of Contents

Separation Expense

The following table presents separation expense for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      % Change     2016  
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

Separation expense

   $ 1,384                 **    $ —    

 

** Percentage change not meaningful.

Separation expense consists primarily of charges for third-party advisory, consulting, legal and professional services, IT-related expenses, and other items that are incremental and one-time in nature related to our separation from NETGEAR. We had no separation expense in the prior year period.

Other Income (Expense), Net

The following table presents other income (expense), net for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      % Change     2016  
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

Other income (expense), net

   $ 1,946                 **    $ (512

 

** Percentage data not meaningful

Other income (expense), net increased for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the prior year, due primarily to higher foreign currency transaction gains, primarily as a result of the U.S. dollar weakening versus transaction currencies.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     % Change     2016  
     (In thousands, except percentage data)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 1,128                **    $ 83  

Effective tax rate

     14.7       (0.6 )% 

 

** Percentage data not meaningful

The increase in tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the prior year, primarily resulted from improved earnings in foreign jurisdictions. Additionally, on December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Act. The Tax Act resulted in an increase in tax expense, which was offset by the utilization of net operating losses and foreign tax credits that were previously subject to a valuation allowance.

Quarterly Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected unaudited historical quarterly combined statements of operations data for each of the eight quarterly periods ended December 31, 2017. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual combined financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and, in our opinion, includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This information should be read in

 

90


Table of Contents

conjunction with our audited combined financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in the prospectus. These quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or any future period.

 

    December 31,
2017
    October 1,
2017
    July 2,
2017
    April 2,
2017
    December 31,
2016
    October 2,
2016
    July 3,
2016
    April 3,
2016
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenue

  $ 124,774     $ 104,887     $ 79,194     $ 61,803     $ 74,336     $ 46,651     $ 39,481     $ 24,136  

Gross profit

  $ 29,817     $ 28,352     $ 16,712     $ 16,353     $ 11,859     $ 11,095     $ 10,921     $ 4,159  

Total operating expenses

  $ 27,124     $ 22,609     $ 19,320     $ 16,450     $ 16,430     $ 13,653     $ 11,729     $ 9,370  

Income (loss) from operations

  $ 2,693     $ 5,743     $ (2,608   $ (97   $ (4,571   $ (2,558   $ (808   $ (5,211

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,663     $ 6,014     $ (2,153   $ 25     $ (5,095   $ (2,465   $ (1,126   $ (5,057

Quarterly Trends

Our quarterly revenue and gross profit increased sequentially generally for most of the periods presented, primarily due to increases in the number of devices sold, which was the result of new product introductions since December 2014, rapid expansion of our sales channel, including growth in international sales, and our consumer network connected camera systems market, and growth in service revenue. Generally, we have experienced the highest levels of revenue in the fourth quarter of the year compared to other quarters due in large part to seasonal holiday demand.

Quarterly operating expenses generally increased sequentially for all periods presented, primarily due to the increase of personnel-related expenses from increases in headcount and marketing and advertising expenses from our efforts to increase sales of our products and services.

Overall operating results fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of a variety of factors, including seasonal factors and economic cycles that influence consumer retail product purchase trends.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, our operations have participated in cash management and funding arrangements managed by NETGEAR. Cash flows related to financing activities primarily reflect changes in Net parent investment. Other than those that are in Arlo designated legal entities, NETGEAR’s cash has not been assigned to us for any of the periods presented because those cash balances are not directly attributable to us. Cash and cash equivalents presented in the combined balance sheets represent amounts pertaining to designated Arlo legal entities only. Our cash and cash equivalents balance increased from $0.1 million as of December 31, 2017 to $0.2 million as of April 1, 2018. Cash generated from operations was $25.4 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018, compared with cash used in operations of $11.4 million for the three months ended April 2, 2017, due primarily to lower working capital requirements. Cash used from operations increased from $33.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $39.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 due primarily to increased working capital demands. Currently, we are dependent on NETGEAR for our continued support to fund our operations, without which we would need to curtail our operations. NETGEAR intends to contribute $70.0 million in cash to us in the period leading up to the separation, a portion of which we may use prior to the separation for operating expenses, working capital and other requirements. Accordingly, the actual amount of cash that we may have immediately prior to the offering may be less than $70.0 million. In addition, NETGEAR currently intends to use reasonable efforts to provide us such funding as may be necessary to permit us to fund our operations while we are a wholly owned subsidiary of NETGEAR. This support is expected to terminate on the earliest of (i) September 1, 2019, (ii) the time immediately prior to the completion of this offering and

 

91


Table of Contents

(iii) the time immediately prior to the completion of a distribution of shares of our common stock held by NETGEAR to its stockholders.

Following the separation from NETGEAR, our capital structure and sources of liquidity will change significantly from our historical capital structure. Subsequent to the separation, we will no longer participate in cash management and funding arrangements managed by NETGEAR. Following the separation, we expect to use cash flows generated from operations, together with $70.0 million in cash contributed by NETGEAR on separation and our estimated net proceeds of approximately $173.1 million from the sale of our common stock in this offering (refer to “ Use of Proceeds ” for the expected use of such net proceeds), as our primary sources of liquidity. Based on our current plans and market conditions, we believe that such sources of liquidity will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, we may require or desire additional funds to support our operating expenses and capital requirements or for other purposes, such as acquisitions, and may seek to raise such additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing or from other sources. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available at all or that, if available, such financing would be obtainable on terms favorable to us and would not be dilutive. Our future liquidity and cash requirements will depend on numerous factors, including the introduction of new products and potential acquisitions of related businesses or technology.

Cash Flow

The following table presents our cash flows for the periods presented.

 

    Three Months Ended     Year Ended December 31,  
    April 1,
2018
    April 2,
2017
    2017      2016  
   

(In thousands)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 25,390     $ (11,364   $ (38,985    $ (33,070

Net cash used in investing activities

    (410     (1,868     (4,315      (10,289

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (24,910     13,138       43,188        43,579  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash increase (decrease)

  $ 70     $ (94   $ (112    $ 220  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $25.4 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018 due primarily to lower working capital requirements. Working capital was primarily impacted by decreases to accounts receivable, offset by increases to inventory and decreases to accrued liabilities. Our days sales outstanding (“DSO”) decreased to 92 days as of April 1, 2018 as compared to 115 days as of December 31, 2017. Typically, DSO in the fourth quarter is higher due to seasonal payment terms provided to our larger customers. New to our DSO calculation is the negative impact of the adoption of ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” as of January 1, 2018. We calculated an eight day increase under the new revenue standard compared to the old revenue standard, mainly as a result of changes in the balance sheet presentation of certain reserve balances previously shown net within accounts receivable which are now presented as liabilities. Refer to Note 2, Revenue Recognition , in the Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the details on adoption impacts. Inventory was $103.8 million with ending inventory turns of 2.8 in the three months ended April 1, 2018 down from 4.6 turns in the three months ended December 31, 2017. Net cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018 as a result of capital expenditures. Net cash used in financing activities primarily consisted of net investment to NETGEAR.

Net cash used in operating activities was $11.4 million for the three months ended April 2, 2017 due primarily to increased working capital demands. Working capital was primarily impacted by increases to inventory and decreases to accounts payable and accrued liabilities, offset by decreases to accounts receivable. Our DSO was 91 days as of April 2, 2017, which decreased from 99 days as of December 31, 2016. DSO as of

 

92


Table of Contents

December 31, 2016 was higher due to seasonal payment terms extended to our larger customers. Our accounts payable decreased from $21.1 million at December 31, 2016 to $8.2 million at April 2, 2017. The decrease was primarily attributable to timing of payments. Inventory was $67.3 million with ending inventory turns of 2.7, down from 5.2 turns in the three months ended December 31, 2016. Net cash used in investing activities was $1.9 million for the three months ended April 2, 2017 primarily from our capital expenditures and a $0.8 million payment in connection with our Placemeter acquisition. Net cash provided by financing activities primarily was the net investment from NETGEAR, as cash and the financing of our operations have historically been managed by NETGEAR. These transactions were deemed to be effectively settled for cash at the time the transaction was recorded.

Net cash used in operating activities was $39.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 due primarily to increased working capital demands. Working capital was primarily impacted by increases to accounts receivable and inventory, offset by increases to accrued liabilities. DSO increased by 16 days to 115 days as of December 31, 2017 due primarily to timing of gross shipments and seasonal payment terms with certain customers. Inventory was $83.0 million as of December 31, 2017 with ending inventory turns of 4.6 in the fourth quarter of 2017. Net cash used in investing activities was $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily as a result of capital expenditures of $3.6 million. Net cash provided by financing activities primarily was the net investment from NETGEAR, as cash and the financing of our operations have historically been managed by NETGEAR. These transactions were deemed to be effectively settled for cash at the time the transaction was recorded.

Net cash used in operating activities was $33.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 due primarily to increased working capital demands. Working capital was primarily impacted by increases to accounts receivable and inventory, offset by increases to accounts payable and accrued liabilities. DSO was 99 days as of December 31, 2016 due primarily to timing of gross shipments and seasonal payment terms with certain customers. Inventory turns were 5.2 in the fourth quarter of 2016. Net cash used in investing activities was $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily as a result of the acquisition of Placemeter, Inc., a computer vision analytics company, for $8.8 million. Net cash provided by financing activities primarily was the net investment from NETGEAR, as cash and the financing of our operations have historically been managed by NETGEAR. These transactions were deemed to be effectively settled for cash at the time the transaction was recorded.

Backlog

Our backlog consists of products for which customer purchase orders have been received and that are scheduled or in the process of being scheduled for shipment. As of December 31, 2017, we had a backlog of $15.6 million, compared to $14.2 million as of December 31, 2016. As we typically fulfill orders received within a relatively short period (e.g., within one week for our top three customers) after receipt, our revenue in any fiscal year depends primarily upon orders booked and the availability of supply of our products in that year. In addition, most of our backlog is subject to rescheduling or cancellation with minimal penalties. As a result, our backlog as of any particular date may not be an indicator of revenue for any succeeding period. Similarly, there is a lack of meaningful correlation between year-over-year changes in backlog as compared with year-over-year changes in revenue. Accordingly, we do not believe that backlog information is material to an understanding of our overall business, and backlog as of any particular date should not be considered a reliable indicator of our ability to achieve any particular level of revenue or financial performance.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our non-cancelable purchase obligations as of December 31, 2017:

 

     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
 
     (In thousands)  

Purchase obligations

   $ 54,302      $ 54,302      $ —        $ —        $ —    

 

93


Table of Contents

We enter into various inventory-related purchase agreements with suppliers. Generally, under these agreements, 50% of the orders are cancelable by giving notice 46 to 60 days prior to the expected shipment date and 25% of orders are cancelable by giving notice 31 to 45 days prior to the expected shipment date. Orders are not cancelable within 30 days prior to the expected shipment date. As of April 1, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we had $36.4 million and $54.3 million in non-cancelable purchase commitments with suppliers, respectively. We expect to sell all products for which we have committed purchases from suppliers.

As of December 31, 2017, we did not estimate any long-term liability related to a one-time transaction tax that resulted from the passage of the Tax Act. We had significant net operating losses and credits that were available to shelter a majority of the impact associated with the transition tax.

As of April 1, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we had $1.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively, of total gross unrecognized tax benefits and related interest and penalties. The timing of any payments that could result from these unrecognized tax benefits will depend upon a number of factors. The unrecognized tax benefits have been excluded from the contractual obligations table because reasonable estimates cannot be made of whether, or when, any cash payments for such items might occur. We do not expect to reduce our liabilities for uncertain tax positions in any jurisdiction, where the impact would affect the statement of operations, in the next 12 months.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of April 1, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and pursuant to the regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The preparation of these condensed combined financial statements requires management to make assumptions, judgments and estimates that can have a significant impact on the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be applicable and reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. These estimates may change as new events occur, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. On a regular basis, we evaluate our assumptions, judgments and estimates and make changes accordingly. We also discuss our critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Note 1, The Company, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , in Notes to Combined Financial Statements describes the significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the combined financial statements. We have listed below our critical accounting policies that we believe to have the greatest potential impact on our combined financial statements.

Adoption of ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606)

On January 1, 2018, we adopted ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606) (“ASC 606”) and applied this guidance to those contracts which were not completed at the date of adoption using the modified retrospective method. The comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods (ASC 605). Refer to Note 2, Revenue Recognition , in Notes to Combined Financial Statements, for accounting policies relating to revenue recognition which replace the below policies in effect for periods prior to January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASC 606 affected the following policies of Revenue Recognition, Allowances for Warranty Obligations and Returns due to Stock Rotation and Sales Incentives upon the adoption of ASC 606.

 

94


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

We generally recognize revenue from product sales at the time the product is shipped, provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. Currently, for some of our customers, title passes to the customer upon delivery to the port or country of destination, upon their receipt of the product, or upon the customer’s resale of the product. At the end of each fiscal quarter, we estimate and defer revenue related to product where title has not transferred. The revenue continues to be deferred until such time that title passes to the customer. We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including general economic and market conditions, past transaction history with the customer and the creditworthiness of the customer. If we determine that collection is not reasonably assured, then we defer revenue until receipt of the payment from the customer.

A large majority of our product offerings consist of multiple elements. Our multiple-element product offerings include hardware with bundled prepaid services, which are considered separate units of accounting. In general, the hardware is delivered up-front, while the bundled prepaid services are delivered over the stated service period, or the estimated useful life. We allocate revenue to the deliverables based upon their relative selling price. We recognize revenue allocated to each unit of accounting when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured.

When applying the relative selling price method, we determine the selling price for each deliverable using vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value of the deliverable, or when VSOE of fair value is unavailable, our best estimate of selling price (“ESP”), as we have determined that we are unable to establish third-party evidence of selling price for the deliverables. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the selling prices for a deliverable sold on a stand-alone basis fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range, generally evidenced by approximately 80% of such historical stand-alone transactions falling within +/-15% of the median price. We determine ESP for a deliverable by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, market conditions, competitive landscape, internal costs, gross margin objectives and pricing practices. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the deliverable were sold on a stand-alone basis. The determination of ESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by our management, taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy.

Allowances for Warranty Obligations and Returns due to Stock Rotation

Our standard warranty obligation to our direct customers generally provides for a right of return of any product for a full refund in the event that such product is not merchantable or is found to be damaged or defective. At the time we recognize revenue, we record an estimate of future warranty returns to reduce revenue in the amount of the expected credit or refund to be provided to our direct customers. At the time we record the reduction to revenue related to warranty returns, we include within cost of revenue a write-down to reduce the carrying value of such products to net realizable value. Our standard warranty obligation to end-users provides for replacement of a defective product for one or more years. Factors that affect the warranty obligation include product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures. We record the estimated cost associated with fulfilling the warranty obligation to end-users in cost of revenue. Because our products are manufactured by third-party manufacturers, in certain cases we have recourse to the third-party manufacturer for replacement or credit for the defective products. We give consideration to amounts recoverable from our third-party manufacturers in determining our warranty liability. Our estimated allowances for product warranties can vary from actual results, and we may have to record additional revenue reductions or charges to cost of revenue, which could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.

In addition to warranty-related returns, certain distributors and retailers generally have the right to return product for stock rotation purposes. Upon shipment of the product, we reduce revenue by an estimate of potential

 

95


Table of Contents

future stock rotation returns related to the current period product revenue. We analyze historical returns, channel inventory levels, current economic trends and changes in customer demand for our products when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for stock rotation returns. Our estimated allowances for returns due to stock rotation can vary from actual results, and we may have to record additional revenue reductions, which could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.

Sales Incentives

We accrue for sales incentives as a marketing expense if we receive an identifiable benefit in exchange and can reasonably estimate the fair value of the identifiable benefit received; otherwise, we record sales incentives as a reduction of revenue. Our estimated provisions for sales incentives can vary from actual results, and we may have to record additional expenses or additional revenue reductions dependent on the classification of the sales incentive.

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We regularly perform credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and consider factors, such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable balances and geographic or country-specific risks and economic conditions, that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. We review the allowance for doubtful accounts quarterly and adjust it if necessary based on our assessments of our customers’ ability to pay. If the financial condition of our customers should deteriorate or if actual defaults are higher than our historical experience, additional allowances may be required, which could have an adverse impact on operating expenses.

Valuation of Inventory

We value our inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value, cost being determined using the first-in, first-out method. We continually assess the value of our inventory and will periodically write down its value for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. On a quarterly basis, we review inventory quantities on hand and on order under non-cancelable purchase commitments, in comparison to our estimated forecast of product demand for the next nine months to determine what inventory, if any, is not saleable. We base our analysis on the demand forecast but take into account market conditions, product development plans, product life expectancy and other factors. Based on this analysis, we write down the affected inventory value for estimated excess and obsolescence charges. At the point of loss recognition, a new, lower cost basis for that inventory is established, and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis. As demonstrated during prior years, demand for our products can fluctuate significantly. If actual demand is lower than our forecasted demand and we fail to reduce our manufacturing accordingly, we could be required to write down the value of additional inventory, which would have a negative effect on our gross profit.

Goodwill

Goodwill attributed to Arlo pertained to the acquisitions of Avaak, Inc. (“Avaak”) and Placemeter, Inc. (“Placemeter”). Goodwill represents the purchase price over estimated fair value of net assets of businesses acquired in a business combination. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually on the first day of the fourth quarter. Should certain events or indicators of impairment occur between annual impairment tests, we will perform the impairment test as those events or indicators occur. Examples of such events or circumstances include: a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a sustained, significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization, a significant adverse change in the business climate and slower growth rates.

 

96


Table of Contents

Starting from the fourth fiscal quarter of 2017, we early adopted ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.”

We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. The qualitative assessment considers: macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall company financial performance, events affecting the reporting units and changes in our share price. If the reporting unit does not pass the qualitative assessment, we estimate its fair value and compare the fair value with the carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill. If the fair value is greater than the carrying value of the reporting unit, we do not record an impairment. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, we recognize an impairment loss for the amount that the carrying amount of a reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds its fair value, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. We would record the impairment charge to earnings in the combined statements of operations.

We completed the annual impairment test of goodwill as of the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter of 2017 and 2016, or October 2, 2017 and October 3, 2016. We identified that we have one reporting unit for the purpose of goodwill impairment testing, and the reporting unit is at the same level as our operating segment and reportable segment. We performed a qualitative test for goodwill impairment for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. Based upon the results of the qualitative testing, the fair value was substantially in excess of the carrying value. We believe that it is more likely than not that the fair value is greater than its carrying value and therefore performing the next step of impairment test was unnecessary. We therefore did not recognize any goodwill impairment for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

We do not believe it is likely that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to test for impairment loss on goodwill. However, if the actual result is not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to an impairment charge that could be material.

Long-Lived Assets Excluding Goodwill

Our long-lived assets include goodwill, purchased intangibles with finite lives and property and equipment. Intangibles, net attributed to Arlo pertained to the acquisitions of Avaak and Placemeter. We amortize purchased intangibles with finite lives using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from three to five years. We state property and equipment at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation. We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Examples of such events or circumstances include: a significant decrease in the market price of the asset, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, significant changes or planned changes in our use of the assets and a significant adverse change in the business climate. We base our determination of recoverability on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future net cash flows, we recognize an impairment charge in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. We review the carrying value of the asset on a regular basis for the existence of facts, both internal and external, that may suggest impairment.

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no events or changes in circumstances that indicated the carrying amount of our finite-lived assets may not be recoverable from their undiscounted cash flows. Consequently, we did not perform an impairment test. We also reviewed the depreciation and amortization policies for the long-lived asset groups and ensured the remaining useful lives are appropriate. We did not record any impairments to intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. We review the carrying value of property and equipment assets on a regular basis for the existence of facts, both internal and external, that may suggest impairment. Charges related to the impairment of property and equipment were insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

97


Table of Contents

We will continue to evaluate the carrying value of our long-lived assets, and if we determine in the future that there is a potential further impairment, we may be required to record additional charges to earnings, which could affect our financial results.

Income Taxes

The operations of our business have been included in the consolidated U.S. federal income tax return and certain foreign income tax returns of NETGEAR. The income tax provisions and related deferred tax assets and liabilities that have been reflected in our historical combined financial statements have been estimated as if we were a separate taxpayer. We are subject to taxation in all geographies in which we operate, and as a stand-alone entity, will file tax returns in each jurisdiction in which we operate. We record a provision for income taxes for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations using the asset and liability method. Under this method, we recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the net amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. Our assessment considers the recognition of deferred tax assets on a jurisdictional basis. Accordingly, in assessing our future taxable income on a jurisdictional basis, we consider the effect of its transfer pricing policies on that income. We have placed a valuation allowance against U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets since the recovery of the assets is uncertain.

We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if we believe that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. As we expand internationally, we will face increased complexity in determining the appropriate tax jurisdictions for revenue and expense items which may differ from that of NETGEAR. Our policy is to adjust these reserves when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any accruals that we believe are appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was signed into law, making significant changes to the Code. Changes include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings. The recently enacted Tax Act significantly changed how the United States taxes corporations. At this time, significant judgment is required in implementing the law due to the lack of sufficient interpretive guidance from the U.S. or state regulatory bodies and standards settings bodies. Computations required are complex and data-intensive. The amounts reported as of December 31, 2017, are provisional based on the uncertainty discussed above. As guidance becomes available, we will adjust our calculations and provisional amounts that we have recorded in our tax provision.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a complete description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on financial condition and results of operations, refer to Note 1, The Company, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , in Notes to Combined Financial Statements.

 

98


Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company Status

As an “emerging growth company,” under the JOBS Act, we are allowed to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies, unless we otherwise irrevocably elect not to avail ourselves of this exemption. While we have not made such an irrevocable election, we have not delayed the adoption of any applicable accounting standards.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We invoice some of our international customers in foreign currencies, including the Australian dollar, British pound, Canadian dollar and Euro. As the customers that are currently invoiced in local currency become a larger percentage of our business, or to the extent we begin to bill additional customers in foreign currencies, the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could have a more significant impact on our results of operations. For those customers in our international markets that we continue to sell to in U.S. dollars, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies could make our products more expensive and therefore reduce the demand for our products. Such a decline in the demand for our products could reduce sales and materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Certain operating expenses of our foreign operations require payment in local currencies.

We are exposed to risks associated with foreign exchange rate fluctuations due to our international sales and operating activities. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could negatively impact our operating results and financial condition. As we grow our operations, our exposure to foreign currency risk could become more significant. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency exchange contracts and currently do not expect to enter into foreign currency exchange contracts for trading or speculative purposes. We plan to establish a hedge program to hedge foreign currency exchange risks after the distribution, if not before.

As of December 31, 2017, we had net assets in various local currencies. A hypothetical 10% movement in foreign exchange rates would result in a before-tax positive or negative impact of $3.4 million on net income at December 31, 2017. Actual future gains and losses associated with our foreign currency exposures and positions may differ materially from the sensitivity analyses performed as of December 31, 2017 due to the inherent limitations associated with predicting the foreign currency exchange rates and our actual exposures and positions. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 23.7% of revenue was denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar.

 

99


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Arlo combines an intelligent cloud infrastructure and mobile app with a variety of smart connected devices that transform the way people experience the connected lifestyle. Our cloud-based platform creates a seamless, end-to-end connected lifestyle solution that provides users visibility, insight and a powerful means to help protect and connect with the people and things that matter most to them. Arlo enables users to monitor their environments and engage in real-time with their families and businesses from any location with a Wi-Fi or a cellular network internet connection. To date, we have launched several categories of award-winning smart connected devices, including wire-free smart Wi-Fi and LTE-enabled cameras, advanced baby monitors and smart security lights. In addition, Arlo’s broad compatibility allows the platform to seamlessly integrate with third-party internet-of-things (“IoT”) products and protocols, such as Amazon Alexa, Apple HomeKit, Apple TV, Google Assistant, IFTTT, Stringify and Samsung SmartThings. Since the launch of our first product in December 2014, we have shipped over 7.5 million smart connected devices, and, as of April 1, 2018, our smart platform had over 1.9 million registered users across more than 100 countries around the world. We plan to continue to introduce new smart connected devices to the Arlo platform in new categories, increase the number of registered users on our platform, keep them highly engaged through our mobile app and generate incremental recurring revenue by offering them paid subscription services.

The proliferation of IoT devices, the commoditization of cloud infrastructure and the propagation of artificial intelligence (“AI”), coupled with consumers’ preference for a do-it-yourself (“DIY”) experience, are all driving the adoption of smart connected technology. Arlo exemplifies a new generation of smart IoT platforms by featuring smart devices that are always connected to the internet, software developed with AI capabilities, including machine learning and computer vision, and a highly engaging mobile app through which users can manage and utilize their smart connected devices. We believe we are well-positioned to capture this large and fast-growing market opportunity by leading the way into this new generation of connected lifestyle platforms.

Our total addressable market consists of individuals and business owners who use connected devices to enhance their lives. According to Gartner, consumer IoT endpoints hardware and services spending will reach $1.8 trillion by 2021. (1) Gartner estimates our addressable market for the global connected home alone, including elements of consumer IoT services spending and IoT endpoints hardware spending, will grow from $45 billion in 2017 to $146 billion in 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 34% . (2) Outside of the home, we have seen adoption of our cellular-enabled products in a variety of use cases, such as neighborhood watch, construction site monitoring, wildlife and outdoor trail surveillance and event monitoring. We are also seeing demand for our products and solutions from small businesses and local government agencies, and believe these segments represent additional growth areas for us.

A user’s introduction to our smart platform typically starts with the purchase of one or more of our cameras and lights. Consumers and business owners can easily set up these smart connected devices and integrate them into their homes and businesses without the need for professional installation services. To begin the setup of an Arlo device, users download the Arlo app, which functions as the single user interface for managing and utilizing all Arlo devices and is powered by our cloud infrastructure. The Arlo app provides users with a highly engaging experience through real-time motion detection notifications and live stream functionality that includes two way audio. To realize the platform’s full potential, users can subscribe to Arlo Smart, a paid subscription service that

 

(1)   Gartner, Forecast: Internet of Things—Endpoints and Associated Services, Worldwide, 2017, 21 December 2017, Table 4.1 (Home Automation/Other, Home Energy Management, Home Security and Safety) & 12.1 (Home Security and Safety, Home Automation, Energy Management, Other).
(2)   Gartner, Forecast: Internet of Things—Endpoints and Associated Services, Worldwide, 2017, 21 December 2017, Table 4.1 (Home Automation/Other, Home Energy Management, Home Security and Safety) & 12.1 (Home Security and Safety, Home Automation, Energy Management, Other).

 

100


Table of Contents

adds powerful AI capabilities to Arlo cameras that enhance the user experience. Arlo Smart provides users with intelligence and rich app notifications such as person-detection capabilities, e911 functionality and motion-zone customization. These Arlo Smart services are available via three subscription-based tiers: Arlo Smart Premier, Arlo Smart Elite and Arlo Smart Add-On, each more fully described below under —Arlo Services .”

 

LOGO

 

* Engagement rate measured by daily active users divided by monthly active users on iOS platform in the United States for the first quarter of 2018. Sensor Tower: Average daily active users and monthly active users on iOS platform in U.S. for the first quarter of 2018.

Our fully integrated smart platform provides an intuitive and engaging user experience, which distinguishes our product offerings and contributes to our rapid growth. According to Sensor Tower, for the first quarter of 2018, the Arlo app had a user engagement rate, measured by daily active users (the number of users who launch the Arlo app at least once per day on average in a period) divided by monthly active users (the number of users who launch the Arlo app at least once per month on average in a period), of 37%. Sensor Tower’s data also shows that, during the same period, the Arlo app’s number of daily active users was in line with the median of the 500 most downloaded apps from the Apple App Store and that the Arlo app had a user engagement rate in the top 6% of these apps. While not one of these 500 apps, the Arlo app’s user engagement rate compares favorably to many of the most engaging social media and entertainment apps available. We believe our high user engagement rate is driven by the combination of individuals’ inherent desire to stay close to what they value most and the high-quality user experience that our platform provides. Our high user engagement rate allows us to use the Arlo app as a highly effective marketing channel to introduce and promote our broad range of smart connected devices, accessories and our paid Arlo Smart services to our user base. We have also cultivated an online community that users access through our website, which we refer to as the Arlo Community, where users can share Arlo video content and give each other tips on using Arlo devices. In 2016 and 2017, the number of unique visitors to the Arlo Community website reached 1.0 million and 2.3 million, respectively.

We believe that the power of our platform increases as the number of users and devices on the platform grows. As our user base and community grow, more devices are connected to our platform, which enables us to analyze an increasing volume of data, and in turn facilitates more refined computer vision algorithms. We expect that these improving capabilities will enable us to offer more innovative and intelligent services and features to our users, who we believe will increasingly be willing to pay for subscription services to benefit from these capabilities. We believe that, as awareness of our platform grows, more users will seek to purchase both our smart connected devices and our Arlo Smart services and join our rapidly growing user base.

 

101


Table of Contents

LOGO

We believe that the combination of our leading technology and our decades of experience gained from operating within a highly successful consumer electronics company positions us well against the competition and to be successful as an independent company.

 

102


Table of Contents

LOGO

We have built the Arlo platform on three key technology differentiators:

 

    Radio Frequency (“RF”) Connectivity and Power Management Expertise . Our leading RF connectivity expertise, developed through nearly 20 years of research and development, enables whole home coverage via Wi-Fi and in remote areas via cellular networks and industry-leading time-to-first-frame (“TTFF”) performance to minimize lag between motion detection and video recording. Our proven power management expertise, leveraged from NETGEAR’s years of experience building mobile hotspots, encompasses hardware product design, software and firmware, including patented beaconing and power management methods, to prolong battery life.

 

    Product Design . Our aesthetically appealing, compact and weather-resistant industrial design has won multiple awards and provides our users the freedom and flexibility to place our products both inside and outside the home without professional installation services.

 

    Broad Compatibility . We purposefully designed Arlo products to have broad compatibility, allowing them to be integrated with leading third-party IoT products and protocols, such as Amazon Alexa, Apple HomeKit, Apple TV, Google Assistant, IFTTT, Stringify and Samsung SmartThings.

These differentiators, in combination with our scalable cloud infrastructure and AI-enabled features delivered in real-time through the Arlo app, have positioned Arlo to be the smart platform of choice for many consumers and businesses.

We benefit from NETGEAR’s decades of supply chain experience serving the dynamic and competitive retail industry. We also have leveraged its deep and long-standing relationships with leading channel partners such as Best Buy, Amazon, Costco and Walmart, Inc., major wireless carriers around the world such as AT&T, Verizon and Telstra, and more recently, broadcast channels such as HSN. Leveraging NETGEAR’s deep channel relationships and highly experienced supply chain team, Arlo has been able to position its products favorably across in-store retail, wireless carriers, and online distribution channels. We expect these relationships to continue in substantially the same manner once we become a stand-alone public company. As an operating segment of a seasoned public company, we benefit from established business processes and a veteran leadership

 

103


Table of Contents

team, allowing Arlo to focus its attention on growing and developing the business. While our history with NETGEAR has provided us with certain competitive advantages, we believe that the separation, this offering and the distribution will provide a number of additional benefits to our business. See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR .”

We have experienced significant growth since the launch of our first product in December 2014, and according to NPD, for the second quarter of 2018, we held 48% market share based on dollar sales in the U.S. consumer network connected camera systems market. (3) Outside of the United States, we are the leader in Australia and several major European markets. In 2016, Arlo grew revenue by 108% over the prior year to $184.6 million, and in 2017, Arlo further grew revenue by 101% over the prior year to $370.7 million. For additional information regarding Arlo’s financial performance, see the section titled “ Selected Combined Financial Data .”

Our Market Opportunity

Our total addressable market consists of individuals and business owners who use connected devices to enhance their lives. According to Gartner, consumer IoT end points hardware spending will reach $1.8 trillion by 2021. (4) Gartner estimates our addressable market for the global connected home alone, including elements of consumer IoT services spending and IoT endpoints hardware spending, will grow from $45 billion in 2017 to $146 billion in 2021, representing a CAGR of 34%. (5) Outside of the home, we have seen adoption of our cellular-enabled products in a variety of use cases, such as neighborhood watch, construction site monitoring, wildlife and outdoor trail surveillance and event monitoring. We believe the small business and government segments represent additional growth areas for us. According to the U.S. Small Business Administration, in 2016, there were 28.8 million small businesses in the United States, accounting for 99.7% of all U.S. businesses, and we believe we are well-positioned to benefit from this large market.

Our technology leadership, embodied in our smart platform, has helped us achieve significant market share gain in the consumer network connected camera systems market. According to NPD, for the second quarter of 2018, we held 48% market share based on dollar sales in the U.S. consumer network connected camera systems market, (6) and our market leadership extends to international markets where we have introduced our products. In addition to global expansion opportunities, we believe we are well-positioned to extend our current market leadership to the broader connected lifestyle market both within and beyond the home as we continue to launch new product lines and services within our connected lifestyle platform.

Key Trends Driving Our Market

The intersection of the following significant technology trends are driving mass adoption of a new generation of smart IoT connected lifestyle platforms.

 

(3)  

The NPD Group, Inc., U.S. Retail Weekly Tracking Service, Security & Monitoring, Camera technology: excludes baby monitors, Security camera system type: excludes not remote viewing ready, Brand: NETGEAR (Arlo), based on dollar sales, April 8, 2018 - July 7, 2018.

(4)  

Gartner, Forecast: Internet of Things — Endpoints and Associated Services, Worldwide, 2017, 21 December 2017, Table 4.1 (Home Automation/Other, Home Energy Management, Home Security and Safety) & 12.1 (Home Security and Safety, Home Automation, Energy Management, Other).

(5)  

Gartner, Forecast: Internet of Things — Endpoints and Associated Services, Worldwide, 2017, 21 December 2017, Table 4.1 (Home Automation/Other, Home Energy Management, Home Security and Safety) & 12.1 (Home Security and Safety, Home Automation, Energy Management, Other).

(6)  

The NPD Group, Inc., U.S. Retail Weekly Tracking Service, Security & Monitoring, Camera technology: excludes baby monitors, Security camera system type: excludes not remote viewing ready, Brand: NETGEAR (Arlo), based on dollar sales, April 8, 2018 - July 7, 2018.

 

104


Table of Contents

The Proliferation of IoT Devices . According to Gartner, there were eight billion consumer IoT endpoint installed base units in 2017, and this number is expected to reach 25 billion by 2021. (7) Gartner expects that consumer IoT endpoint unit installed base spending will be the largest segment, encompassing 64% of the market in 2021. (8) We believe the new generation of smart IoT platforms, like Arlo, will feature smart devices that are always connected to the cloud, AI-based services and mobile apps through which users can manage their connected devices, creating a highly engaging user experience.

Adoption of Cloud-Based Connectivity and Infrastructure . The public cloud services market is rapidly expanding and steadily evolving, strengthening its role as the foundation for digital business and consumer services. The public cloud services market is rapidly expanding and steadily evolving, strengthening its role as the foundation for digital business and consumer services. According to Gartner, public cloud services spending is expected to reach $302 billion by 2021 in current U.S. dollars, growing at a CAGR of 19% from 2016 to 2021. (9) Scalable public cloud computing infrastructure has allowed companies to innovate at a rapid pace and pass along the benefits to end-users in the form of intelligent and real-time services delivered at low cost and low latency. For example, Arlo stores videos captured by connected cameras that can then be viewed by users on demand, ensuring low upfront cost of ownership and on-demand scalability of video storage. As a result, consumers and business owners are rapidly adopting cloud-based smart connected lifestyle solutions that are increasingly efficient, accessible and user-friendly.

The Mobile Era . The universal adoption of smartphones and tablets has transformed the way people interact with each other and their environments. According to IDC, more than 1.6 billion smartphones and tablets were shipped in 2017. Today, mobile apps are a preferred method for users to manage various aspects of their lives. Having experienced this transformation, consumers are increasingly demanding a convenient and efficient mobile experience to drive today’s connected lifestyle.

Consumer Preference for a DIY Experience . DIY connected solutions — in which consumers and small business owners install and monitor the systems on their own — are in high demand. According to Parks Associates, 73% of smart home device owners said they installed the devices by themselves or with the help from friends and family members. Among users of home IoT devices, ease of installation and ease of use are the most sought after attributes according to IDC. Unlike Arlo, many Wi-Fi connected home systems today are not wire-free, requiring users to run power cords to their devices and in many cases requiring professional installation, especially in outdoor environments. Being wire-free and weather-resistant, Arlo’s devices provide users with increased flexibility to install smart connected devices both inside and outside of their homes and businesses. According to Gartner, consumers, device providers and service providers will assemble packages of home security devices, which will include cameras, motion sensors, burglar alarm control units, and door and window locks. Currently, the majority of these packages come from a service provider. But the tendency over time will be for consumers to “self-monitor” to a greater degree, reaching the point where most household security systems will be self-monitored. (10) Since the entire Arlo experience can be self-managed via the cloud and a smartphone app, users do not need to pay professional third-party service providers to manage and monitor their systems. As a result, our well-designed DIY products significantly reduce the cost of ownership and eliminate challenges of self-installation while increasing control and flexibility, thereby fueling demand for our user-friendly smart home platforms and devices.

Big Data Analytics and AI Adoption . According to IDC, the volume of information being processed and transferred globally is expected to reach 163ZB (trillion gigabytes) by 2025, a ten-fold increase compared to

 

(7)   Gartner, Forecast Analysis: Internet of Things — Endpoints, Worldwide, 2017 Update, 27 December 2017, Table 1.
(8)   Gartner, Forecast Analysis: Internet of Things — Endpoints, Worldwide, 2017 Update, 27 December 2017, Table 1: 2021 consumer data point divided by 2021 total data point.
(9)   Gartner, Forecast: Public Cloud Services, Worldwide, 2015-2021, 4Q17 Update, 15 January 2018, Table 1-1.
(10)   Gartner, Forecast Analysis: Internet of Things — Services, Worldwide, 2017 Update, 28 December 2017.

 

105


Table of Contents

2016. Unstructured video and image data streams are expected to represent the largest growth driver, as the global computer vision market is expected to reach $26 billion by 2025, growing at a CAGR of 42% from 2016 to 2025, according to Tractica. As more data is collected and processed, AI-enabled products and services are becoming more sophisticated and gaining mass adoption by consumers, leading to a smarter and more convenient lifestyle. According to IDC, widespread adoption of cognitive systems and AI across a broad range of industries will drive worldwide spending on AI and cognitive systems from nearly $12 billion in 2017 to $58 billion in 2021.

Safety and Security Are Top Use Cases in Connected Technology . According to Parks Associates, U.S. consumers view safety and security as one of the most important benefits of smart home systems. We believe the peace of mind arising from being connected is a powerful driver of consumer and small business purchasing behavior, promoting the rapid and continuing adoption of connected technology.

Our Competitive Advantages — What Sets Us Apart

Best-in-Class Technology . Our engineers continually push the boundaries of innovation to develop products that leverage our cutting-edge technological capabilities. We are committed to hiring and retaining top engineers and thought leaders in the field.

 

    RF Connectivity Expertise . Arlo wire-free cameras benefit from the nearly 20 years of RF connectivity expertise of NETGEAR. Such RF expertise extends across cellular, Wi-Fi and Bluetooth protocols, enabling low latency communication between Arlo devices and our back-end cloud infrastructure and allowing us to build connected products that have shorter TTFF, greater range and stronger connectivity than our principal competitors’ products. These strengths allow our users to place our smart connected devices in a wide variety of locations in and around their homes, businesses and elsewhere and still receive the excellent video quality the Arlo platform can provide.

 

    Power Management Expertise . Arlo’s power management expertise, encompassing hardware product design, software and firmware, minimizes power consumption in our devices. Motion-activated on/off sensors prolong the devices’ overall battery life, and our patented low-power Wi-Fi technology also minimizes battery usage before and during video transmission. As a result, our users typically only need to recharge their Arlo devices every three to six months, leading to flexible indoor and outdoor placement options.

 

    Product Design . Arlo products are designed to provide a user-friendly out-of-box experience for consumers. Our sleek wire-free design takes up minimal space and allows our products to be easily and discretely placed anywhere inside or outside the home. Our weather-resistant mechanical design has withstood adverse weather conditions in many countries around the world. We have won multiple awards for our outstanding product design including Red Dot design awards and CES Innovation awards.

 

    Broad Compatibility . We have purposefully designed Arlo products to be integrated with leading third-party IoT products and protocols, such as Amazon Alexa, Apple HomeKit, Apple TV, Google Assistant, IFTTT, Stringify and Samsung SmartThings. This broad compatibility enables features such as accessing Arlo through smart assistants using voice commands and integrating with other smart home products.

 

   

Cloud-Based Platform . Arlo’s cloud-based platform allows for seamless integration of our best-in-class devices and Arlo Smart services. The Arlo cloud infrastructure securely stores millions of hours of user content while providing users instant access to their video library. For March 2018, Arlo users collectively streamed an average of over 60 million videos daily. Our platform links our

 

106


Table of Contents
 

users’ smart connected devices to our powerful, easy-to-use app, which provides users access to and control of their connected Arlo ecosystem. Our scaled cloud infrastructure is optimized to accommodate our growing user base and provide actionable intelligence in real time using our proprietary, AI-based algorithms.

 

   

Artificial Intelligence . We use neural networks and machine learning to continually improve the performance of our detection and computer vision algorithms. Our algorithms are trained using thousands of hours of high-quality, user-donated content. This continual training and refinement allows us to develop what we believe to be superior AI-enabled features, such as person detection capabilities tested with a 90% accuracy rate. Our smart, real-time notification engine uses our accurate computer vision capabilities to distinguish between a person approaching the door and other types of movement, such as trees swaying in the wind, and will trigger notifications appropriately for users. As we refine these intelligent features, we expect to continue to enhance the end-user experience.

Market Leadership in Consumer Network Connected Cameras . Since the launch of our first product in 2014, Arlo has shipped over 7.5 million smart connected devices and, as of April 1, 2018, has over 1.9 million registered users across more than 100 countries around the world. Our leadership in the consumer network connected camera systems market is an integral part of our vision to be a leading connected lifestyle platform. According to NPD, for the second quarter of 2018, we held 48% market share based on dollar sales in the U.S. consumer network connected camera systems market. (11) Outside of the United States, we are also the leader in Australia and several major European markets. We believe Arlo’s scale and market leadership in consumer network connected camera systems positions us well to gain further market share in the broader connected lifestyle market.

Direct Relationship with Users and User Engagement . Our fully integrated hardware, software and services platform provides an intuitive and engaging user experience, which distinguishes our product offerings and contributes to our rapid growth. According to Sensor Tower, for the first quarter of 2018, the Arlo app had a user engagement rate, measured by daily active users divided by monthly active users, of 37%. Sensor Tower’s data also shows that, during the same period, the Arlo app’s number of daily active users was in line with the median of the 500 most downloaded apps from the Apple App Store and that the Arlo app had a user engagement rate in the top 6% of these apps. While not one of these 500 apps, the Arlo app’s user engagement rate compares favorably to many of the most engaging social media and entertainment apps available. Unlike legacy consumer devices, we maintain an ongoing relationship with the end-user of our products through the Arlo app. We believe that a high engagement rate will continually improve end-user loyalty, lead to a better overall user experience and increase our revenue from paid subscription services. Furthermore, the online Arlo Community, accessed through our website, serves to reinforce brand loyalty and support. The Arlo Community gives our team feedback and suggestions for future products and features through our website, enabling us to improve our platform and to build products informed by our users’ needs. In 2016 and 2017, the number of unique visitors to the Arlo Community website reached 1.0 million and 2.3 million, respectively. The utility of our platform deepens user engagement and strengthens our relationship with the user, enabling us to offer additional paid subscription features and new device categories to expand the user’s connected ecosystem.

Trusted Platform . We believe our platform is trusted by users because of our singular focus on enabling a connected lifestyle, without the need to sell any advertising services. We do not disclose user information to any third parties for their independent marketing or promotional purposes, and all data collected is protected from public disclosure by various technological and procedural mechanisms. Our users’ data is stored in secure and redundant data centers, which keep their information safe in the event of a data center disruption. We monitor technical usage data, such as log entries, diagnostics, bandwidth usage and various other analytics, from

 

(11)  

The NPD Group, Inc., U.S. Retail Weekly Tracking Service, Security & Monitoring, Camera technology: excludes baby monitors, Security camera system type: excludes not remote viewing ready, Brand: NETGEAR (Arlo), based on dollar sales, April 8, 2018 - July 7, 2018.

 

107


Table of Contents

our platform but only use this data to develop and improve our products and service offerings to our users. This commitment to user data privacy, along with strict company-wide information security policies and procedures, creates a foundation of trust that allows Arlo to become a key part of its users’ connected lives.

The Arlo Brand and Channel Partners . Arlo’s strong brand recognition, along with the deep and long-standing channel partnerships established under NETGEAR, have enabled us to feature Arlo products prominently across our distribution channels. Our significant share of shelf space with our channel partners has, in turn, strengthened our position in U.S. retail and mobile operator stores. We expect to continue to leverage our existing strength with our channel partners as we introduce new products and product categories and expand into new global channels.

Our Growth Strategy

We primarily generate revenue by selling devices through retail, wholesale distribution and wireless carrier channels and subscription services through in-app purchases. A user’s introduction to our smart platform typically starts with the purchase of one or more of our cameras and lights, with a typical registered user owning on average three Arlo devices. We believe that we can continue to charge a premium price over competing products because of our superior product features, ease of use and bundled prepaid services, such as rolling seven-day cloud video storage. We further enhance the user experience by offering our subscription-based Arlo Smart services, which include features such as person detection, rich app notifications and extended data storage. Since the launch of the original Arlo Security Camera in December 2014, we have introduced six additional Arlo devices, and we plan to continue to launch new camera and non-camera products and services to the Arlo ecosystem and grow our user and subscriber bases.

 

LOGO

 

* Revenue and devices shipped are cumulative through the end of the periods indicated.

Our goal is to continue to develop innovative, world-class connected lifestyle solutions to expand and further monetize our current and future user and subscriber bases. The key elements of our growth strategy to achieve this goal are:

Continue to Innovate and Grow Our Installed Base . We have brought numerous leading and innovative new products to market, such as our wire-free, weather-resistant IP cameras, lights and the first commercially available LTE-enabled camera. We plan to expand the Arlo ecosystem and grow our installed base by continuing to innovate on our current product lines and by moving into adjacent categories. Arlo’s broad compatibility allows leading third-party IoT products and protocols, such as Amazon Alexa, Apple HomeKit,

 

108


Table of Contents

Apple TV, Google Assistant, IFTTT, Stringify and Samsung SmartThings to interact with the Arlo ecosystem, which helps us grow our user base. Our plan is to continue to increase the number of registered users on our platform, keep them highly engaged through our mobile app and offer them paid subscription services.

Increase Subscription-Based Recurring Revenue . We sell our paid subscription service features to our fast-growing user base, enabling us to generate recurring revenue streams. With the recent launch of our Arlo Smart services in 2018, we introduced additional features, such as person detection capabilities, e911 functionality and motion-zone customization, which enhance the user experience and which we expect will increase our paid subscription service attach rate and attract new users to the Arlo platform. As our AI capabilities further mature through machine learning, we plan to introduce new subscription-based features that learn our users’ habits and needs, such as arming the cameras automatically when the user is on vacation or turning on a lullaby when the baby starts to stir. We believe we can grow our subscription-based recurring revenue stream by improving current paid features and introducing new paid features, such as our AI-based features, to grow and monetize our user base.

Invest in Brand and Channel . We plan to grow brand awareness through direct and indirect marketing and form a lasting relationship with our end-users throughout their journey from product discovery through the entire lifecycle of ownership. Through a deep understanding of consumer demand, along with analytics from a full suite of marketing touchpoints, including in-app offerings, paid media, email, social media, the Arlo Community, our retail channels and even customer care, we are able to tailor our messaging to our consumers at each step of their journey. We also plan on investing in developing new channels in order to capture more of the addressable market. In addition, we plan to continue to develop new sales channels, independent of our retail footprint, to address commercial vertical applications, such as construction, law enforcement, healthcare and education.

Continue Global Expansion . Although a majority of our focus has been on the U.S. market, the growth in connected lifestyle is a global trend. Our goal is to replicate our U.S. success across international markets. Outside of the United States, we are also the leader in Australia and several major European markets. Our scale and deep relationships with our channel partners have enabled us to build a robust global infrastructure, allowing us to quickly move into other geographies.

Our Solutions

We offer our solutions through the Arlo platform. The backbone of the Arlo platform is our scalable and intelligent cloud computing engine, which continuously processes the data collected from Arlo devices and, in turn, provides actionable intelligence in the form of real-time notifications to our users through the Arlo app. We designed our platform to meet a wide range of user needs with its depth of features, AI-enabled services and support for our growing number of smart connected devices. In addition, the Arlo platform is built with broad compatibility and integrates with leading third-party IoT products and protocols, allowing our users to customize and personalize their own connected lifestyle experience.

Below are a few examples of how Arlo users may currently engage with our platform:

 

    A homeowner wishes to install security cameras around the perimeter of her house to monitor her property but is unwilling to pay the high installation costs she has been quoted for wired cameras. She hears about Arlo’s wire-free, weather-resistant camera solution with magnetic mounts and buys a multiple camera kit from a local retailer. Within minutes of getting home — and without even opening a tool box — she has successfully installed four Arlo cameras around her property by simply placing each magnetic camera on the metal gutter that runs around her house.

 

   

After a few weeks, the same homeowner decides to purchase an Arlo Q to monitor her dog. While at work during the day, she frequently checks in on the status of her dog via live video feed and

 

109


Table of Contents
 

interacts with her dog through two-way audio, in each case, through the Arlo app. Using the Arlo app and prepaid rolling seven-day cloud video storage included with the purchase, she reviews and shares videos of her dog with her family and friends.

 

    In the evening, a family leaves home and drives to a restaurant for dinner. Later, during the dinner, an intruder enters the side yard, which the camera begins recording within 250 milliseconds of detection. The camera triggers multiple nearby Arlo Security Lights, making the intruder clearly visible. The camera captures a video clip of the intruder, triggering a notification to the family that a person has been detected. The parents click from the notification to a live feed of the intruder, who they do not recognize, and with one tap of the Arlo app notification, they are able to contact the local police and provide the home’s address. The parents are able to tap in the Arlo app to cause multiple Arlo Security Lights around the house to flash red and activate the 100+ decibel siren on the base station, alerting neighbors and causing the intruder to run away from the scene.

 

    A baby starts to stir from a long nap. Arlo Baby detects the motion and notifies the father in another room. From the Arlo app, the father plays a recording of the mother’s voice from Arlo Baby, which soothes the baby back to sleep. A few minutes later, Arlo Baby’s air sensors detect a drop in temperature in the nursery below a preset level and the Arlo app instantly notifies the father and triggers a smart thermostat, via third-party integration, to adjust the temperature in the baby’s room.

 

    A building contractor seeks to increase the level of security at her construction sites, where unguarded tools and building materials are frequent targets for theft. Recognizing that there is no Wi-Fi access near the site and no electrical power, she purchases several LTE-enabled Arlo Go weather-resistant devices. She installs the devices around the construction sites within minutes, and knows that the devices’ battery life will last for the anticipated length of the projects. The contractor is now able to receive alerts when motion is detected outside of construction hours and can remotely monitor multiple sites through the Arlo app.

 

    A man goes on vacation, asking his neighbor to feed his cat while he is away. The next day, when his neighbor arrives to feed the cat, the man’s Arlo Q camera sends him a notification that a person has been detected in the kitchen. Seeing the notification, the man realizes he has forgotten to tell his neighbor about his cat’s medication. Using Arlo Q’s 1080p full HD live video stream and two-way audio, the man is able to tell his neighbor about the medication and explain the dosage.

These examples provide a glimpse of the functionality that the Arlo platform is currently capable of performing, and we are continuing to innovate in anticipation of the needs of the broader connected lifestyle and adjacent markets. For example, in 2018, we launched our Arlo Smart services, a collection of paid features that provide users with actionable intelligence and rich app notifications, such as person-detection capabilities, e911 functionality and motion-zone customization. We believe that our Arlo Smart services will increasingly provide further integration into connected homes and businesses through additional AI-based monitoring and automation features for our users.

Benefits of Our Solutions

Our products and solutions offer a unique set of capabilities that address a growing market opportunity, which has resulted in rapid user adoption and has enabled Arlo to become the current leader in the U.S. consumer network connected camera systems market. Our products and solutions offer the following benefits:

 

   

Versatility . Our existing devices are wireless, wire-free, battery-operated and weather-resistant for ease of outdoor use and placement in hard-to-access areas. Utilizing our leading RF technology expertise, we believe our smart connected devices have greater range and stronger connectivity than our principal competitors’ products, allowing users to place devices farther away from their Wi-Fi

 

110


Table of Contents
 

source than would otherwise be possible. Furthermore, our devices are equipped with rechargeable batteries and proprietary power management software to increase battery life. Our mobile offerings include portable devices with cellular wireless connections, eliminating the need for a Wi-Fi source and offering the freedom to work anywhere in the world with suitable cellular coverage. Additionally, Arlo’s broad portfolio of accessories, including the Charging Station, Solar Panel, Mounts and Skins, provides additional versatility by streamlining the charging process and making it easier for users to place Arlo devices in different environments.

 

    Performance . Our hardware, software and back-end cloud infrastructure work together seamlessly to offer high-quality video with low latency, which in turn enables real-time monitoring. Our wire-free cameras also incorporate technology that provides reliable, low-latency delivery of video from the camera to the base station and supports smooth video playback in the Arlo app. Arlo video and audio benefit from our RF technology and high bit-rate, which enable full HD video capture and playback. Our leading TTFF technology further enables only 250 milliseconds lag between motion detection and video recording.

 

    Convenience . We design our devices for simplicity, ease of use and a convenient DIY out-of-box experience. Our extensible, cloud-based platform enables users to connect numerous devices to the Arlo app, which serves as a single user interface to interact with all Arlo devices. Through the Arlo app, users are also able to customize video, audio and power management settings based on their preferences.

 

    Intelligence . Our smart platform evolves as we continue to leverage our data analytics and machine learning capabilities, which allow for richer platform functionality. Computer vision enables our devices to distinguish between people and other less meaningful motion events such as cars driving by or trees swaying in the wind, thereby reducing false alerts and increasing the utility and efficiency of the Arlo platform. As the Arlo user community grows, we believe we will be able to further enhance our platform intelligence with the increased volume of data processed.

 

    Interoperability . The Arlo platform is built with broad compatibility, integrating with leading third-party IoT products and protocols, such as Amazon Alexa, Apple HomeKit, Apple TV, Google Assistant, IFTTT, Stringify and Samsung SmartThings, which provides additional opportunities for us to acquire users. Our solution also allows for integration with voice control, which we believe is becoming an increasingly important mode of user interaction. Users can control Arlo devices via the Arlo website, through our mobile app on iOS or Android operating systems or through voice control over leading third-party products.

Our Products

Smart Connected Devices

 

The original Arlo Security Camera , released in the fourth quarter of 2014, is the world’s first commercially available 100% battery-operated Wi-Fi security camera with 720p HD video quality, IP65-rated weather resistance and night vision. The combination of our battery-operated wireless technology and compact weather-resistant design provides users with the ability to easily set up their cameras anywhere inside or outside of the house, without requiring a power outlet. Our patented low-power battery management technology allows Arlo to operate for up to six months of average use without having to change batteries. Arlo also features an on-board passive infrared (“PIR”) motion sensor, which when activated automatically records a video of the motion event and notifies the user with an instant email or push notification directly to their mobile device.    LOGO

 

111


Table of Contents
LOGO   Arlo Q and Arlo Q Plus , released in the fourth quarter of 2015, bring Arlo’s performance and design to an indoor wired solution that allows users to easily monitor their surroundings with 1080p HD video quality. With two-way audio communication, users can not only watch but also interact with their children, pets or other guests in their home or business. Arlo Q and Q Plus also feature optional 24/7 recording on a subscription basis. Arlo Q Plus includes the additional functionality of being powered-over-ethernet, which is common for business environments.
Arlo Pro , released in the fourth quarter of 2016, is our second generation battery-operated, IP65-rated weather-resistant Wi-Fi camera. Arlo Pro maintains the features and flexibility of our battery-operated, compact wire-free design while adding key new features and significant camera upgrades. With two-way audio, users can hear what is going on near their camera and talk to anyone near the camera through the Arlo mobile app. Arlo Pro features the convenience of swappable, rechargeable batteries which require less than four hours of charging time. Arlo Pro also features upgrades to day and night video performance, PIR motion detection and our proprietary battery-management technology, providing users with improved battery performance. In addition, Arlo Pro includes a 100+ decibel siren on the base station that can be triggered by motion or sound detection.    LOGO
LOGO   Arlo Go , released in the first quarter of 2017, is the world’s first commercially available LTE-enabled wire-free camera and provides untethered mobile security with support by major networks in key markets around the world, including AT&T and Verizon in the United States. Its IP65-rated weather-resistant design, 720p HD video quality, two-way audio and battery-powered operation allow small business owners, construction sites, outdoor enthusiasts and anyone in need of a truly mobile solution to virtually be at any location, anytime, and maintain monitoring capabilities.

 

112


Table of Contents
Arlo Baby , released in the second quarter of 2017, combines performance and convenience with smart features that give added peace of mind for parents and caregivers. With 1080p HD video quality, air quality and temperature sensors, motion and audio detection, and advanced night vision, parents can be alerted to movement and changes in their child’s environment, and they can also remotely engage with their child using Arlo’s two-way audio feature, play music or custom recordings or even turn on Arlo Baby’s multi-colored night light to soothe their child to sleep. Parents can also easily move Arlo Baby to different rooms, powered by its rechargeable batteries or by an electrical outlet.    LOGO
LOGO   Arlo Pro 2 , released in the fourth quarter of 2017, is the latest generation of our battery-operated, IP65-rated weather-resistant Wi-Fi cameras. With 1080p full HD video quality and advancements in sound and motion detection, including a three-second look-back video capture and continuous video recording capabilities when plugged into a power outlet. Arlo Pro 2 includes a 100+ decibel siren on the base station that can be triggered remotely or by motion or sound detection, as well as two-way audio, night vision and optional local backup storage to any compatible USB drive.
The Arlo Security Light , released in the second quarter of 2018, delivers powerful, wire-free lighting that works intelligently both by itself or when paired with Arlo’s security cameras. When the Arlo Security Light senses motion, it can trigger an Arlo camera to start recording. Its weather-resistant design is IP65-rated and can be used with rechargeable batteries or connected to the Arlo Solar Panel. Arlo Security Lights can be also scheduled to turn on and off automatically, and be customized to display different colors and patterns for added protection or just for fun.    LOGO

The Arlo Audio Doorbell and Arlo Chime are the latest additions to join the growing Arlo ecosystem later this year. Designed with flexibility and DIY simplicity in mind, the Arlo Audio Doorbell and Arlo Chime are engineered to work as a standalone smart audio doorbell solution or to pair with any Arlo camera or Arlo Security Light for a more complete view of the entryway. Using the Arlo app, users can access their Arlo Audio Doorbell to interact with visitors from their smartphone or tablet, and if paired with an Arlo camera, users can also use an Arlo Smart subscription service plan to intelligently detect people and call e911 emergency services closest to the camera’s location, saving valuable time. The Arlo Audio Doorbell can also be programmed to automatically trigger Arlo Security Lights, Arlo cameras or other connected devices through our cross-platform integration allowing users to fully customize visitor response. Arlo Chime plugs into any standard wall outlet and pairs with the Arlo Audio Doorbell to play a variety of ringtones or act as a siren, and even contains a silent mode for those times when users don’t want to be bothered. The Arlo Audio Doorbell runs on two standard AA batteries which can last up to an entire year based on normal usage and features a weather-resistant exterior finish. For added ease and versatility, users also have the option to connect with their existing door chimes without needing to install any additional hardware or wiring.

 

113


Table of Contents

Arlo Accessories

 

LOGO    Arlo Charging Accessories are designed to offer additional convenient ways to keep Arlo wire-free cameras up and running even longer. With the Arlo Charging Station, users can charge up to two Arlo Pro, Arlo Pro 2 or Arlo Go batteries with fast-charging technology so there is always a battery ready to go. For those looking to eliminate battery swaps entirely, the mountable and weather-resistant Arlo Solar Panel connects to Arlo Pro or Arlo Go cameras to keep batteries charged with just a few hours of direct sunlight.

 

Arlo Mounts feature innovative designs that allow users to mount their cameras outdoors or indoors, on ceilings or countertops. The Arlo Quadpod is a flexible mount featuring four legs crafted from flexible stainless steel and silicone that allows users to mount their camera even in challenging spots such as tree branches or metal poles.   LOGO

 

LOGO    Arlo Skins allow Arlo owners to customize their Arlo cameras to blend into their environments or add a pop of personality. Popular with outdoor enthusiasts, Arlo Camouflage and Ghillie skins are ultraviolet- and water-resistant and made of durable silicone material for easy slip-on, slip-off convenience. Arlo Baby accessory characters add some playfulness to the nursery with fun disguises that turn Arlo Baby cameras into puppies, kittens or bunnies.

 

114


Table of Contents

The Arlo App

 

LOGO

The Arlo app, available for iOS and Android devices, is designed to provide our users with an easy-to-use, flexible, mobile-first experience that connects our users to the people and things that matter most to them. Our proprietary Al-based capabilities generate relevant and actionable real-time notifications, which enable users to live stream video or contact emergency services through the app notifications when Arlo devices detect motion or sound. The Arlo app also enables users to view their library of video clips and share them via text, email or social networks. The app has three main navigating areas:

Devices

Through our easy-to-navigate Devices section of the Arlo app, users can immediately access a live view of their camera feeds via their mobile app from anywhere in the world with Wi-Fi or cellular internet connectivity, whether in or around the home, the baby’s room, the farm or their small business. Optimized for the mobile experience, users can simultaneously view all of their cameras and instantly listen in and talk back with a simple tap.

Library

The Arlo library provides users with quick and easy access to historical video recordings and notification history. Users can easily share videos with their community and friends on social media as well as manage their library with powerful sorting and filtering tools.

Settings and Modes

Users can also customize their devices within the app. For example, users can set “rules” to adjust motion and audio detection sensitivity or change the length of their video recordings to optimize their devices to meet their specific needs. With our Modes feature, which groups multiple rules together, users can easily set up and use preset modes to automate their Arlo system. Arlo cameras and Arlo Security Lights can be automatically armed, disarmed or cross-triggered based on the user’s preference, daily routine, or by identifying their geolocation and proximity to home based on personalized settings. Or, with a simple tap, users can manually arm or disarm their entire system with our predefined modes.

 

115


Table of Contents

Arlo Services

Our prepaid service, included with the sale of our cameras, provides users with rolling seven-day cloud video storage, the ability to connect up to five cameras and 90 days of customer support.

Launched in 2018, Arlo Smart is a paid subscription service that adds powerful AI capabilities to our cameras that enhance the user experience. Arlo Smart incorporates and replaces our legacy paid subscription services. Through real-time computer vision algorithms, Arlo Smart provides users a more personalized experience, deeper insights into detected activity and streamlined access to take responsive actions in urgent situations, such as contacting local emergency services. Arlo’s paid services subscriber base has grown from over 30,000 subscribers as of December 31, 2016 to over 90,000 subscribers as of April 1, 2018.

 

LOGO

Some of Arlo Smart’s key features include:

Person Detection : Using computer vision, Arlo can identify if an object in a video stream is a person. Users have the option to suppress or customize their alerts based on whether the object detected is a person, significantly reducing unwanted alerts. Users also have the ability to easily identify videos in their library that contain a person, providing them with faster and more convenient access to the most relevant videos.

e911 Emergency Call Service (available in the United States only) : When users are alerted to suspicious activity from their Arlo cameras, they can immediately contact the closest emergency responders to the camera’s location directly from within the alert.

Cloud Activity Zones : Using the Arlo app, users can select specific areas within the camera’s view so that alerts will be triggered only when motion occurs in those particular areas. For example, a motion zone can be set to alert the user only when motion is detected near a window, the front door or the garage, significantly reducing the number of unwanted alerts received by the user. This feature also allows the user to exclude high-traffic areas within the camera’s view that are likely to trigger unwanted alerts.

Rich App Notifications : Arlo’s rich app notifications display an image of what caused the motion event directly onto a user’s smartphone, giving them immediate access to a live view of their home and additional functionality, such as the ability to immediately phone a friend or neighbor directly from the notification from a preset list of numbers.

 

116


Table of Contents

Users are introduced to Arlo Smart service plans through the initial on-boarding process when they are setting up their cameras. After being informed of Arlo Smart’s benefits, users will have the option to sign up for a one-month free trial prior to selecting one of the following paid subscription service plans. In addition to the initial on-boarding, we also market Arlo Smart services to our existing registered users.

 

LOGO

IT Infrastructure Operations

We currently serve our users from third-party data center hosting facilities. Our cloud platform runs in two data centers in the United States and a data center in Ireland to serve our European Union users. We also utilize one data center in each of China, Singapore and Australia. We have designed our cloud environments to be highly resilient with built-in redundancy and provide failover to other data centers in our network.

Our Commitment to Privacy

We take privacy seriously and offer our users high levels of privacy and security. We are committed to allowing our users to determine how their personal information is used and shared, keeping user data safe and respecting user privacy. As outlined in our privacy policy, we are committed to the following privacy principles:

 

    Limited Collection . We only collect data that is necessary and useful in developing our products, providing our services and improving our user experience.

 

    Transparent and Easy to Understand Policies . We are transparent about our data collection and processing practices and explain them in clear language.

 

    No Unexpected Uses . We do not use personal data other than with the consent of the user, as described in our privacy policy, or under the applicable terms of service. Our users’ Arlo videos and other account information will not be shared with third parties without user consent unless required by a valid search warrant or other legal requirement.

 

    Prioritize Security . We use a combination of technical and administrative security controls to maintain the security of user data and will prioritize the security of user data in any Arlo product or service.

We collect and use anonymized user information to develop, provide and improve our devices and services and we plan to continue to collect and use anonymized user data in our new products and services in accordance with our policies. Our Arlo platform also enables users to share information from Arlo on an opt-in basis with friends, family and other parties. If users choose to share their data with a third-party platform, the use of such data by the third-party platform is governed by the privacy policy of the third-party platform.

 

117


Table of Contents

For additional information related to privacy policies, laws and regulations, see “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Because we store, process and use data, some of which contain personal information, we are subject to complex and evolving federal, state and foreign laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection and other matters, which are subject to change .”

Research and Development

We are passionate about developing new and innovative products and services that enable the connected lifestyle. Our research and development team collaborates with our product team to design and build differentiated new products and improve upon our existing products and services. Our goal is to create unique user experiences within the connected lifestyle. For example, our original Arlo camera was the world’s first commercially available 100% battery-operated Wi-Fi security camera with 720p HD video, IP65-rated weather resistance and night vision. The groundbreaking nature of the product, first launched in December 2014, gathered critical acclaim and market success. We grew quickly, and, according to NPD Group, captured the market share lead in the United States consumer network connected camera systems market by year end 2015. (12) Our research and development team has taken this same approach to all of our subsequent product releases, constantly innovating to stay ahead of the competition.

As of July 1, 2018, our research and development staff consisted of 140 employees located in our offices worldwide, and is comprised of front-end and back-end software engineers, RF engineers, electrical engineers, mechanical engineers, system test engineers, computer vision scientists and data analysis engineers, UX and industrial design engineers and mobile app developers. Our research and development expense was $24.4 million in 2016 and $34.7 million in 2017. We intend to continue to significantly invest in research and development to expand our platform and capabilities in the future.

Our research and development team is organized into three separate engineering groups: software, artificial intelligence and hardware.

Software Engineering

We believe that our software platform is critical to expanding our leadership position within the larger connected lifestyle market. As a result, we devote the majority of our research and development resources to software development. Our software engineering team is responsible for developing the company-wide software platform to support the integration of our products and applications within our cloud infrastructure. To provide users with a seamless end-to-end user experience, we rely on our software platform to connect individual devices and manage interactions among those devices and end-users’ mobile apps in the cloud. Our software engineering philosophy is built around security, reliability, scalability and ease of use.

Artificial Intelligence Engineering

Our AI team is responsible for developing and refining our proprietary, AI-based algorithms and leveraging the latest technology in machine learning to drive our Arlo Smart services. Our AI team uses open source software and our own proprietary software to construct a robust platform to rapidly and accurately process, manage and analyze large amounts of data in an iterative manner using the latest tools in computer vision, machine learning and advanced analytics. This platform enables us to utilize the thousands of hours of donated video and other data from our users to better serve their needs. Machine learning is particularly suitable for processing unstructured raw data collected on individual devices by recognizing patterns and connections through which the raw data can be structured and analyzed. The vast amounts of raw data are uploaded to our

 

(12)   The NPD Group, Inc., U.S. Retail Tracking Service, Security & Monitoring, Camera technology: excludes baby monitors, Security camera system type: excludes not remote viewing ready, based on dollars, Dec. 2015.

 

118


Table of Contents

cloud-based databases and then filtered by our algorithms to identify and distinguish between people and other objects, such as packages, animals and cars. Results flagged by our algorithms are then verified by our team of data scientists, whose feedback is incorporated into our algorithms to analyze and filter new data, forming a closed loop to allow us to continually refine or “train” our algorithms to obtain more accurate assessments with each iteration. The more the system learns, the smarter it gets. The smarter the system gets, the more utility it provides, which increases user loyalty and gains more new users.

Hardware Engineering

Our hardware engineering team supports the system-level product design, proprietary power-management system design and the design of key system components, including antenna, sensors, battery, energy-efficient microprocessor and product testing apparatus. Our hardware engineering team benefits from our development as an operating segment of NETGEAR, which has been building industry-leading hardware products throughout its over 20-year history.

Manufacturing and Logistics

While all of our products are primarily designed in North America, we currently outsource manufacturing to Foxconn Corporation, Sky Light Industrial Ltd. and Delta Networks, Inc., which are all headquartered in Asia. Although we do not have any long-term purchase contracts, we have executed master product supply agreements with these manufacturers, which typically provide indemnification for intellectual property infringement, epidemic failure clauses, agreed-upon price concessions, division of each party’s intellectual property and product quality requirements. Since we outsource our manufacturing, we have the flexibility and ability to adapt to market changes, product supply and component pricing while keeping our costs low. In addition to their responsibility for the manufacturing of our products, our manufacturers typically purchase all necessary parts and materials to produce finished goods. To maintain quality standards for our suppliers, we have established our own product quality organization based in Hong Kong and mainland China, which is responsible for auditing and inspecting process and product quality on the premises of our manufacturers.

Our strategic relationships with our manufacturers are an important component of our ability to introduce new products and grow our business. Our history and relationship with NETGEAR has allowed us to leverage NETGEAR’s deep and long-standing relationships with its contract manufacturers and suppliers. We expect these current relationships to continue as we develop as a separate public company, which we expect will provide a significant competitive advantage over nascent competitors who must develop these relationships anew. See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR .”

We focus on driving alignment of our product roadmaps with our manufacturers and determining what we can do collectively to reduce costs across the supply chain. Our operations teams based in the United States, Hong Kong and mainland China coordinate with our manufacturers’ engineering, manufacturing and quality control personnel to develop the requisite manufacturing processes, quality checks and testing and general oversight of the manufacturing activities. We believe this model has enabled us to quickly and efficiently deliver high-quality and innovative products, while enabling us to minimize costs and manage inventory.

Our products are manufactured and packaged for retail sale by our manufacturers in China and Vietnam and shipped to our logistics hubs located in the United States, the Netherlands, Hong Kong and Australia. Our operations team coordinates with our manufacturers to ensure that the shipment of our products from the manufacturers to these logistics hubs meets customer demand.

Marketing

Our marketing programs are focused on building global brand awareness, increasing product adoption and driving sales. Our marketing efforts target individuals interested in a connected lifestyle and we believe our

 

119


Table of Contents

marketing programs allow us to attract and engage with customers efficiently and at scale. We also increase brand awareness by augmenting word of mouth recommendations from Arlo customers and key influencers, interact digitally with current and prospective customers and maintain and develop our strong channel partnerships and large shelf space. We collaborate with our retail partners on market development activities to drive in-store and online engagement with the brand and drive purchases. As of April 1, 2018, Arlo products were on display in more than 20,000 retail locations globally.

 

LOGO

Sales Channels

We sell our products through multiple sales channels worldwide, including traditional and online retailers, wholesale distributors, broadcast channels and wireless carriers.

Retailers . We sell to traditional and online retailers either directly or through wholesale distributors. We work directly with our retail channels on market development activities, such as co-advertising, online promotions and video demonstrations, instant rebate programs, event sponsorship and sales associate training. Our largest retailers include Best Buy, Amazon, Costco and their affiliates. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we derived 28%, 16% and 13% of our revenue from Best Buy, Amazon and Costco and their respective affiliates, respectively.

Wholesale Distributors . Our distribution channel supplies our products to retailers, e-commerce resellers, wireless carriers and broadcast channels. We sell directly to our distributors, including Ingram Micro, Inc., D&H Distributing Company, Exertis (UK) Ltd. and Synnex Corporation.

Broadcast Channels . We also sell our products through TV shopping networks such as HSN.

Wireless Carriers . We supply our products to major wireless carriers around the world, including AT&T, Verizon, Telstra and Vodafone. This sales channel is and will continue to be the key route-to-market for our current portable LTE-enabled camera and any future cellular-enabled connected lifestyle devices.

Customer Care

We provide customer care to Arlo users globally through a variety of communication channels, including phone, chat, email, social media and our Arlo Community as well as self-guided resources such as knowledge-base articles, how-to videos and technical documentation on our website. We believe that providing timely, responsive customer support and educational content to our users helps foster an ongoing engagement that builds loyalty to our brand and also enables Arlo to understand user needs as they evolve. The online Arlo Community in particular serves as an efficient and engaging platform through which we can deliver customer

 

120


Table of Contents

care and receive feedback from users. We gather and analyze user feedback from all platforms to help inform our design and engineering teams on future enhancements to our products and services.

In order to best serve our users globally, we manage and continually adjust our resources worldwide through a mixture of permanent employees and subcontracted, outsourced resources. As our installed base continues to grow in new geographies, new categories and technologies, we will continue to focus on building a scalable support infrastructure that enables our users to engage with us through the channel that is most convenient and efficient for their needs.

Intellectual Property

Our ability to protect our intellectual property will be an important factor in the success and continued growth of our business. We rely upon a combination of patent, copyright, trade secret, and trademark laws and contractual restrictions, such as confidentiality agreements and licenses, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. Some of our technology relies upon third-party licensed intellectual property.

We currently hold approximately 28 U.S.-issued patents, 32 pending U.S. patent applications, two patents issued by China and three pending patent applications outside of the United States relating to certain aspects of our hardware devices, accessories, software and services. We continually review our development efforts to assess the existence and patentability of new intellectual property.

We also pursue the registration of our domain names and trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. We currently have eight registered trademarks and three pending trademark applications in the United States, as well as 23 registered trademarks and 12 pending trademark applications outside of the United States. We currently hold trademark registrations for “ARLO” in five countries, including the United States, as well as the European Union and the World Intellectual Property Organization.

For more information, see “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If we are unable to secure and protect our intellectual property rights, our ability to compete could be harmed .”

Competition

According to NPD, for the second quarter of 2018, we held 48% market share based on dollar sales in the U.S. consumer network connected camera systems market. (13) Outside of the United States, we are also leaders in Australia and several major European markets. We believe we are well-positioned to extend our current market leadership to the broader connected lifestyle market both within and beyond the home as we continue to launch new product lines and services within our smart platform. However, our market is highly competitive and evolving, and we expect competition to increase in the future. We believe the principal competitive factors impacting the market for our products include price, service offerings, functionality, brand, technology, design, distribution channels and customer service.

We believe that we compete favorably in these areas on the basis of our U.S. consumer network connected camera systems market leadership position, best-in-class technology, direct relationship with users and user engagement, trusted Arlo platform, strong Arlo brand and channel partners and deep strategic partnerships with key suppliers, such as Broadcom, Inc., OmniVision Technologies Inc. and Qualcomm Incorporated. Moreover, our focus on building a connected lifestyle platform, combined with our leading market share in the consumer network connected camera systems market, has led to the strength of our Arlo brand worldwide. We

 

(13)  

The NPD Group, Inc., U.S. Retail Weekly Tracking Service, Security & Monitoring, Cameral technology: excludes baby monitors, Security camera system type: excludes not remote viewing ready, Brand: NETGEAR (Arlo), based on dollar sales, April 8, 2018 - July 7, 2018.

 

121


Table of Contents

believe this focus allows us to compete favorably with companies that have introduced or have announced plans to introduce devices with connected lifestyle functionalities. Nevertheless, the connected lifestyle market remains highly competitive, and has a multitude of participants, including:

 

    large global technology companies, such as Amazon (Ring and Blink) and Google (Nest);

 

    security service vendors, such as ADT;

 

    telecom service providers, such as AT&T and Comcast; and

 

    smaller point products companies.

Many of our existing and potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition and substantially greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than we do. We anticipate that current and potential competitors will also intensify their efforts to penetrate our target markets. For additional information, see “ Risk Factors —Risks Related to Our Business—Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do, and to be competitive we may be required to lower our prices or increase our sales and marketing expenses, which could result in reduced margins and loss of market share .”

Our Culture and Our Employees

Our culture, mission and core values are a critical part of our success. Our culture is built on a foundation that encourages creativity through entrepreneurship, diversity, empowerment, ethics and open dialogue to continually innovate and improve our technology, solutions, brand and partnerships. We continue to recruit and hire exceptionally talented, diverse and ethical employees and are proud of the company culture we have been able to build. We believe that we maintain a good working relationship with our employees, and we have not experienced any labor disputes. As of July 1, 2018, we had 319 full-time employees.

Facilities

We are a global company with dual corporate headquarters located in San Jose, California and Carlsbad, California. Effective June 2018, we entered into a lease agreement for our San Jose corporate headquarters for approximately 77,800 square feet of office space. The lease for the San Jose headquarters commences when we take possession of the leased offices and begin tenant improvements, which we expect to occur in the third quarter of this year, and the lease is due to expire in December 2028. We will continue to share office space with NETGEAR in our current San Jose headquarters until we begin to conduct business under the San Jose lease, which is expected to occur in the fourth quarter of this year, and will pay NETGEAR a fee in connection with such use. In addition, NETGEAR currently intends to assign to us its lease for approximately 50,300 square feet of office space in Carlsbad, which is due to expire in November 2023. Until the assignment of the Carlsbad lease, we will continue to share office space in Carlsbad with NETGEAR, and will pay NETGEAR a fee in connection with such use. We intend to add or expand facilities globally as we add employees and grow our business, and we believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

We are and, from time to time, we may become, involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that in the opinion of our management, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

122


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers Following this Offering

While some of the individuals who are expected to serve as Arlo’s executive officers are currently officers and employees of NETGEAR, upon the separation, none of these individuals will continue to be employees or executive officers of NETGEAR.

The following table sets forth information regarding individuals who are expected to serve as Arlo’s executive officers, including their positions following the completion of this offering.

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Matthew McRae

     44      Chief Executive Officer and Director

Christine M. Gorjanc

     61      Chief Financial Officer

Patrick J. Collins III

     46      Senior Vice President of Product

Brian Busse

     50      General Counsel and Secretary

Matthew McRae . Mr. McRae has served as our Chief Executive Officer since February 2018 and is expected to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and a director following the completion of this offering. Mr. McRae has also served as NETGEAR’s Senior Vice President of Strategy since October 2017. Mr. McRae previously served as the Chief Technology Officer of Vizio Inc. from March 2010 to October 2017, and prior to that served as its Vice President and General Manager, Advanced Products Group, from August 2008 to March 2010. From July 2007 to August 2008, Mr. McRae served as Vice President of Marketing and Business Development of Fabrik (now part of HGST, Inc.), a provider of data storage and next generation web services, and prior to that, from 2001 to June 2007, was the Senior Director, Worldwide Business Development at Cisco Systems Inc., a leader in networking services. Mr. McRae has served on the board of Dedicated Hosting Services, Inc. (d/b/a Streaming Media Hosting), a private content delivery network company, since 2014, and on the board of the UC Irvine Institute for Innovation since June 2015. He previously served on the board of the Leatherby Center for Entrepreneurship and Business Ethics at the Business School of Chapman University from 2012 to 2015. Mr. McRae holds a Bachelor of Science in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and a Bachelor of Science in Computer Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania.

Christine M. Gorjanc . Ms. Gorjanc is expected to serve as our Chief Financial Officer following the completion of this offering. Ms. Gorjanc has served as NETGEAR’s Chief Financial Officer since January 2008, Chief Accounting Officer from December 2006 to January 2008 and Vice President, Finance from November 2005 to December 2006. It is currently expected that, following the completion of this offering, Ms. Gorjanc will no longer serve as Chief Financial Officer of NETGEAR. From September 1996 through November 2005, Ms. Gorjanc served as Vice President, Controller, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary for Aspect Communications Corporation, a provider of workforce and customer management solutions. From October 1988 through September 1996, Ms. Gorjanc served as the Manager of Tax for Tandem Computers, Inc., a provider of fault-tolerant computer systems. Prior to that, Ms. Gorjanc served in management positions at Xidex Corporation, a manufacturer of storage devices, and spent eight years in public accounting with a number of accounting firms. Ms. Gorjanc is a member of the Board of Directors and serves as the Audit Committee Chairman of Invitae Corporation, a public genetic information company. Ms. Gorjanc holds a B.A. in Accounting (with honors) from the University of Texas at El Paso and a M.S. in Taxation from Golden Gate University.

Patrick J. Collins III. Mr. Collins is expected to serve as our Senior Vice President of Product following the completion of this offering. Mr. Collins has served as NETGEAR’s Senior Vice President of Arlo Home Products and Services since January 2016. It is currently expected that, following the completion of this offering, Mr. Collins will no longer serve in this role at NETGEAR. He has been with NETGEAR since June 2008, most recently serving as its Vice President of Home Automation Products from March 2014 to January 2016, Chief Information Officer from November 2012 to March 2014, and Vice President of Information Technology from October 2010 to November 2012. Prior to NETGEAR, Mr. Collins held leadership positions in the consulting

 

123


Table of Contents

services groups of Oracle Corporation and Computer Sciences Corporation. Mr. Collins received a B.S. degree in Computer Information Systems from Alvernia University.

Brian Busse . Mr. Busse has served as our General Counsel since July 2018. Previously Mr. Busse was NETGEAR’s Vice President Intellectual Property & Litigation where he was responsible for overseeing NETGEAR’s worldwide litigation, intellectual property, privacy and licensing matters. Before joining NETGEAR in September 2009, Mr. Busse served as Counsel in the Intellectual Property Litigation Department of O’Melveny & Myers LLP in Menlo Park, California beginning in December 2008 where he represented public and private technology companies in a wide range of intellectual property litigation matters, including all aspects of patent litigation, including trial, discovery, law and motion, and claim construction. Mr. Busse began practicing law with the New York firm of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, advising clients on various areas of litigation. Mr. Busse holds a J.D. from The University of Texas at Austin School of Law, an M.S. and Ph.D. in Physics from Oregon State University, and a B.S. in Physics from Virginia Tech. Mr. Busse is admitted to practice law in California and New York.

 

124


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS

Board of Directors Following this Offering

The following table sets forth information regarding individuals who are expected to serve as Arlo’s directors following the completion of this offering.

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Ralph E. Faison

     60      Chairman

Matthew McRae

     44      Director; Chief Executive Officer

Jocelyn E. Carter-Miller

     61      Director

Patrick C.S. Lo

     62      Director

Grady K. Summers

     41      Director

Ralph E. Faison. We expect that, prior to the completion of this offering, Mr. Faison will be appointed to our board of directors and will serve as the Chairman of our board of directors. Mr. Faison has served on the board of directors of NETGEAR since August 2003. He currently is expected to resign from his position on the board of directors of NETGEAR upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Faison currently is a private investor. Mr. Faison served as the President and Chief Executive Officer and member of the Board of Directors of Pulse Electronics Corporation, a public company and manufacturer of electronic components, from January 2011 to July 2014, including Chairman of the Board from March 2011 to July 2014. From February 2003 to December 2007, Mr. Faison served as Chief Executive Officer of Andrew Corporation, a public company and a manufacturer of communications equipment and systems, and from June 2002 to December 2007, Mr. Faison also served as President and a director of Andrew Corporation. From June 2002 to February 2003, Mr. Faison served as Chief Operating Officer of Andrew Corporation. From June 2001 to June 2002, Mr. Faison served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Celiant Corporation, a manufacturer of power amplifiers and wireless radio frequency systems, which was acquired by Andrew Corporation in June 2002. From October 1997 to June 2001, Mr. Faison was Vice President of the New Ventures Group at Lucent Technologies, a communications service provider, and from 1995 to 1997, he was Vice President of advertising and brand management at Lucent Technologies. Prior to joining Lucent, Mr. Faison held various positions at AT&T, a voice and data communications company, including as Vice President and General Manager of AT&T’s wireless business unit and manufacturing Vice President for its consumer products unit in Bangkok, Thailand. Mr. Faison also is a member of the Board of Directors of Amber Road, Inc., a provider of global trade management solutions. Mr. Faison received a B.A. degree in Marketing from Georgia State University and an M.S. degree in Management as a Sloan Fellow from Stanford University. Mr. Faison has extensive experience in managing a large international company. He is well versed in the complex manufacturing and distribution systems of an international company. We believe that Mr. Faison, as a recent public company chairman and chief executive officer, will be able to advise Arlo on many aspects of public company management.

Matthew McRae. Please see Mr. McRae’s biography above in the section “ Management .” We believe that Mr. McRae’s significant management experience in the consumer electronics and technology industries enables him to provide valuable leadership capabilities and vision to Arlo.

Jocelyn E. Carter-Miller. We expect that, prior to the completion of this offering, Ms. Carter-Miller will be appointed to our board of directors. Ms. Carter-Miller has served on the board of directors of NETGEAR since January 2009. She currently is expected to resign from her position on the board of directors of NETGEAR upon the completion of this offering. From 2004 to the present, Ms. Carter-Miller has served as President of TechEdVentures, Inc., a consulting and management firm that develops and markets high-performance personal and community empowerment programming. From February 2002 until March 2004, Ms. Carter-Miller served as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of Office Depot, Inc. Prior to that, she spent a decade with Motorola, initially as a Director of Marketing and Network Service Quality, Vice President and GM of International Networks Division Latin America and EMEA Operations and ultimately as Corporate Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer. She also spent eight years at Mattel in marketing, product development and strategic business

 

125


Table of Contents

planning roles. Ms. Carter-Miller is a member of the Board of Directors of the Principal Financial Group, Inc. (Finance Committee Chair, Nominating and Governance Committee), the Interpublic Group of Companies, Inc. (Nominating and Governance Chair, Audit Committee), and nonprofit organizations. Ms. Carter-Miller is an NACD Directorship 100 recipient and has been recognized as a Savoy Most Influential Black Corporate Director and a Director & Boards Director to Watch. Ms. Carter-Miller holds a B.S. degree in Accounting from the University of Illinois-Champaign Urbana and an M.B.A. in Finance, Marketing and International Business from the University of Chicago. Ms. Carter-Miller provides in-depth understanding of marketing to home users and small businesses based on her extensive marketing and executive experience. We believe that this understanding and her experience on the boards of large public companies provides important perspective of governance and other practices to be applied at Arlo.

Patrick C.S. Lo. Mr. Lo has served on our board of directors since 2018, and is expected to serve on our board of directors following the completion of this offering. Mr. Lo is also the co-founder of NETGEAR and has served as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since March 2002. Mr. Lo currently is expected to resign from his position on our board of directors upon the completion of the distribution. Mr. Lo founded NETGEAR with Mark G. Merrill with the singular vision of providing the appliances to enable everyone in the world to connect to the internet for information, communication, business transactions, education, and entertainment. From 1983 until 1995, Mr. Lo worked at Hewlett-Packard Company, where he served in various management positions in sales, technical support, product management, and marketing in the United States and Asia. Mr. Lo was named the Ernst & Young National Technology Entrepreneur of the Year in 2006. Mr. Lo received a B.S. degree in electrical engineering from Brown University. We believe that Mr. Lo’s experience as a founder and Chief Executive Officer of NETGEAR and his investment in building our business give him unique insights into our challenges, opportunities and operations.

Grady K. Summers. We expect that, prior to the completion of this offering, Mr. Summers will be appointed to our board of directors. Mr. Summers has served on the board of directors of NETGEAR since January 2016. He currently is expected to resign from his position on the board of directors of NETGEAR upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Summers is Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of FireEye, Inc., a leading provider of comprehensive cybersecurity solutions for detecting, preventing and resolving advanced cyber-attacks, where he oversees the global CTO team and Product Management. He joined FireEye through its acquisition of Mandiant in 2014. At Mandiant, Mr. Summers served as the Vice President of Strategic Solutions and led the company’s strategic consulting and customer success divisions. Prior to Mandiant, from 2010 to 2012, Mr. Summers was a principal at Ernst & Young. Before E&Y, from 1999 to 2010, he held various roles at General Electric, most recently as the Chief Information Security Officer overseeing a large global information security organization. Mr. Summers holds an MBA from Columbia University and a B.S. in computer systems from Grove City College in Pennsylvania. We believe that, as a current chief technology officer of a public company, Mr. Summers will provide Arlo with extensive technology experience and strategic insight.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

We expect that our board of directors will consist of five members, three of whom we expect will qualify as “independent” under the applicable rules of the NYSE. We anticipate that, at the completion of this offering, Mr. Lo will continue to serve as the Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of NETGEAR. Mr. Lo is currently expected to resign from our board of directors upon the completion of the distribution.

At the completion of this offering, we expect that our board of directors will initially be divided into three classes, each of which is expected to be composed initially of either one or two directors. The directors designated as Class I directors will have terms expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering, which we expect to hold in 2019. The directors designated as Class II directors will have terms expiring at the following year’s annual meeting of stockholders, which we expect to hold in 2020, and the directors designated as Class III directors will have terms expiring at the following year’s annual meeting of stockholders, which we expect to hold in 2021. Commencing with the first annual meeting of stockholders

 

126


Table of Contents

following the completion of this offering, which we expect to hold in 2019, directors for each class will be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year in which the term for that class expires and thereafter will serve for a term of three years. At any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present, the election will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote in the election.

 

    Our Class I directors will initially be Ms. Carter-Miller and Mr. Faison.

 

    Our Class II directors will initially be Messrs. Lo and Summers.

 

    Our Class III director will initially be Mr. McRae.

We expect our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the authorized number of directors may only be changed by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Status as a “Controlled Company” under the NYSE Listing Standards

We plan to list our common stock on the NYSE. Because NETGEAR will continue to control a majority of our outstanding voting power upon the completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” under the applicable rules of the NYSE. As a controlled company, we will be eligible for exemptions from some of the requirements of these rules, including:

 

    the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

    the requirement that our nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

    the requirement that our compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

We may avail ourselves of these “controlled company” exemptions under the applicable rules of the NYSE. We do not currently expect or intend to rely on any of these exemptions, but there is no assurance that we will not rely on these exemptions in the future.

If NETGEAR completes the distribution of all of its remaining equity interest in us to the NETGEAR stockholders, we will no longer be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the applicable rules of the NYSE.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The standing committees of our board of directors are as described below.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee will initially be composed of Ms. Carter-Miller and Messrs. Faison and Summers. Ms. Carter-Miller will serve as the Chair of our Audit Committee. The Audit Committee will perform the duties set forth in its written charter, which will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering. The primary responsibilities of the Audit Committee will include:

 

    overseeing management’s establishment and maintenance of adequate systems of internal accounting and financial controls;

 

127


Table of Contents
    reviewing the effectiveness of our legal and regulatory compliance programs;

 

    overseeing our financial reporting process, including the filing of financial reports; and

 

    selecting independent auditors, evaluating their independence and performance and approving audit fees and services performed by them.

Currently, we expect that the Audit Committee will be composed of three directors, all of whom will be “independent” under the applicable rules of the NYSE, and meet the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The Audit Committee will include at least one “financial expert” as prescribed under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Carter-Miller meets the qualifications of a “financial expert.”

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee will initially be composed of Ms. Carter-Miller and Messrs. Faison and Summers. Ms. Carter-Miller will serve as the Chair of our Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will perform the duties set forth in its written charter, which will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering. The primary responsibilities of the Compensation Committee will include:

 

    ensuring our executive compensation programs are appropriately competitive, supporting organizational objectives and stockholder interests and emphasizing pay for performance linkage;

 

    evaluating and approving compensation and setting performance criteria for compensation programs for our chief executive officer and other executive officers; and

 

    overseeing the implementation and administration of our compensation plans.

Currently, we expect that the Compensation Committee will be composed of three directors, all of whom will be “independent” under the applicable rules of the NYSE.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will initially be composed of Ms. Carter-Miller and Messrs. Faison and Summers. Mr. Faison will serve as the Chair of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will perform the duties set forth in its written charter, which will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering. The primary responsibilities of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will include:

 

    recommending nominees for our board of directors and its committees;

 

    recommending the size and composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

    reviewing our corporate governance guidelines, corporate charters and proposed amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws; and

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to address stockholder proposals.

Currently, we expect that the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be composed of three directors, all of whom will be “independent” under the applicable rules of the NYSE.

 

128


Table of Contents

Cybersecurity Committee

The Cybersecurity Committee will initially be composed of Ms. Carter-Miller and Messrs. Faison and Summers. Mr. Summers will serve as the Chair of our Cybersecurity Committee. The Cybersecurity Committee will perform the duties set forth in its written charter, which will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering. The primary responsibilities of the Cybersecurity Committee will include:

 

    overseeing the quality and effectiveness of the Company’s information security team, and policies and procedures with respect to its information technology systems, including but not limited to enterprise cybersecurity and privacy;

 

    reviewing and providing oversight on the policies and procedures of the Company in preparation for responding to any material incidents;

 

    reviewing periodically with management the Company’s disaster recovery capabilities;

 

    overseeing the Company’s information technology senior management team relating to budgetary priorities based, in part, on assessing risk associated with various perceived cyber-threats;

 

    annually evaluating the performance of the Cybersecurity Committee, annually reviewing and assessing the adequacy of the charter, and recommending any proposed changes to the Board for approval; and

 

    annually reviewing the appropriateness and adequacy of the Company’s cyber-insurance coverage.

Currently, we expect that the Cybersecurity Committee will be composed of three directors, all of whom will be “independent” under the applicable rules of the NYSE.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics, or “Code of Ethics,” which will apply to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions. The Code of Ethics will be available upon written request to our General Counsel or on our website at www.arlo.com. If we amend or grant any waiver from a provision of our Code of Ethics that applies to our executive officers, we will publicly disclose such amendment or waiver on our website and as required by applicable law.

 

129


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following section provides compensation information applicable to “emerging growth companies” under the SEC disclosure rules.

Overview

This Executive Compensation section sets forth certain information regarding total compensation earned by our named executive officers for fiscal years 2016 and 2017, as well as equity awards held by our named executives on December 31, 2017. Our compensation packages for our named executive officers primarily consist of salary, annual bonuses, and equity awards. During the years covered in the tables below, our named executive officers were granted a mix of equity awards, all of which were denominated in shares of NETGEAR common stock. Our named executive officers for purposes of this disclosure (our “Named Executive Officers”) are: (1) Matthew McRae, Chief Executive Officer — Arlo, (2) Patrick C.S. Lo, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of NETGEAR, (3) Christine M. Gorjanc, Chief Financial Officer, and (4) Patrick J. Collins III, Senior Vice President of Arlo Products and Services.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the compensation of our Named Executive Officers for services rendered in all capacities for the years indicated.

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

   

Salary

   

Stock
Awards
(1) (3)

   

Option
Awards
(2) (3)

   

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(3) (4)

   

All Other
Compensation
(5)

   

Total

 

Matthew McRae, Chief Executive Officer — Arlo

    2017     $ 103,846 (6)     $ 492,000     $ 281,342     $ —       $ 260     $ 877,448  

Patrick C.S. Lo, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of NETGEAR, Inc.

    2017     $ 850,000     $ 2,020,702     $ 1,408,440     $ 293,250     $ 3,000     $ 4,575,392  
    2016     $ 799,616     $ 1,185,900     $ 1,412,522     $ 1,058,000     $ 3,000     $ 4,459,038  

Christine M. Gorjanc, Chief Financial Officer

    2017     $ 543,250     $ 771,714     $ 428,656     $ 122,223     $ 3,000     $ 1,868,843  
    2016     $ 514,539     $ 592,950     $ 429,898     $ 444,046     $ 3,000     $ 1,984,433  

Patrick J. Collins III, Senior Vice President of Arlo Products and Services

    2017     $ 394,800     $ 373,399     $ 244,946     $ 71,055     $ 3,000     $ 1,087,200  
    2016     $ 364,705     $ 276,710     $ 245,656     $ 252,132     $ 3,000     $ 1,142,203  

 

(1) The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate value of the stock awards granted to the Named Executive Officers during 2017 and 2016, based upon their grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with the share-based payment accounting guidance under ASC 718.

 

(2) The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate value of option awards granted to the Named Executive Officers during 2017 and 2016, based upon their grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with the share-based payment accounting guidance under ASC 718. For a discussion of the valuation assumptions for stock options, see Note 6 to our combined financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

(3) The amounts set forth in these columns are subject to clawback provisions.

 

(4) Represents bonus amounts earned under NETGEAR’s 2016 and 2017 executive bonus plan, as applicable, and paid in February 2017 and February 2018, respectively.

 

(5) Consists of matching contributions under NETGEAR’s 401(k) plan that were earned in 2016 and 2017 and paid in February 2017 and January 2018, respectively.

 

(6) The annualized base salary of Mr. McRae was prorated based on his date of hire, which was October 2, 2017.

 

130


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2017

The following table provides certain information relating to equity awards held by our Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2017, all of which were denominated in shares of NETGEAR common stock.

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

 

Grant Date

   

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options (#)

Exercisable

   

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options (#)

Unexercisable

           (1)           

   

Option Exercise

Price

             ($)            

   

Option

Expiration Date

   

Number of

Shares or Units

of Stock That

Have Not

Vested

          (#)           

   

Market

Value of

Shares or

Units of

Stock That

Have Not

Vested ($)

         (2)         

 

Matthew McRae

    10/19/2017       —         20,000     $ 49.20       10/19/2027       10,000 (4)     $ 587,500  

Patrick C.S. Lo

    1/16/2009       42,000       —       $ 11.41       1/16/2019       —       $ —    
    2/2/2010       78,574       —       $ 21.10       2/2/2020       —       $ —    
    6/13/2010       31,429       —       $ 20.80       6/13/2020       —       $ —    
    2/3/2011       100,000       —       $ 35.32       2/3/2021       —       $ —    
    4/26/2011       40,000       —       $ 33.15       4/26/2021       —       $ —    
    6/6/2012       100,000       —       $ 31.31       6/6/2022       —       $ —    
    5/16/2013       108,510       —       $ 32.54       5/16/2023       —       $ —    
    6/3/2014       87,500       12,500     $ 32.52       6/3/2024       6,250 (3)     $ 367,188  
    6/2/2015       62,500       37,500     $ 31.28       6/2/2025       12,500 (4)     $ 734,375  
    3/24/2016       50,312       64,688     $ 39.53       3/24/2026       22,500 (4)     $ 1,321,875  
    1/27/2017       —         —       $ —         —         5,486 (5)     $ 322,303  
    6/1/2017       —         115,000     $ 42.70       6/1/2027       40,000 (4)     $ 2,350,000  

Christine M. Gorjanc

    2/3/2011       10,375       —       $ 35.32       2/3/2021       —       $ —    
    5/16/2013       5,625       —       $ 32.54       5/16/2023       —       $ —    
    6/3/2014       10,000       3,750     $ 32.52       6/3/2024       3,000 (3)     $ 176,250  
    6/2/2015       10,000       11,250     $ 31.28       6/2/2025       6,000 (4)     $ 352,500  
    3/24/2016       15,312       19,688     $ 39.53       3/24/2026       11,250 (4)     $ 660,938  
    1/27/2017       —         —       $ —         —         2,302 (5)     $ 135,243  
    6/1/2017       —         35,000     $ 42.70       6/1/2027       15,000 (4)     $ 881,250  

Patrick J. Collins III

    6/6/2014       —         2,250     $ 33.78       6/6/2024       1,250 (3)     $ 73,438  
    4/21/2015       —         —       $ —         —         700 (4)     $ 41,125  
    6/2/2015       —         6,750     $ 31.28       6/2/2025       1,800 (4)     $ 105,750  
    10/19/2015       —         —       $ —         —         2,500 (4)     $ 146,875  
    3/24/2016       —         11,250     $ 39.53       3/24/2026       5,250 (4)     $ 308,438  
    1/27/2017       —         —       $ —         —         1,307 (5)     $ 76,786  
    6/1/2017       —         20,000     $ 42.70       6/1/2027       7,000 (4)     $ 411,250  

 

(1) 25% of the shares subject to these options vested or will vest 12 months after the grant date, and 1/48th of the shares subject to these options vested or will vest each month thereafter, subject to the individual continuing to be a service provider on such dates.

 

(2) These amounts were calculated as the product of the closing price of NETGEAR’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on December 29, 2017 (the last market trading day in 2017), which was $58.75, and the number of shares pursuant to the applicable restricted stock unit award.

 

(3) These awards are restricted stock units. These awards will vest in four equal annual installments, each vesting on the anniversary of the grant date, subject to the individual continuing to be a service provider on such dates.

 

(4) These awards are restricted stock units. These awards will vest in four equal annual installments with the first installment vesting on the last day of the grant month and the subsequent installments vesting on the annual anniversary of the first vesting date, subject to the individual continuing to be a service provider through such dates.

 

(5) These restricted stock unit awards will vest in accordance with the following schedule: 80% on the first anniversary of the last day of the grant month, 10% on the second anniversary of the last day of the grant month, and 10% on the third anniversary of the last day of the grant month, subject to the recipient continuing to be a service provider on such dates.

 

131


Table of Contents

Compensatory Arrangements for Certain Executive Officers

Employment Agreements

NETGEAR has entered into employment agreements with Messrs. McRae and Lo and Ms. Gorjanc and a change of control and severance agreement with Mr. Collins. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into new agreements with Messrs. McRae and Collins and Ms. Gorjanc that will supersede their agreements with NETGEAR.

In connection with the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into confirmatory employment letters with each of Messrs. McRae and Collins and Ms. Gorjanc. The employment letters generally memorialize the executive officer’s base salary, target annual bonus, IPO Options (as described below), and participation in our employee benefit plans and programs. In addition, Mr. McRae is entitled to a bonus in an amount equal to (1) $1,250,000 minus (2) the total gross amount of the cash compensation he actually received beginning on the date he commenced employment with NETGEAR and ending on the date of the completion of this offering which will be paid on the first payroll date following the completion of this offering.

In addition, for Messrs. McRae and Collins and Ms. Gorjanc, who will serve as our executive officers following the separation, the severance terms described below will be set forth in change in control and severance agreements we expect to enter into with each such executive officer prior to the completion of this offering.

Upon a termination without cause or resignation with good reason, Messrs. McRae and Collins and Ms. Gorjanc would be entitled to (1) cash severance equal to the executive officer’s annual base salary, and, for Mr. McRae and Ms. Gorjanc, an additional amount equal to his or her target annual bonus, (2) 12 months of health benefits continuation and (3) accelerated vesting of any unvested equity awards that would have vested during the 12 months following the termination date. Upon a termination without cause or resignation with good reason that occurs during the one month prior to or 12 months following a change in control, Messrs. McRae and Collins and Ms. Gorjanc would be entitled to (1) cash severance equal to a multiple (2x for Mr. McRae and 1.5x for Ms. Gorjanc and Mr. Collins) of the sum of the executive officer’s annual base salary and target annual bonus, (2) a number of months (24 for Mr. McRae and 18 for Ms. Gorjanc and Mr. Collins) of health benefits continuation and (3) vesting of all outstanding, unvested equity awards. Severance will be conditioned upon the execution and non-revocation of a release of claims. The employment agreements will not provide for any excise tax gross ups. If the merger-related payments or benefits of Messrs. McRae and Collins or Ms. Gorjanc are subject to the 20% excise tax under Section 4999 of the tax code, then the executive officer will either receive all such payments and benefits subject to the excise tax or such payments and benefits will be reduced so that the excise tax does not apply, whichever approach yields the best after-tax outcome for the executive officer.

Mr. Lo will remain an executive officer of NETGEAR following the separation, and his current employment agreement with NETGEAR will remain in effect.

IPO Options

Prior to the completion of this offering, Arlo currently intends to grant to each of Messrs. McRae and Collins and Ms. Gorjanc the options to purchase shares of Arlo common stock set forth below, subject to the executive remaining employed with Arlo through the grant date.

 

Executive

   Maximum # of Shares Covered by Each Option  
   Tranche 1
Service
Option
     Tranche 2
Performance
Option
     Tranche 3
Performance
Option
     Tranche 4
Performance
Option
     Tranche 5
Performance
Option
 

Matthew McRae

     468,750        468,750        468,750        234,375        234,375  

Christine M. Gorjanc

     117,188        117,187        117,187        58,594        58,594  

Patrick J. Collins

     109,375        109,375        109,375        54,687        54,687  

We refer to these options collectively as the “IPO Options.” Each of the IPO Options will have a ten-year term and an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of Arlo common stock on the date of

 

132


Table of Contents

grant and will vest as follows, subject to the applicable executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting dates:

 

    The Tranche 1 Service Option will vest in equal monthly installments during the 24-month period that begins on the two-year anniversary of the option grant date.

 

    The Tranche 2 Performance Option will vest on the later of (1) the date (prior to the four-year anniversary of the option grant date) of satisfaction of a cumulative registered users milestone, and (2) if the milestone has been satisfied prior to the applicable date or dates set forth in the immediately following clauses (a), (b) and (c), then (a) with respect to 25% of the Tranche 2 Performance Option, on the first anniversary of the option grant date, (b) with respect to 25% of the Tranche 2 Performance Option, on the second anniversary of the option grant date, and (c) with respect to the remaining 50% of the Tranche 2 Performance Option, in equal monthly installments on the first day of each month during the 24-month period that begins on the two-year anniversary of the option grant date.

 

    The Tranche 3 Performance Option will vest on the later of (1) the date (prior to the four-year anniversary of the option grant date) of satisfaction of a paid recurring revenue milestone, and (2) if the milestone has been satisfied prior to the applicable date or dates set forth in the immediately following clauses (a), (b) and (c), then (a) with respect to 25% of the Tranche 3 Performance Option, on the first anniversary of the option grant date, (b) with respect to 25% of the Tranche 3 Performance Option, on the second anniversary of the option grant date, and (c) with respect to the remaining 50% of the Tranche 3 Performance Option, in equal monthly installments on the first day of each month during the 24-month period that begins on the two-year anniversary of the option grant date.

 

    The Tranche 4 Performance Option will vest on the one-year anniversary of the option grant date based on the extent to which revenue and gross profit milestones for the second half of fiscal 2018 are achieved.

 

    The Tranche 5 Performance Option will vest on the two-year anniversary of the option grant date based on the extent to which revenue and gross profit milestones for fiscal 2019 are achieved.

Upon a termination without cause or resignation with good reason that occurs outside of the “change in control protection period” (as defined below), Messrs. McRae and Collins and Ms. Gorjanc would be entitled to accelerated vesting of each of his or her IPO Options to the extent that such option would have vested during the 12 months following the termination date, but only to the extent that the performance goals with respect to such option have been satisfied prior to the employment termination.

Upon a change in control, (1) each milestone shall be deemed satisfied with respect to the maximum number of shares covered by the applicable IPO Option tranche, (2) any unvested portion of the IPO Option scheduled to vest on a date on or prior to the date of the change in control immediately shall vest, and (3) except as described in the next two paragraphs, the vesting of any portion of the IPO Option scheduled to vest on a date following the change in control will remain subject to the applicable executive’s continued service through the applicable vesting dates.

Upon a termination without cause or resignation with good reason that occurs (1) during the one month prior to or the twelve months following a change in control (the “change in control protection period”), and (2) during the two-year period immediately following completion of the offering, Messrs. McRae and Collins and Ms. Gorjanc would be entitled to vesting of a portion of each of his or her IPO Options equal to (x) the maximum number of shares covered by the option multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full and partial months that have elapsed from the option grant date through the employment termination date and the denominator of which is forty-eight, minus (y) the number of shares with respect to which such IPO Option previously vested.

Upon a termination without cause or resignation with good reason that occurs (1) during the change in control protection period, and (2) after the two-year period immediately following completion of the offering,

 

133


Table of Contents

Messrs. McRae and Collins and Ms. Gorjanc would be entitled to vesting of any then unvested portion of his or her IPO Options.

In addition to the terms set forth above, each option will have such terms set forth in an individual award agreement and will otherwise be covered by applicable terms and conditions of the Arlo Technologies, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.

Additional Grants of Arlo Equity Awards Prior to the Offering

Prior to the completion of this offering, in addition to the IPO Option grants described above, Arlo currently intends to grant:

 

    to each of its four outside directors, Arlo restricted stock units having a grant date value of $200,000; and

 

    to Arlo employees, other than Messrs. McRae and Collins and Ms. Gorjanc, (1) options to purchase Arlo common stock covering 218,750 shares of our common stock and (2) options with an aggregate grant date fair value of approximately $2,691,000.

The restricted stock units granted to our outside directors will vest on the date of our first annual meeting. Generally, the stock options granted to our employees prior to the completion of this offering will vest 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date and 1/48 on a monthly basis thereafter.

2018 Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to the completion of the separation, we intend to adopt the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”), which will be effective upon the completion of this offering and will have terms substantially as set forth below.

Purposes

The purposes of our 2018 Plan will be to attract and retain the best available personnel; to provide additional incentive to our employees, directors, and consultants and employees and consultants of our parent, subsidiaries, or affiliates; and to promote the success of our business.

Shares Subject to Our 2018 Plan

The number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under our 2018 Plan will be equal to the sum of (1) 7.5 million shares of our common stock and (2) the number of shares of our common stock that may be issuable upon exercise or vesting of awards relating to NETGEAR common stock that may be converted into awards relating to our common stock upon the completion of the distribution (referred to herein as “adjusted awards”). The number of shares of our common stock reserved under our 2018 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2019 equal to the lesser of (1) four percent (4%) of our outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (2) such number of shares as our board of directors may determine; provided, however, that such determination under clause (2) will be made no later than the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options will be 7,500,000. The shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired common stock. The foregoing share reserve, the maximum number of shares that may be subject to incentive stock options, and the individual limits described below, are subject to adjustment in certain circumstances to prevent dilution or enlargement.

The shares of our common stock covered by any award that is forfeited, terminates, expires, lapses without being exercised or settles for cash will again become available for issuance under the 2018 Plan. With

 

134


Table of Contents

respect to any stock appreciation rights, the net shares issued will cease to be available under the 2018 Plan. With respect to any award, if the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations are satisfied by delivering shares to us (by actual delivery or attestation), only the net shares delivered or attested to will cease to be available under the 2018 Plan. With respect to any award, if the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations are satisfied by withholding shares otherwise issuable pursuant to the award, the shares that are withheld to satisfy those obligations will again become available for issuance under the 2018 Plan.

Limitations

The 2018 Plan contains certain annual award limits, and the maximum number of shares and/or cash that may be issued to any one individual (other than any non-employee director) under the 2018 Plan in any fiscal year is set forth below:

 

Award Type

   Annual Number of Shares
or Dollar Value
 

Stock Options

     3,000,000 shares  

Stock Appreciation Rights

     3,000,000 shares  

Restricted Stock

     2,000,000 shares  

Restricted Stock Units

     2,000,000 shares  

Performance Shares

     2,000,000 shares  

Performance Units

     $30,000,000  

Under the 2018 Plan, no outside director may be granted, in any fiscal year, share-based awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) greater than $500,000, increased to $1,000,000 in the fiscal year of his or her initial service as an outside director, with each of the foregoing limits increased by $25,000 on January 1 of each year during the term of the 2018 Plan.

Administration

Our 2018 Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee of our board of directors (or such other committee of our board of directors as our board of directors may from time to time designate). Among other things, the Compensation Committee will have the authority to select individuals to whom awards may be granted, determine the types of awards (as well as the number of shares of common stock to be covered by each such award) granted, and determine and modify the terms and conditions of any such awards.

Eligibility

Awards may be granted to our directors, employees, and consultants or employees and consultants of any of our parents, subsidiaries, or affiliates. Incentive stock options may be granted only to persons who as of the time of grant are our employees or employees of any of our parents or subsidiaries, and, with respect to adjusted awards, in accordance with the terms of the Employee Matters Agreement.

Stock Options

Each option granted under our 2018 Plan will be evidenced by an award agreement specifying the number of shares subject to the option and the other terms and conditions of the option. The exercise price per share of each option may not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant (except if granted pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the tax code). However, any incentive stock option granted to a person who at the time of grant owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock or any of our parent or subsidiary corporations must have an exercise price per share equal to at least 110% of the fair market value of a share on the date of grant. The aggregate fair market value of the shares (determined on the grant date) covered by incentive stock options which first become exercisable by any participant during any calendar year also may not exceed $100,000.

 

135


Table of Contents

Options will be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as the administrator determines and as set forth in the award agreement. Unless otherwise provided in the award agreement, an option subject to only time-based vesting will become fully vested upon termination of a participant’s service for retirement, disability, or death. Our 2018 Plan provides that the administrator will determine the acceptable form(s) of consideration for exercising an option. An option will be deemed exercised when we receive the notice of exercise and full payment for the shares to be exercised, together with applicable tax withholdings.

The maximum term of an option will be specified in the award agreement, provided that options will have a maximum term of no more than ten years, and provided further that an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder must have a term not exceeding five years.

The administrator will determine and specify in each award agreement, solely in its discretion, the post-termination exercise period applicable to an option following a participant’s terminating service with us or our applicable parent, subsidiary, or affiliate. In the absence of such a determination, a participant (or such other appropriate person) will be able to exercise the vested portion of an option for: (1) three months following the participant’s termination for reasons other than retirement, death, or disability, and (2) 12 months following the participant’s termination due to retirement, death, or disability. In no event, however, will an option be exercisable beyond its term.

Stock Appreciation Rights

A stock appreciation right gives a participant the right to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant of the award and the date of its exercise. Each stock appreciation right granted under our 2018 Plan will be evidenced by an award agreement specifying the exercise price, the expiration date, the conditions of exercise, and other terms and conditions of the award. Unless otherwise provided in the award agreement, a stock appreciation right subject to only time-based vesting will become fully vested upon termination of a participant’s service for retirement, death or disability.

The exercise price per share of each stock appreciation right may not be less than the fair market value of a share on the date of grant. Upon exercise of a stock appreciation right, the holder of the award will be entitled to receive a payment determined by multiplying: (1) the difference between the fair market value of a share on the date of exercise and the exercise price by (2) the number of exercised stock appreciation rights. We may pay the appreciation in cash, in shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof. The term of a stock appreciation right will be no more than ten years from the date of grant. The terms and conditions relating to the period of post-termination exercise for options (described above) also apply to stock appreciation rights.

Restricted Stock Awards

Awards of restricted stock are rights to acquire or purchase shares of our common stock that generally are subject to transferability and forfeitability restrictions for a specified period. Each award of restricted stock will be evidenced by an award agreement specifying the period during which the transfer of shares is subject to restriction (which, in the administrator’s sole discretion, may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, the occurrence of other events the administrator determines, or a combination thereof), if any, the number of shares granted, and other terms and conditions of the award. Shares of restricted stock generally will be held in escrow until the end of the period of restriction applicable to such shares. Unless otherwise provided in the award agreement, a restricted stock award subject to only time-based vesting will become fully vested upon termination of a participant’s service for disability or death.

Unless otherwise provided by the administrator, a participant will forfeit any shares of restricted stock as to which the restrictions have not lapsed as of the date set forth in the award agreement. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, participants holding shares of restricted stock will have the right to vote the shares and to receive any dividends paid with respect to such shares. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

136


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units

The administrator may grant restricted stock units, which represent a right to receive cash or shares of our common stock at a future date. Each restricted stock unit granted under our 2018 Plan will be evidenced by an award agreement specifying the number of shares subject to the award, the form of payout, and other terms and conditions of the award.

Restricted stock units will result in a payment to a participant only if the vesting criteria the administrator establishes are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. Unless otherwise provided in the award agreement, restricted stock units subject to only time-based vesting will become fully vested upon termination of a participant’s service for retirement, disability or death.

After the grant of restricted stock units, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any restrictions (including vesting criteria) with respect to such restricted stock units. A participant will forfeit any unearned restricted stock units as of the date set forth in the award agreement. Payment of earned restricted stock units will be made as soon as practicable after the date set forth in the award agreement, and, in the administrator’s sole discretion, will be settled in cash, shares of our common stock, or in a combination of both (which will have an aggregate fair market value equal to the earned restricted stock units).

Performance Units and Performance Shares

Performance units and performance shares are awards that result in a payment to a participant only if specified performance objectives or other vesting provisions are achieved during a specified performance period. Each award of performance units or shares will be evidenced by an award agreement specifying the performance period during which achievement of applicable performance objectives or other vesting criteria will be measured and other terms and conditions of the award. Each performance unit will have an initial value established by the administrator on or before the grant date. Each performance share will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of a share on the grant date.

The administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions, which may be based upon achieving company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis the administrator determines in its discretion.

After the applicable performance period has ended, the holder of performance units or shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of performance units or shares earned by the participant over the performance period. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or shares. Payment of earned performance units or shares will be made as soon as practicable after the end of the applicable performance period, and, in the administrator’s sole discretion, will be made in cash, in shares of equivalent value, or any combination of both (which will have an aggregate fair market value equal to the earned performance units or shares at the close of the applicable performance period). A participant will forfeit all performance units or shares that are unearned or unvested as of the date set forth in the award agreement.

Transferability of Awards

Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, awards generally are not transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the participant, only by the participant.

 

137


Table of Contents

Dissolution or Liquidation

In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the administrator will notify each participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. An award will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such proposed action to the extent the award has not been previously exercised.

Change in Control

Our 2018 Plan provides that, in the event of a “change in control” (as defined in our 2018 Plan), each award will be treated as the administrator determines, including that: (1) awards may be assumed or substantially equivalent awards will be substituted by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares and prices; (2) upon written notice to a participant, that the participant’s awards will terminate upon or immediately before the completion of such change in control; (3) outstanding awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an award will lapse, in whole or in part, before or upon completion of such change in control, and, to the extent the administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately before the effectiveness of such merger or change in control; (4) (a) awards will be terminated in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such award or realization of the participant’s rights as of the date the transaction occurs, or (b) awards will be replaced with other rights or property the administrator selects in its sole discretion; or (5) any combination of the foregoing. The administrator will not be required to treat all awards similarly in the transaction.

An award will not be considered assumed or substituted for unless: (1) the replacement award is the same type as the replaced award, (2) the replacement award has a value equal to the value of the replaced award as determined by the Compensation Committee in its discretion, (3) if the replaced award was equity-based, the replacement award relates to our publicly traded securities or the publicly traded securities of the surviving entity following the change in control, (4) the replacement award contains terms relating to vesting that are substantially identical to those of the replaced award and (5) if the terms and conditions of the replacement award are not less favorable to the participant than the terms and conditions of the replaced award as of the date of the change in control.

If the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the award, options and stock appreciation rights will become fully vested and exercisable, all restrictions on restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse, and, for awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions will be deemed met. In addition, if an option or stock appreciation right is not assumed or substituted for, the administrator will notify the participant that the option or stock appreciation right will be exercisable for a period of time the administrator determines in its sole discretion, and the option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

With respect to awards granted to our non-employee directors, in the event of a change in control, the participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding options and stock appreciation rights, all restrictions on restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse, and, for awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Termination or Amendment

Our 2018 Plan will automatically terminate ten years from the date of its adoption by our board of directors, unless terminated earlier by our board of directors. The administrator may amend, alter, suspend or terminate our 2018 Plan at any time, provided that no amendment may be made without stockholder approval to the extent approval is necessary or desirable to comply with any applicable laws. In addition, no amendment, alteration, suspension or termination may materially impair the rights of any participant unless mutually agreed in writing otherwise between the participant and the administrator.

 

138


Table of Contents

Adjusted Awards

With respect to any adjusted awards, to the extent that the terms of our 2018 Plan are inconsistent with the terms of the adjusted award, the terms of the adjusted award will be governed by the applicable NETGEAR plan under which the adjusted award was granted and the award agreement pursuant to which the adjusted award was granted.

2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Prior to the completion of the separation, our board of directors will adopt the 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”), which will be effective upon the completion of this offering and will have terms substantially as set forth below.

Purpose

The purpose of our 2018 Purchase Plan will be to provide our eligible employees with an opportunity to purchase shares of our common stock through accumulated payroll deductions. We believe that allowing our employees to participate in the Purchase Plan provides them with a further incentive to ensure our success and accomplish our corporate goals.

Shares Available for Issuance

A total of 1,500,000 shares of our common stock will be available for issuance under our Purchase Plan. The number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under our Purchase Plan also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2019, in an amount equal to the least of: (1) 1,000,000 shares, (2) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (3) such number of shares as our board of directors may determine; provided, however, that such determination under clause (3) will be made no later than the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year.

Administration

Our board of directors or a committee designated by our board (referred to herein as the “administrator”) will administer the Purchase Plan. All questions of interpretation or application of the Purchase Plan are determined by the administrator and its decisions are final and binding upon all participants.

Eligibility

Generally, each of our common law employees whose customary employment with us is at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in a calendar year is eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan; except that no employee will be granted an option under the Purchase Plan (1) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such employee would own or have the right to purchase five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock or any of our parents or subsidiaries, or (2) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans accrues at a rate which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the fair market value of the shares at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time.

Offering Period

Unless the administrator determines otherwise, each offering period during which an option granted pursuant to the Purchase Plan may be exercised will have a duration of approximately six (6) months. No offering period will commence prior to the date of the distribution.

 

139


Table of Contents

Purchase Price

Unless and until the administrator determines otherwise, the per share purchase price is eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the offering date or the exercise date, whichever is lower; provided, however, that the purchase price may be adjusted by the administrator.

Exercise and Payment of the Purchase Right; Payroll Deductions

The number of whole shares of common stock that a participant may purchase in each offering period is determined by dividing the total amount of payroll deductions withheld from the participant’s compensation during that offering period by the purchase price.

Non-Transferability

Neither payroll deductions credited to a participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares under the Purchase Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or by designation of a beneficiary) by the participant.

Withdrawal

Generally, a participant may withdraw all but not less than all of his or her payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Purchase Plan for an offering period at any time by written notice prior to the last trading day of the offering period without affecting his or her eligibility to participate in future offering periods. Once a participant withdraws from an offering period, however, that participant may not participate again in the same offering period. To participate in a subsequent offering period, the participant must deliver a new subscription agreement to us.

Termination of Employment

Upon termination of a participant’s employment for any reason, including death or disability, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Purchase Plan and any payroll deductions credited to the participant’s account (to the extent not yet used to purchase shares of our common stock) shall be returned to the participant or, in the case of death, to the person or persons entitled thereto as provided in the Purchase Plan, and such participant’s option will automatically be terminated.

Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution or Liquidation, or Change of Control

Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by our stockholders, in the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of our common stock, or any other change in the number of shares of our common stock effected without receipt of consideration by us (provided, however, that conversion of any of our convertible securities shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration”), proportionate adjustments will be made to the purchase price per share and the number and kind of shares of common stock covered by each option under the Purchase Plan (which has not yet been exercised), as well as to the number and kind of the shares available for purchase under the Purchase Plan and the per-person numerical limits on the number of shares that may be purchased under the Purchase Plan.

Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the offering period then in progress will be shortened by setting a new exercise date on which such offering period will end, unless provided otherwise by the administrator. The new exercise date will be prior to the dissolution or liquidation. If the administrator shortens any offering period then in progress, the administrator will notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to the new exercise date, that the exercise date has been changed to the new exercise date and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date, unless the participant has already withdrawn from the offering period.

 

140


Table of Contents

Change in Control . In the event of a “change in control,” as defined in the Purchase Plan, each option under the Purchase Plan will be assumed or an equivalent option will be substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation. In the event the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the options, any offering periods then in progress will be shortened by setting a new exercise date on which such offering period will end. The new exercise date will occur prior to the change of control. Further, the administrator will notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to the new exercise date, that the exercise date has been changed to the new exercise date and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date, unless the participant has already withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment or Termination of the Purchase Plan . Our Purchase Plan will automatically terminate ten years from the date of its adoption by our board of directors, unless terminated earlier by the administrator. The administrator may, at any time and for any reason, terminate, amend or suspend the Purchase Plan, including the term of any offering period then in progress. Generally, no such termination or amendment can adversely affect options previously granted and stockholder approval will be sought for certain changes as required by applicable law.

Participation in Purchase Plan

Participation in the Purchase Plan is voluntary and dependent on each eligible employee’s election to participate and his or her determination as to the level of payroll deductions. An eligible employee can participate in the Purchase Plan by completing a subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions and filing it with our payroll office prior to the applicable offering date.

Director Compensation

Following the completion of this offering, our non-employee directors will be compensated pursuant to our policy described below.

Annual Cash Retainers

Each non-employee member of the board of directors will receive a $35,000 annual retainer. The chairman of the board of directors and members and chairpersons of each committee of the board of directors will also receive the additional annual retainers described below:

 

    Chairman . The chairman will receive an additional annual retainer of $25,000.

 

    Audit Committee . Each member (including the chairperson) of the Audit Committee will receive an annual retainer of $12,500, and the chairperson will receive an additional annual retainer of $20,000.

 

    Compensation Committee . Each member (including the chairperson) of the Compensation Committee will receive an annual retainer of $7,500, and the chairperson will receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000.

 

    Cybersecurity Committee . Each member (including the chairperson) of the Cybersecurity Committee will receive an annual retainer of $10,000, and the chairperson will receive an additional annual retainer of $15,000.

 

    Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee . Each member (including the chairperson) of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will receive an annual retainer of $5,000, and the chairperson will receive an additional annual retainer of $6,000.

All retainers will be paid on a quarterly basis following the end of each quarter and be prorated, as needed, for partial service during such period.

 

141


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation

Annual RSU Grant. On an annual basis, each non-employee director who has served on the board of directors for at least six months at the time of our annual stockholder meeting will be eligible to receive an annual grant of a number of restricted common stock units equal to $200,000 divided by the NYSE closing price of our common stock on the date of the annual stockholder meeting (rounded down to the nearest whole share), which will become fully vested on the date of the following year’s annual stockholder meeting.

Initial RSU Grant. Upon joining the board of directors, each non-employee director will be eligible to receive an initial grant of restricted common stock units, in an amount equal to the value of the annual $200,000 grant prorated based on the length of services provided from appointment/election to the board of directors until the following annual stockholder meeting. However, the annual restricted common stock unit grant made to each of the individuals who are members of our board of directors as of the date of the completion of this offering will not be prorated. The restricted stock units will become fully vested on the date of the following year’s annual stockholder meeting.

Continuing Education

In order to encourage continuing director education, we will also establish a budget for external director education of $7,000 over a two-year period for each director. Directors serving on multiple boards will be encouraged to obtain pro rata reimbursement of their director education expenses from each corporation that they serve. Biennially, we will arrange a continuing education session for the board of directors, as a whole, to attend in connection with one of its regularly scheduled meetings.

Travel Expenses

Our non-employee directors will be entitled to reimbursement for travel (first-class domestic and business-class international airfare) and other related expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings of the board of directors and committees of the board of directors.

 

142


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Prior to this offering, we have operated as an operating segment of NETGEAR. Immediately following this offering, NETGEAR will continue to own approximately 86.0% of our outstanding common stock. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, immediately following this offering, NETGEAR will own approximately 84.2% of our outstanding common stock. NETGEAR will continue to have the power acting alone to approve any action requiring the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast and to elect all of our directors.

Prior to completion of this offering, we expect to enter into certain agreements with NETGEAR relating to this offering and our relationship with NETGEAR after this offering. The material terms of such agreements with NETGEAR relating to our historical relationship, this offering and our relationship with NETGEAR after this offering are described below. We do not currently expect to enter into any additional agreements or other transactions with NETGEAR outside the ordinary course or with any of our directors, officers or other affiliates, other than those specified below. Any transactions with directors, officers or other affiliates will be subject to requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley and SEC rules and regulations.

Relationship with NETGEAR

Historical Relationship with NETGEAR

NETGEAR currently provides certain services to us, and costs associated with these functions have been allocated to us. The allocations include costs related to corporate services, such as executive management, information technology, legal, finance and accounting, human resources, tax, treasury, research and development, sales and marketing, shared facilities and other services. These costs were allocated on a basis of revenue, headcount or other measures we have determined as reasonable. The stock-based compensation includes expense attributable to our employees and an allocation of stock-based compensation attributable to employees of NETGEAR. These allocations are primarily reflected within operating expenses in our combined statements of operations. Management believes the basis on which the expenses have been allocated to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to, or the benefit received by, us during the periods presented. However, these allocations may not necessarily be indicative of the actual expenses we would have incurred as an independent company during the periods prior to the offering or of the costs we will incur in the future. The amount of these allocations from NETGEAR was $13.8 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018, which included $4.3 million for research and development, $4.6 million for sales and marketing and $4.9 million for general and administrative expense. Allocations amounted to $6.9 million for the three months ended April 2, 2017, which included $2.0 million for research and development, $2.2 million for sales and marketing and $2.7 million for general and administrative expense. For the year ended December 31, 2017, allocations amounted to $40.0 million, which included $11.8 million for research and development, $13.1 million for sales and marketing and $15.1 million for general and administrative expense. For the year ended December 31, 2016, allocations amounted to $20.6 million, which included $5.9 million for research and development, $6.4 million for sales and marketing and $8.3 million for general and administrative expense.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect NETGEAR to continue to provide certain of the services described above on a transitional basis for a fee. These services will be provided under the transition services agreement described in “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR—Arrangements Between NETGEAR and Our Company .” We generally expect to use the vast majority of these services for less than a year following the completion of this offering, depending on the type of the service and the location at which such service is provided. However, we may agree with NETGEAR to extend the service periods for a limited amount of time (which period will not extend past the first anniversary of the distribution) or may terminate such service periods by providing prior written notice. We estimate that the total cost for such services to be in the approximate range of $5.0 million to $10.0 million.

 

143


Table of Contents

Following the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We will be required to establish procedures and practices as a stand-alone public company in order to comply with our obligations under the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations. As a result, we will incur additional costs, including internal audit, investor relations, stock administration and regulatory compliance costs. These additional costs may differ from the costs that were historically allocated to us from NETGEAR. To operate as a stand-alone company, we expect to incur costs to replace certain services previously provided by NETGEAR, which may be higher than those reflected in our historical combined financial statements. A component of these costs are IT-related costs, including capital expenditures, to implement certain new systems, including infrastructure and an enterprise resource planning system, while our legacy systems are being fully supported by NETGEAR, which we estimate to be $35.0 million to $55.0 million in the next 12 months.

NETGEAR as Our Controlling Stockholder

NETGEAR currently owns 100% of our outstanding common stock. Upon completion of this offering, NETGEAR will hold approximately 86.0% of our outstanding common stock (or approximately 84.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

For as long as NETGEAR continues to control more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, NETGEAR or its successor-in-interest will be able to direct the election of all the members of our board of directors. Similarly, NETGEAR will have the power to determine matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders without the consent of our other stockholders, will have the power to prevent a change in control of us and will have the power to take certain other actions that might be favorable to NETGEAR. In addition, the master separation agreement will provide that, as long as NETGEAR beneficially owns at least 50% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in the election of our board of directors, we will not (without NETGEAR’s prior written consent) take certain actions, such as incurring additional indebtedness and acquiring businesses or assets or disposing of assets in excess of certain amounts. To preserve the tax-free treatment of the separation and distribution, the master separation agreement will include certain covenants and restrictions to ensure that, until immediately prior to the distribution, NETGEAR will retain beneficial ownership of at least 80% of our combined voting power and 80% of each class of nonvoting capital stock, if any is outstanding. In addition, to preserve the tax-free treatment of the separation and distribution, we will agree in the tax matters agreement to restrictions, including restrictions that would be effective during the period following the distribution, that could limit our ability to pursue certain strategic transactions, equity issuances or repurchases or other transactions that we may believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders or that might increase the value of our business.

NETGEAR has agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of our common stock for a period of 145 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. See “ Underwriting .” However, there can be no assurance concerning the period of time during which NETGEAR will maintain its ownership of our common stock following this offering.

NETGEAR has informed us that, at some time in the future, but no earlier than the expiration or earlier termination of the 145-day lock-up period applicable to NETGEAR described under the section titled “ Underwriting ,” it intends to effect a distribution of its remaining ownership interest in us to its stockholders in a transaction that is generally expected to be tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. It is intended that we will be included in NETGEAR’s consolidated group for U.S. federal income tax purposes immediately following this offering until the proposed distribution. NETGEAR may abandon or change the structure of the distribution at any time, including if it determines, in its sole discretion, that the distribution is not in the best interest of NETGEAR or its stockholders.

 

144


Table of Contents

Arrangements Between NETGEAR and Our Company

Prior to the completion of this offering, we and NETGEAR expect to enter into certain agreements that will effect the separation of our business from NETGEAR, provide a framework for our relationship with NETGEAR after the separation and provide for the allocation between us and NETGEAR of NETGEAR’s assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including its investments, property and employee benefits assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to, at and after our separation from NETGEAR, specifically:

 

    a master separation agreement;

 

    a transition services agreement;

 

    a tax matters agreement;

 

    an employee matters agreement;

 

    an intellectual property rights cross-license agreement; and

 

    a registration rights agreement.

The material terms of each of these agreements are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of such agreements, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The terms of the agreements described below that will be in effect following the separation are in draft form and are not yet final. Changes to these agreements, some of which may be material, may be made prior to our separation from NETGEAR.

When used in this section, “separation date” refers to the date on which NETGEAR will contribute the Arlo business to us, which will occur prior to the completion of this offering, and the term “distribution date” refers to the date, if any, following this offering on which NETGEAR will distribute its equity interest in us to the NETGEAR stockholders through the anticipated distribution.

Master Separation Agreement

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into a master separation agreement with NETGEAR, which will set forth the agreements between us and NETGEAR regarding the principal corporate transactions required to effect our separation from NETGEAR, this offering and the distribution, if any, of our shares to NETGEAR’s stockholders, and other agreements governing the relationship between NETGEAR and us.

The Separation

The master separation agreement will identify assets to be transferred, liabilities to be assumed and contracts to be assigned to each of us and NETGEAR as part of the separation of NETGEAR into two companies, and will provide for when and how these transfers, assumptions and assignments will occur. In particular, the master separation agreement will provide, among other things, that, subject to certain exceptions and the terms and conditions contained therein:

 

    the assets exclusively related to the businesses and operations of NETGEAR’s Arlo business as well as certain other assets mutually agreed upon by NETGEAR and Arlo, which we collectively refer to as the “Arlo Assets,” will be transferred to Arlo or one of our subsidiaries;

 

145


Table of Contents
    certain liabilities (including whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) arising out of or resulting from the Arlo Assets, and other liabilities related to the businesses and operations of NETGEAR’s Arlo business, which we collectively refer to as the “Arlo Liabilities,” will be retained by or transferred to us or one of our subsidiaries;

 

    all of the assets and liabilities (including whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) other than the Arlo Assets and Arlo Liabilities (such assets and liabilities, other than the Arlo Assets and the Arlo Liabilities, are referred to as the “NETGEAR Assets” and “NETGEAR Liabilities,” respectively) will be retained by or transferred to NETGEAR or one of its subsidiaries; and

 

    certain shared contracts will be assigned in part to us or our applicable subsidiaries or be appropriately amended.

Except as may expressly be set forth in the master separation agreement or any other transaction agreements, all assets will be transferred on an “as is,” “where is” basis, and the respective transferees will bear the economic and legal risks that (1) any conveyance will prove to be insufficient to vest in the transferee good title, free and clear of any security interest, and (2) any necessary consents or governmental approvals are not obtained or that any requirements of laws or judgments are not complied with.

Claims

In general, each party to the master separation agreement will assume liability for all pending, threatened and unasserted legal matters related to its own business or its assumed or retained liabilities and will indemnify the other party for any liability to the extent arising out of or resulting from such assumed or retained legal matters.

Intercompany Accounts

The master separation agreement will provide that, subject to any provisions in the master separation agreement or any other transaction agreement to the contrary, at or prior to the separation from NETGEAR, all intercompany accounts between NETGEAR and its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Arlo and its subsidiaries, on the other hand, will be settled.

Further Assurances

To the extent that any transfers or assignments contemplated by the master separation agreement have not been consummated on or prior to the date of the separation, the parties will agree to cooperate to effect such transfers as promptly as practicable following the date of the separation. In addition, each of the parties will agree to cooperate with the other party and use commercially reasonable efforts to take or to cause to be taken all actions, and to do, or to cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary under applicable law or contractual obligations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the master separation agreement and the other transaction agreements.

Initial Public Offering

For a description of NETGEAR’s ownership interest in us after the completion of this offering, see the section titled “— NETGEAR as Our Controlling Stockholder .”

The master separation agreement will provide that the consummation of this offering is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by NETGEAR in its sole discretion) of the following conditions:

 

    the transfer of the Arlo Assets, Arlo Liabilities, NETGEAR Assets and NETGEAR Liabilities (in each case with certain exceptions) in accordance with the plan of reorganization set forth in the master separation agreement;

 

146


Table of Contents
    the SEC having declared effective our registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, and there being no stop-order in effect with respect to such registration statement;

 

    all actions and filings necessary or appropriate under federal, state or foreign securities laws shall have been taken and, where applicable, become effective or been accepted by the applicable governmental authority;

 

    the approval for listing on the NYSE of the shares of our common stock to be offered in this offering;

 

    the transaction agreements relating to the separation shall have been duly executed and delivered by the parties;

 

    we shall have entered into the underwriting agreement and all conditions to our obligations and the underwriters’ obligations under the underwriting agreement shall have been satisfied or waived;

 

    NETGEAR shall be satisfied in its sole discretion that it will own at least 80.1% of the total voting power with respect to the election and removal of directors of our outstanding common stock following this offering and shall be satisfied in its sole discretion that all other conditions to the distribution qualifying as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to the extent applicable as of the time of this offering, are satisfied and there is not any event or condition that is likely to cause any of such conditions not to be satisfied as of the time of the distribution or thereafter;

 

    no order, injunction or decree issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing consummation of the separation or this offering or any of the transactions contemplated by the master separation agreement shall be in effect;

 

    such other actions as NETGEAR or we may, based upon the advice of counsel, reasonably request to be taken prior to the separation and this offering in order to assure the successful completion of the separation and this offering and the other transactions contemplated by the master separation agreement shall have been taken;

 

    no termination of the master separation agreement shall have occurred; and

 

    no event or development shall have occurred or existed or is expected to occur that, in the judgment of the NETGEAR board of directors, in its sole discretion, makes it inadvisable to effect the separation or this offering.

We will cooperate with NETGEAR to accomplish this offering and will, at NETGEAR’s direction, promptly take any and all actions necessary or desirable to effect this offering, including, without limitation, the registration under the Securities Act of our common stock on an appropriate registration form or forms to be designated by NETGEAR.

The Distribution

NETGEAR has informed us that, at some time in the future, but no earlier than the expiration or earlier termination of the 145-day lock-up period applicable to NETGEAR described under the section titled “ Underwriting ,” it intends to effect a distribution of its remaining ownership interest in us to its stockholders in a transaction that is generally expected to be tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The master separation agreement also governs the rights and obligations of NETGEAR and us regarding the distribution. There are various conditions to the completion of the distribution. In addition, NETGEAR may, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to proceed with the distribution and determine the form, structure and terms of the distribution. Consequently, we cannot assure you as to when or whether the distribution will occur.

 

147


Table of Contents

The master separation agreement will provide that NETGEAR’s obligation to complete the distribution is subject to several conditions that must be satisfied (or waived by NETGEAR in its sole discretion), including, among others:

 

    NETGEAR shall have received an opinion of outside counsel, dated as of the date of the distribution, regarding the qualification of the contribution and distribution, taken together, as a reorganization within the meaning of Sections 355(a) and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code;

 

    all governmental approvals necessary to consummate the distribution shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect;

 

    an independent appraisal firm acceptable to NETGEAR shall have delivered one or more opinions to the NETGEAR board of directors confirming the solvency and financial viability of NETGEAR prior to the distribution and of NETGEAR and us after consummation of the distribution, and such opinions shall be acceptable to NETGEAR in form and substance in NETGEAR’s sole discretion and shall not have been withdrawn or rescinded;

 

    all actions and filings necessary or appropriate under applicable U.S. federal, U.S. state or other securities laws or blue sky laws and the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with the distribution shall have been taken or made, and, where applicable, become effective or been accepted by the applicable governmental authority;

 

    no order, injunction or decree issued by any governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing consummation of the distribution or any of the transactions related thereto shall be in effect, and no other event outside the control of NETGEAR shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the distribution or any related transactions;

 

    the shares of our common stock to be distributed to the NETGEAR stockholders in the distribution shall have been accepted for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution; and

 

    no other events or developments have occurred subsequent to the completion of this offering that, in the judgment of the NETGEAR board of directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, make it inadvisable to effect the distribution.

As described above, NETGEAR has the right to terminate its obligation to complete the distribution at any time for any reason, including if, at any time, NETGEAR’s board of directors determines, in its sole discretion, that the distribution is not in the best interests of NETGEAR or its stockholders. In the event of such termination following the separation, neither party will have any liability to the other party under the master separation agreement in respect of the distribution.

If the NETGEAR board of directors terminates NETGEAR’s obligation to complete the distribution or waives a material condition to the distribution after the date of this prospectus, we intend to issue a press release disclosing this waiver or file a current report on Form 8-K with the SEC.

We will cooperate with NETGEAR to accomplish the distribution and will, at NETGEAR’s direction, promptly take any and all actions necessary or desirable to effect the distribution.

Releases

The master separation agreement will provide that, except as otherwise provided in the master separation agreement or any other transaction agreements, each party will release and forever discharge the other party and its respective subsidiaries and affiliates from all liabilities existing or arising from any acts or events

 

148


Table of Contents

occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the separation from NETGEAR. The releases will not extend to obligations or liabilities under any agreements between the parties that remain in effect following the separation, which agreements include, but are not limited to, the master separation agreement, the transition services agreement, the tax sharing agreement, and the transfer documents in connection with the separation.

Covenants

In addition, the master separation agreement will provide that, as long as NETGEAR beneficially owns at least 50% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in the election of our board of directors, we will not (without NETGEAR’s prior written consent):

 

    take any action that would limit the ability of NETGEAR to transfer its shares of our common stock or limit the rights of any transferee of NETGEAR as a holder of our common stock;

 

    take any action, or recommend to its stockholders any action which would limit the legal rights of, or deny any benefit to, NETGEAR as an Arlo stockholder, either (1) solely as a result of the amount of Arlo common stock held by NETGEAR or (2) in a manner not applicable to Arlo stockholders generally;

 

    to the extent NETGEAR is party to a third-party contract that requires actions by Arlo, take or fail to take any actions that reasonably could result in NETGEAR being in breach of or in default under any contract or agreement of which Arlo is aware;

 

    incur any indebtedness exceeding $100 million in the aggregate or that could cause NETGEAR to be in breach of or in default under any contract that NETGEAR has informed Arlo of, or that could be reasonably likely to adversely impact the credit rating of any indebtedness of NETGEAR;

 

    acquire any other businesses or assets or dispose of any of our assets, in each case with an aggregate value for all such transactions in excess of $10 million; or

 

    acquire any equity interests in, or loan any funds to, third parties in excess of $10 million in the aggregate.

The master separation agreement will also provide that, as long as NETGEAR beneficially owns at least 80% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in the election of our board of directors, we will not (without NETGEAR’s prior written consent) issue or enter into any agreement, commitment or understanding to issue (or that could result in the issuance of) any shares of our capital stock or any rights, warrants or options to acquire our capital stock if this could cause NETGEAR to own (1) less than 80% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in the election of our board of directors, (2) less than 80% of any class of capital stock not entitled to vote in the election of our board of directors or (3) less than 80% of the value of our outstanding capital stock (including all options, warrants and other rights to acquire such capital stock).

Financial Covenants; Auditors and Audits; Annual Financial Statements and Accounting

We have agreed that, for so long as NETGEAR is required to consolidate our results of operations and financial position or account for its investment in our company under the equity method of accounting, we will, among other things:

 

    maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting that will provide reasonable assurance that, among other things, (1) our annual and quarterly financial statements are reliable and timely prepared in accordance with GAAP and applicable law, (2) our transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of our financial statements, (3) receipts and expenditures are authorized at the appropriate level within Arlo and (4) unauthorized uses and dispositions of assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements are prevented or detected in a timely manner;

 

149


Table of Contents
    maintain the same fiscal year as NETGEAR;

 

    establish a disclosure committee that will review our Forms 10-Q, 10-K and other significant filings with the SEC, and permit up to three employees selected by NETGEAR to attend such committee’s meetings;

 

    not change our independent auditors without NETGEAR’s prior written consent;

 

    use our reasonable best efforts to enable our independent auditors to complete their audit of our financial statements in a timely manner so as to permit timely filing of NETGEAR’s financial statements;

 

    provide to NETGEAR and its independent auditors all information required for NETGEAR to meet its schedule for the filing and distribution of its financial statements and to make available to NETGEAR and its independent auditors all documents necessary for the annual audit of our company as well as access to the responsible company personnel so that NETGEAR and its independent auditors may conduct their audits relating to our financial statements;

 

    adhere to certain specified NETGEAR accounting policies and notify and consult with NETGEAR regarding any changes to our accounting principles and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements, and any deficiencies in, or violations of law in connection with, our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    coordinate with NETGEAR regarding the timing and content of our earnings releases and cooperate fully (and cause our independent auditors to cooperate fully) with NETGEAR in connection with any of its public filings; and

 

    promptly report in reasonable detail to NETGEAR the following events or circumstances that we become aware of: (1) significant deficiencies and material weaknesses which are reasonably likely to adversely affect our ability to report financial information; (2) any fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in our internal control over financial reporting; (3) illegal acts; and (4) any report of a material violation of law made pursuant to the SEC’s attorney conduct rules.

Intellectual Property Matters

We and NETGEAR currently expect to continue collaborating on certain technology projects during the period between the closing of this offering and the date of the distribution (or December 31, 2018, if the distribution does not occur prior to then), which may result in the creation of new intellectual property rights. At the end of the collaboration period, the parties will meet and determine in good faith what newly created intellectual property rights owned by each party arose from the collaboration, and such newly created intellectual property rights will be licensed under the license agreement.

Indemnification

In addition, the master separation agreement will provide for cross-indemnities principally designed to place financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of our business with us and financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of NETGEAR’s business with NETGEAR. Specifically, each party will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other party, its affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “indemnified parties”) for any losses arising out of or otherwise in connection with:

 

    the liabilities that each such party assumed or retained pursuant to the master separation agreement (which, in our case, would include the Arlo Liabilities and, in the case of NETGEAR, would include the NETGEAR Liabilities) and the other transaction agreements;

 

150


Table of Contents
    the failure of NETGEAR or us to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any of the NETGEAR Liabilities or the Arlo Liabilities, respectively, in accordance with their terms, whether prior to, at or after the separation;

 

    any breach by such party of the master separation agreement or the other transaction agreements (other than the intellectual property rights cross-license agreement, which specifies the parties’ obligations therein); and

 

    except to the extent relating to an Arlo Liability, in the case of NETGEAR, or a NETGEAR Liability, in our case, any guarantee, indemnification or contribution obligation, surety bond or other credit support agreement or arrangement for the benefit of NETGEAR or us, respectively.

We will also indemnify, defend and hold harmless the NETGEAR indemnified parties for any losses arising out of or otherwise in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information (1) contained in our registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, or any prospectus (other than information provided by NETGEAR to us specifically for inclusion in our registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, or any prospectus), (2) contained in any of our public filings with the SEC following this offering or (3) provided by us to NETGEAR specifically for inclusion in NETGEAR’s annual or quarterly or current reports following this offering to the extent (A) such information pertains to us or the Arlo business or (B) NETGEAR has provided prior written notice to us that such information will be included in one or more annual or quarterly or current reports, specifying how such information will be presented, and the information is included in such annual or quarterly or current reports (except, in the case of clause (B), for liabilities arising out of or resulting from, or in connection with, any action or inaction of any member of NETGEAR, including as a result of any misstatement or omission of any information by NETGEAR to us).

NETGEAR will also indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Arlo indemnified parties for any losses arising out of or otherwise in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information (1) contained in our registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, or any prospectus provided by NETGEAR specifically for inclusion therein to the extent such information pertains to (A) NETGEAR or (B) NETGEAR’s business (for the avoidance of doubt, other than the Arlo business) or (2) provided by NETGEAR to us specifically for inclusion in our annual or quarterly or current reports following this offering to the extent (A) such information pertains to (x) NETGEAR or (y) NETGEAR’s business (for the avoidance of doubt, other than the Arlo business) or (B) we have provided written notice to NETGEAR that such information will be included in one or more annual or quarterly or current reports, specifying how such information will be presented, and the information is included in such annual or quarterly or current reports (except, in the case of clause (B), for liabilities arising out of or resulting from, or in connection with, any action or inaction of ours, including as a result of any misstatement or omission of any information by us to NETGEAR.

The master separation agreement also specifies procedures with respect to claims subject to indemnification and related matters.

Other Provisions

The master separation agreement will also govern other matters related to the consummation of this offering and the distribution, the provision and retention of records, access to information, confidentiality, cooperation with respect to governmental filings and third-party consents and insurance.

Termination

The master separation agreement may be terminated and the distribution may be amended, modified or abandoned at any time prior to the separation date by NETGEAR. NETGEAR also has the right to terminate its

 

151


Table of Contents

obligation to complete the distribution at any time for any reason, including if, at any time, NETGEAR’s board of directors determines, in its sole discretion, that the distribution is not in the best interests of NETGEAR or its stockholders. The master separation agreement will provide that, in the event of a termination of the master separation agreement on or after the completion of this offering, (1) only the provisions of the master separation agreement that obligate the parties to pursue the distribution will terminate and (2) the other provisions of the master separation agreement and the other transaction agreements that NETGEAR and we enter into will remain in full force and effect.

Transition Services Agreement

In connection with the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into a transition services agreement with NETGEAR pursuant to which NETGEAR will provide us, and we will provide NETGEAR, with specified services for a limited time to help ensure an orderly transition following the separation. The transition services agreement will specify the calculation of our costs for these services. The cost of these services will be negotiated between us and NETGEAR.

In general, the services will begin on the date of the closing of this offering and will cover a period generally not expected to exceed 12 months following the distribution. We and NETGEAR have agreed to perform our respective services with substantially the same nature, quality, standard of care and service levels at which the same or similar services were performed by or on behalf of us or NETGEAR, as applicable, prior to the separation or, if not so previously provided, then substantially similar to those which are applicable to similar services provided to the affiliates or other business components of us or NETGEAR, as applicable.

The transition services agreement will generally provide that the applicable service recipient indemnifies the applicable service provider for liabilities that such service provider incurs arising from the provision of services other than liabilities arising from such service provider’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or material breach of the transition services agreement, and that the applicable service provider indemnifies the applicable service recipient for liabilities that such service recipient incurs arising from such service provider’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or material breach of the transition services agreement.

Tax Matters Agreement

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into a tax matters agreement with NETGEAR that will govern our respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to tax matters (including responsibility for taxes attributable to us and our subsidiaries, entitlement to refunds, allocation of tax attributes, preparation of tax returns, control of tax contests and other matters).

We will agree in the tax matters agreement to be responsible for and to indemnify NETGEAR for: (i) all income taxes imposed with respect to any consolidated, combined, or unitary tax return of NETGEAR or any of its subsidiaries that includes us or any of our subsidiaries to the extent attributable to us or any of our subsidiaries, as determined under the tax matters agreement, and (ii) all taxes imposed with respect to any of our subsidiaries’ consolidated, combined, unitary, or separate tax returns, in each case, for any taxable period (or portion thereof) beginning after July 2, 2018.

We expect the tax matters agreement will provide special rules that allocate tax liabilities in the event the distribution, together with certain related transactions, fails to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. We will agree in the tax matters agreement that each party will be responsible for any taxes and related amounts imposed on us or NETGEAR as a result of the failure to so qualify, to the extent that the failure to so qualify is attributable to actions, events or transactions relating to such party’s respective stock, assets or business, or a breach of the relevant representations or covenants made by that party in the tax matters agreement.

In addition, we will agree in the tax matters agreement that we and our subsidiaries will be subject to certain restrictions during the two-year period following the distribution that are intended to prevent the

 

152


Table of Contents

distribution, together with certain related transactions, from failing to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. Specifically, during such period, except in specific circumstances or unless NETGEAR waives our obligation to comply with such restrictions, we expect that we and our subsidiaries will generally be prohibited from: (i) ceasing to conduct certain businesses, (ii) entering into certain transactions or series of transactions pursuant to which all or a portion of our common stock would be acquired or all or a portion of certain of our and our subsidiaries’ assets would be acquired, (iii) liquidating, merging or consolidating with any other person, (iv) issuing equity securities beyond certain thresholds, (v) repurchasing our stock other than in certain open-market transactions or (vi) taking or failing to take any other action that would cause the distribution, together with certain related transactions, to fail to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code.

Employee Matters Agreement

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into an employee matters agreement with NETGEAR that will address employment, compensation and benefits matters, including the allocation and treatment of assets and liabilities relating to employees and compensation and benefit plans and programs in which our employees participate prior to the distribution, as well as other human resources, employment and employee benefit matters.

The employee matters agreement generally will provide, unless otherwise specified, that following July 2, 2018: (1) NETGEAR will be responsible for liabilities associated with employees employed by NETGEAR on and following July 2, 2018 and all former employees of NETGEAR (including former employees of the Arlo business) who terminated employment prior to July 2, 2018 and (2) Arlo will be responsible for liabilities associated with employees employed by Arlo on and following July 2, 2018 and all former employees of Arlo who terminate employment on or following July 2, 2018. Between July 2, 2018 and the date of the distribution (or such earlier date agreed between the parties), Arlo employees will continue to participate in the NETGEAR health, welfare and retirement benefit plans and the cost of the participation of Arlo employees in such plans will be borne by Arlo. Arlo intends to establish its own health, welfare and retirement plans prior to the distribution. Generally, subject to limited exceptions, following the effective time of the distribution (or such earlier date agreed between the parties) Arlo employees will participate in Arlo’s health, welfare and retirement plans and Arlo will be responsible for all liabilities relating to such plans.

The employee matters agreement also describes how NETGEAR equity-based compensation awards will be adjusted in connection with the distribution.

NETGEAR Options: (1) NETGEAR options granted prior to August 3, 2018 (the “cutoff date”) will be converted into both an adjusted NETGEAR option and an Arlo option, (2) NETGEAR options granted on or following the cutoff date will be converted solely into adjusted NETGEAR options and (3) NETGEAR options held by former service providers of NETGEAR will be converted solely into adjusted NETGEAR options. The formulas applicable to the foregoing NETGEAR option adjustments are set forth in the employee matters agreement and, in each case, the exercise price and number of shares subject to each option will be adjusted to preserve the aggregate intrinsic value of the original NETGEAR option as measured immediately prior to and immediately following the distribution, subject to rounding. Following the distribution, the NETGEAR options and Arlo options will be subject to substantially the same terms and vesting conditions that applied to the original NETGEAR option immediately prior to the distribution.

NETGEAR RSUs: (1) NETGEAR restricted stock units granted prior to the cutoff date will be converted into both an adjusted NETGEAR restricted stock unit covering the same number of NETGEAR shares subject to the award prior to the distribution and an Arlo restricted stock unit covering a number of shares equal to the number of NETGEAR shares subject to the award prior to the distribution multiplied by the number of Arlo shares that will be distributed in respect of each NETGEAR share in the distribution and (2) NETGEAR restricted stock units granted on or following the cutoff date will be converted solely into NETGEAR restricted

 

153


Table of Contents

stock units, on a basis that preserves the aggregate intrinsic value of the original NETGEAR restricted stock unit award. The formulas applicable to the foregoing NETGEAR restricted stock unit adjustments are set forth in the employee matters agreement. Following the distribution, the NETGEAR restricted stock units and Arlo restricted stock units will be subject to substantially the same terms and vesting conditions that applied to the original NETGEAR restricted stock units immediately prior to the distribution.

Upon a change in control of Arlo, any vesting terms applicable to an Arlo employee’s Arlo options and Arlo restricted stock units will also apply to such individual’s NETGEAR options and NETGEAR restricted stock units. Upon a change in control of NETGEAR, any vesting terms applicable to a NETGEAR employee’s NETGEAR options and NETGEAR restricted stock units will also apply to such individual’s Arlo options and Arlo restricted stock units.

Notwithstanding the immediately preceding two paragraphs, NETGEAR may, in its sole discretion, determine to treat NETGEAR options or NETGEAR restricted stock unit awards that are outstanding as of the effective time of the distribution and held by current and former employees of Arlo and NETGEAR in jurisdictions other than the United States in a manner inconsistent with the immediately preceding two paragraphs.

Intellectual Property Rights Cross-License Agreement

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into an intellectual property rights cross-license agreement with NETGEAR, which will govern our and NETGEAR’s respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to certain patents, copyrights, trade secret and intellectual property rights (other than trademarks).

Pursuant to the intellectual property rights cross-license agreement, NETGEAR and Arlo, as the case may be (in such capacity, a “licensor”), will grant the other party and its subsidiaries (in such capacity, the “licensee”), subject to certain limitations with respect to patents and certain core software described below, a non-exclusive, royalty free, irrevocable, worldwide license to licensor’s intellectual property rights to permit the licensee to continue the current and future operation of the licensee’s business, including to make, sell and otherwise produce and commercialize its products. The license to the licensor’s intellectual property rights (other than to patents and core software) may be sublicensed to third parties by the licensee in the ordinary course of licensee’s business.

Our license to NETGEAR and its subsidiaries includes a license to all of our patents and patents arising from our applications that exist at the time of the separation, and NETGEAR’s license to us includes a license to any NETGEAR patent practiced by our business or products and any patent arising from a NETGEAR application related to our business or products as of the time of the separation. The license to a licensor’s patents includes a limitation that the licensee may not sublicense its license to third parties. The license to certain identified software of each party which is core to such party’s products (“core software”) includes the limitation that the licensee may not redistribute or sublicense the source code for such core software to a third party.

The intellectual property rights cross-license agreement provides that the cross-license agreement is transferable by a party in a change of control, provided that the licenses to patents and the core software will not extend to the acquiring party’s products or services.

All licenses granted to a licensee extend to any entity that is a subsidiary of the licensee for so long as such entity is a subsidiary. If a subsidiary that is actively engaged in a line of business ceases to be a subsidiary of the licensee (NETGEAR or Arlo, as the case may be), such entity may retain the licenses granted to it, but only with respect to the line of business in which it is engaged at the effective time of it ceasing to be a subsidiary, and provided that such entity and its acquirer (in the event it ceases to be a subsidiary as a result of being acquired by a third party), agree in writing to be bound by the terms of the intellectual property rights cross-license agreement. If the entity is acquired by a third party, the sublicense will not extend to the acquiror’s products, business or operations.

 

154


Table of Contents

The licenses are granted by the licensor on an as-is basis and without any warranty. The intellectual property rights cross-license agreement also provides that each party, in its capacity as a licensee, will indemnify the other party, in its capacity as a licensor, and its directors, officers, agents, successors and subsidiaries against any losses suffered by such indemnified party as a result of the indemnifying party’s practice of the intellectual property licensed to such indemnifying party under the intellectual property rights cross-license agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into a registration rights agreement with NETGEAR with customary representations, warranties and covenants, pursuant to which we will grant NETGEAR and its affiliates certain registration rights with respect to our common stock owned by them. We refer to these shares as “registrable securities,” and we refer to the holders of these registrable securities as “holders.”

The registration rights agreement will provide that each holder is entitled to unlimited piggyback registration rights with respect to its registrable securities, such that each holder can include its registrable securities in registration statements filed by us, including registration effected by us for security holders other than holders, subject to certain limitations. The registration rights agreement will also grant NETGEAR and its subsidiaries that hold registrable securities demand registration rights requiring that we register registrable securities held by holders and take all actions reasonably necessary or desirable to expedite or facilitate the disposition of registrable securities. NETGEAR and its subsidiaries that hold registrable securities may request up to two registrations in any 12-month period, subject to certain limitations. Our obligation to effect demand registration rights will not be relieved to the extent we effect piggyback registration rights.

We will pay the costs incident to our compliance with the registration rights agreement but the holders will pay for any underwriting discounts or commissions or transfer taxes associated with all such registrations.

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we will agree to indemnify NETGEAR and its subsidiaries that hold registrable securities (and their directors, officers, agents and, if applicable, each other person who controls such holder under Section 15 of the Securities Act) registering shares pursuant to the registration rights agreement against certain losses, expenses and liabilities under the Securities Act, common law or otherwise. Holders will similarly indemnify us but such indemnification will be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds received by such holder under the sale of registrable securities giving rise to the indemnification obligation.

Related Party Transactions

Mr. Lo, who is expected to serve as a member of our board of directors upon the completion of this offering, is also the Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of NETGEAR. Mr. Lo is currently expected to resign from our board of directors upon the completion of the distribution.

We will have a general policy that all material transactions with a related party, as well as all material transactions in which there is an actual, or in some cases, perceived, conflict of interest, will be subject to prior review and approval by our Audit Committee and its independent members, who will determine whether such transactions or proposals are fair and reasonable to Arlo and its stockholders. In general, potential related-party transactions will be identified by our management and discussed with our Audit Committee at its meetings. Detailed proposals, including, where applicable, financial and legal analyses, alternatives and management recommendations, will be provided to our Audit Committee with respect to each issue under consideration, and decisions will be made by our Audit Committee with respect to the foregoing related-party transactions after opportunity for discussion and review of materials. When applicable, our Audit Committee will request further information and, from time to time, will request guidance or confirmation from internal or external counsel or auditors.

 

155


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of the completion of this offering and based on information as of July 23, 2018, after giving effect to the separation (in the case of the “Percentage Prior to this Offering” column, other than the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering and the receipt and application of the proceeds in connection therewith) and assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table under “ Executive Compensation ”; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if they have or share the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or have the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Accordingly, the following table does not include options to purchase our common stock that are not exercisable within the next 60 days. This table does not reflect any shares of common stock that our directors and executive officers may purchase in this offering. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95134.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Beneficial
Ownership of Our
Common Stock
     Percentage Prior
to this Offering
    Percentage After
this Offering
 

5% Stockholders

       

NETGEAR (1)

     62,500,000        100     86.0

Directors and Named Executive Officers

       

Patrick C.S. Lo

     —          —       —  

Matthew McRae

     —          —       —  

Jocelyn E. Carter-Miller

     —          —       —  

Ralph E. Faison

     —          —       —  

Grady K. Summers

     —          —       —  

Christine M. Gorjanc

     —          —       —  

Patrick J. Collins III

     —          —       —  

All directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons)

     —          —       —  

 

(1)

The address of NETGEAR is 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, CA 95134.

 

156


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering. We expect to adopt amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in connection with this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. This description is not complete and is qualified by reference to the full text of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and that could make it more difficult to acquire control of us by means of a tender offer, open market purchases, a proxy contest or otherwise. For additional information, see the sections titled “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of Arlo, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock ,” “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain an exclusive forum provision that may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors and officers ” and “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Our board of directors will have the ability to issue blank check preferred stock, which may discourage or impede acquisition attempts or other transactions .”

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of:

 

    500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share; and

 

    50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, in one or more series.

Upon completion of this offering, there will be 72,715,000 outstanding shares of common stock (74,247,250 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), of which 62,500,000 shares will be owned by NETGEAR. In addition, upon the completion of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

Each holder of our common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters to be voted upon by the common stockholders, and there will be no cumulative voting rights. Subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive ratably the dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. If there is a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, holders of our common stock would be entitled to ratable distribution of our assets remaining after the payment in full of liabilities and any preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock.

Holders of our common stock will have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. After the initial public offering, all outstanding shares of our common stock will be fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

157


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by the DGCL, and by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series without further action by the holders of our common stock. Our board of directors will have the discretion, subject to limitations prescribed by the DGCL and by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Various Provisions of Delaware Law and Arlo’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Provisions of the DGCL and Arlo’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it more difficult to acquire Arlo by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, or to remove incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and takeover bids that our board of directors may consider inadequate and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of Arlo to first negotiate with Arlo’s board of directors. Arlo believes that the benefits of increased protection of its ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure it outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover or acquisition proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

As a Delaware corporation, Arlo will be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL regarding corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the time the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time such transaction commenced, excluding, for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers of the corporation and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    on or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.

In this context, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status owned, 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. The existence of this provision would be

 

158


Table of Contents

expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by Arlo’s board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by Arlo’s stockholders.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of Section 203 with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from amendments approved by holders of at least a majority of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares. We will not elect to “opt out” of Section 203. However, following this offering and subject to certain restrictions, we may elect to “opt out” of Section 203 by an amendment to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws.

Classified Board

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of which is expected to be composed initially of either one or two directors. The directors designated as Class I directors will have terms expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering, which we expect to hold in 2019. The directors designated as Class II directors will have terms expiring at the following year’s annual meeting of stockholders, which we expect to hold in 2020, and the directors designated as Class III directors will have terms expiring at the following year’s annual meeting of stockholders, which we expect to hold in 2021. Commencing with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering, which we expect to hold in 2019, directors for each class will be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year in which the term for that class expires and thereafter will serve for a term of three years. At any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present, the election will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote in the election. Under the classified board provisions, it would take at least two elections of directors for any individual or group to gain control of Arlo’s board of directors. Accordingly, these provisions could discourage a third party from initiating a proxy contest, making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to gain control of Arlo.

Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, until such time as NETGEAR ceases to be the beneficial owner of shares of our capital stock representing at least a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled generally to vote in the election of directors (“voting stock”), our stockholders may remove our directors with or without cause by an affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of voting stock. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, from and after such time as NETGEAR ceases to be the beneficial owner of shares of our capital stock representing at least a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of our voting stock, and so long as our board of directors is classified, our stockholders may remove our directors only for cause, by an affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of voting stock.

Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that it may be amended or altered in any manner provided by the DGCL, provided that the amendment of certain provisions will require the approval of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of our voting stock. Our amended and restated bylaws may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by stockholders upon the approval of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of our voting stock, provided that the amendment of certain provisions will require the approval of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Additionally, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our bylaws may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the board of directors.

 

159


Table of Contents

Size of Board and Vacancies

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the number of directors which constitute the board of directors shall be as designated or provided for in our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the number of directors on our board of directors will be fixed exclusively by our board of directors. Any vacancies on our board of directors resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause will be filled by a majority of the board of directors then in office, whether or not less than a quorum. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that any director appointed to fill a vacancy on our board of directors will hold office until his or her successor has been elected and qualified.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that only the chairman of the board of directors, the lead independent director or the chief executive officer or the president, or the board of directors, acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors, may call special meetings of Arlo stockholders. Stockholders may not call special stockholder meetings.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, until such time as NETGEAR ceases to be the beneficial owner of shares of our capital stock representing at least a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of our voting stock, our stockholders may act by written consent. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will, from and after such time as NETGEAR ceases to be the beneficial owner of shares of our capital stock representing at least a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of our voting stock, expressly prohibit the right of our stockholders to act by written consent. From and after such time, stockholder action must take place at the annual or a special meeting of Arlo stockholders.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will mandate that stockholder nominations for the election of directors will be given in accordance with the bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and nomination of candidates for election as directors, as well as minimum qualification requirements for stockholders making the proposals or nominations. Additionally, our amended and restated bylaws will require that candidates for election as director disclose their qualifications and make certain representations.

No Cumulative Voting

The DGCL provides that stockholders are denied the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless the company’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The authority that Arlo’s board of directors will possess to issue preferred stock could potentially be used to discourage attempts by third parties to obtain control of Arlo through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise by making such attempts more difficult or more costly. Arlo’s board of directors may be able to issue preferred stock with voting rights or conversion rights that, if exercised, could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock.

 

160


Table of Contents

Corporate Opportunities

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions related to certain corporate opportunities that may be of interest to both us and NETGEAR. These provisions provide that in the event that a director or officer of the Company who is also a director or officer of NETGEAR acquires knowledge of a potential corporate transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for both us and NETGEAR (excluding any corporate opportunity that was presented or became known to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company, as reasonably determined by such director or officer, unless the Company notifies such person that the Company does not intend to pursue such corporate opportunity):

 

    the Company renounces any interest in or expectancy with respect to such corporate opportunity if such director or officer presents such opportunity to NETGEAR or does not communicate information regarding such opportunity to the Company because that person has directed the opportunity to NETGEAR; and

 

    such director or officer may present such corporate opportunity to either the Company or NETGEAR or to both, as such director or officer deems appropriate under the circumstances in such person’s sole discretion, and by doing so such director or officer (a) will have fully satisfied and fulfilled such person’s duties to the Company and its stockholders with respect to such corporate opportunity, (b) will not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for breach of any statutory or common law duties and (c) will be deemed to have acted in accordance with the standard of care set forth in the DGCL, or any successor statute, or otherwise applicable to directors and officers of a Delaware corporation.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by us and NETGEAR:

 

    neither the Company nor NETGEAR will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same or similar activities or lines of business as the other company, doing business with any potential or actual customer or supplier of the other company, or employing or engaging or soliciting for employment any director, officer or employee of the other company;

 

    no director or officer of the Company or NETGEAR will be liable to the other company or to the stockholders of either for breach of any duty by reason of any such activities of the Company or NETGEAR, as applicable, or for the presentation or direction to the Company or NETGEAR of, or participation in, any such activities, by a director or officer of the Company or NETGEAR, as applicable; and

 

    NETGEAR will have no duty to present any corporate opportunity to us which may be a corporate opportunity for NETGEAR and us, and NETGEAR will not be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as our stockholder by reason of the fact that NETGEAR pursues or acquires that corporate opportunity for itself, directs that corporate opportunity to another person or does not present that corporate opportunity to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the foregoing will not be deemed exclusive of any other waiver of a corporate opportunity by the Company or our board of directors. The corporate opportunity provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will cease to apply and have no further force and effect from and after the date that both (1) NETGEAR ceases to be the beneficial owner of shares of our capital stock representing at least a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of our voting stock and (2) no person who is a director or officer of the Company is also a director or officer of NETGEAR.

 

161


Table of Contents

Limitations on Liability, Indemnification of Officers and Directors and Insurance

Elimination of Liability of Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties as directors, and Arlo’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include such an exculpation provision. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, no director will be personally liable to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. While our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide directors with protection from awards for monetary damages for breaches of their duty of care, it will not eliminate this duty. Accordingly, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will have no effect on the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission based on a director’s breach of his or her duty of care. The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described above apply to an officer of Arlo only if he or she is a director of Arlo and is acting in his or her capacity as director, and do not apply to officers of Arlo who are not directors.

Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees

Our amended and restated bylaws will require us to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed legal proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of Arlo, or is or was a director or officer of Arlo serving at the request of Arlo as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such legal proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Arlo and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

We will be authorized under our amended and restated bylaws to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of Arlo, or is or was a director or officer of Arlo serving at the request of Arlo as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify the person pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated bylaws.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of fiduciary duty. These provisions also may reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment in our common stock may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards under these indemnification provisions. There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding against any Arlo directors or officers for which indemnification is sought.

Registration Rights

For a description of the registration rights available to NETGEAR, see the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR—Arrangements between NETGEAR and Our Company—Registration Rights Agreement .”

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless the board of directors otherwise determines, the state courts located within the State of Delaware or, if no state court located in the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal court for the District of Delaware, will be the sole and exclusive

 

162


Table of Contents

forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of Arlo, any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of Arlo to Arlo or Arlo’s stockholders, any action asserting a claim against Arlo or any director or officer of Arlo arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against Arlo or any director or officer of Arlo governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without your approval. We may use additional shares for a variety of purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, to fund acquisitions and as employee compensation. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of Arlo by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Listing

We have applied to list our shares of common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ARLO.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for Arlo’s common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

163


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

We cannot predict with certainty the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. We also cannot predict with certainty whether or when the distribution or other disposition will occur, or if NETGEAR will otherwise sell its remaining shares of our common stock. The sale of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market or the perception that such sales could occur could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have 72,715,000 shares of our common stock outstanding (74,247,250 shares of our common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). This includes 10,215,000 shares of common stock (11,747,250 shares of our common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) that we are selling in this offering, which shares may be resold in the public market immediately following this offering unless purchased by our affiliates.

The 62,500,000 shares of common stock that are not offered in this offering, as well as shares reserved for future issuance under our stock plans, will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Any shares registered pursuant to the registration rights agreement described in “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR ” will be freely tradable in the public market following the 145-day lock-up period applicable to NETGEAR. See the section titled “ Underwriting .”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus a person (or persons whose shares of our common stock are required to be aggregated) who is an affiliate of ours is entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares of our common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 727,150 shares immediately after completion of this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume in the shares of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such a sale,

except that, in the case of restricted securities, at least six months have elapsed since the later of the date such shares were acquired from us or any of our affiliates.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. An “affiliate” of ours is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with us.

Under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who holds shares of our common stock that are restricted securities, may sell such shares provided that at least six months have elapsed since the later of the date such shares were acquired from us or from any of our affiliates and subject to the availability of current information about us. If at least one year has elapsed since the later of the date such shares of our common stock were acquired from us or from any of our affiliates, such non-affiliate of ours may sell such shares without restriction under Rule 144.

 

164


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

We, NETGEAR and our executive officers and directors have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for 145 days, in the case of NETGEAR, and for 180 days, in our case and the case of our directors and executive officers, after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., except for sales of common stock to our parent company, NETGEAR, to the extent necessary to enable it to maintain ownership of at least 80.1% of our outstanding common stock until the occurrence of the distribution. See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR .” Any such shares acquired by NETGEAR would be subject to the lock-up agreement that NETGEAR has entered into described above. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., on behalf of the underwriters may, at any time, waive these restrictions.

See the section titled “ Underwriting ” for a more detailed description of the lock-up agreements that we, NETGEAR and our executive officers and directors will enter into with the underwriters.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, NETGEAR will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of the sale of our common stock under the Securities Act. Registration of the sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with NETGEAR—Arrangements between NETGEAR and Our Company—Registration Rights Agreement .”

Registration Statement

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock plans. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. Upon effectiveness, the shares of common stock covered by that registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the lock-up agreements described herein.

The Distribution

Following this offering, NETGEAR will own 62,500,000 shares of our common stock, representing approximately 86.0% of the outstanding shares of our common stock (or approximately 84.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). NETGEAR has informed us that, at some time in the future, but no earlier than the expiration or earlier termination of the 145-day lock-up period applicable to NETGEAR described under the section titled “ Underwriting ,” it intends to effect a distribution of its remaining ownership interest in us to its stockholders in a transaction that is generally expected to be tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. NETGEAR has no obligation to effect the distribution, and it may retain its ownership interest in us indefinitely or dispose of all or a portion of its ownership interest in us in a sale or other transaction. Any such distribution or other disposition by NETGEAR of its remaining interest in us (each, an “other disposition”) would be subject to market, tax and legal considerations, final approval by the NETGEAR board of directors and other customary requirements. NETGEAR has no obligation to pursue or consummate any further disposition of its ownership interest in us by any specified date or at all.

 

165


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a general discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) who acquire such shares in this offering and hold such shares as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) such trust has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial opinions, published positions of the IRS and other applicable authorities, each as of the date hereof. All of these authorities are subject to change and differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect, and any such change or differing interpretation could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of such non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances. This discussion may not apply, in whole or in part, to particular non-U.S. holders in light of their individual circumstances or to holders subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (such as, for example, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, brokers or dealers in securities, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” partnerships (or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships) for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other “flow-through” entities or investors therein, non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, and certain U.S. expatriates). This discussion also does not address any considerations under U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to the income tax, nor does it address any considerations under any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address any considerations with respect to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act of 2010 (including the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, any intergovernmental agreements entered in connection therewith and any laws, regulations or practices adopted in connection with any such agreement). Prospective investors should consult with their own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences to them of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, including with respect to the applicability and effect of any U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income tax laws or any tax treaty, and any changes (or proposed changes) in tax laws or interpretations thereof.

If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons who are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, treated as partners in a partnership holding our common stock should consult their tax advisor as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to them.

 

166


Table of Contents

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK. PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS.

Dividends

In general, subject to the discussion below regarding “effectively connected” dividends, any distribution we make to a non-U.S. holder with respect to shares of our common stock that constitutes a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount, unless the non-U.S. holder is eligible for an exemption from, or reduced rate of, such withholding tax under an applicable tax treaty and the non-U.S. holder provides proper certification of its eligibility for such exemption or reduced rate. A distribution with respect to shares of our common stock will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our common stock and, to the extent it exceeds the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our common stock, as gain from the sale or exchange of such stock.

Dividends we pay to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by such non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment of such non-U.S. holder in the United States) will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax, as described above, if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis, in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. Any such “effectively connected” dividends received by a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty).

Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock

In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such non-U.S. holder in the United States);

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual and is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation (which we refer to as an “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of such disposition or such non-U.S. holder’s holding period of such shares of our common stock.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at regular U.S. federal income tax rates, generally in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. If the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the branch profits tax described above also may apply to such effectively connected gain.

 

167


Table of Contents

Gain described in the second bullet point above generally will be subject to a flat 30% tax, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, if any, of the non-U.S. holder.

We believe we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, no assurance can be given that we are not or will not become a USRPHC. If we were or were to become a USRPHC, however, any gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder that did not own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock during the applicable period would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, provided that our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” (within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code).

Backup Withholding, Information Reporting and Other Reporting Requirements

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends. These reporting requirements apply regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of any such information returns may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

A non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 24%) on dividends paid with respect to such non-U.S. holder’s shares of our common stock unless such holder certifies under penalties of perjury that, among other things, it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code).

Information reporting and backup withholding generally is not required with respect to any proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. However, if a non-U.S. holder sells or otherwise disposes of its shares of our common stock through a U.S. broker or the U.S. offices of a foreign broker, the broker will generally be required to report the amount of proceeds paid to the non-U.S. holder to the IRS, and may also be required to backup withhold on such proceeds unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury that, among other things, it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code). Information reporting will also apply if a non-U.S. holder sells its shares of our common stock through a foreign broker with certain specified connections to the United States, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that such non-U.S. holder is a non-U.S. person and certain other conditions are met, or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code).

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, or refunded, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

 

168


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter   

Number

of Shares

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Guggenheim Securities LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

Imperial Capital, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $                per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Per Share      Without Option      With Option  

Public offering price

   $      $      $  

Underwriting discount

   $      $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $      $      $  

 

169


Table of Contents

The expenses of this offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $7.4 million and are payable by us. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount not to exceed $50,000.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,532,250 additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, NETGEAR and our executive officers and directors have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 145 days, in the case of NETGEAR, and for 180 days, in our case and the case of our directors and executive officers, after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

 

    offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

 

    sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

 

    purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

 

    grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

 

    lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

 

    request or demand that we file or make a confidential submission of a registration statement related to the common stock, or

 

    enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Listing

We expect the shares to be approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “ARLO.”

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

 

    the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us,

 

170


Table of Contents
    our financial information,

 

    the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete,

 

    an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

 

    the present state of our development and

 

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

 

171


Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as email.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Reserved Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and other persons designated by us. If these persons purchase reserved shares, it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (a “Member State”), no offer of ordinary shares which are the subject of this offering has been, or will be made to the public in that Member State, other than under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of ordinary shares referred to in (a) to (c) above shall result in a requirement for Arlo or any representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive, or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person located in a Member State to whom any offer of ordinary shares is made or who receives any communication in respect of an offer of ordinary shares, or who initially acquires any ordinary shares will be deemed to have represented, warranted, acknowledged and agreed to and with each Representative and the Company that (1) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and (2) in the case of any ordinary shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the ordinary shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to,

 

172


Table of Contents

persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or where ordinary shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those ordinary shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

Arlo, the representatives and their respective affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgments and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly, any person making or intending to make an offer in that Member State of shares which are the subject of this offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for Arlo or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither Arlo nor the representatives have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for Arlo or the representatives to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of ordinary shares to the public” in relation to any ordinary shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the ordinary shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the ordinary shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Member State.

The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at, persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”), and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or this offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to this offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular,

 

173


Table of Contents

this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, in relation to this offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under this offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any

 

174


Table of Contents

person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of Non-CIS Securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Non-CIS Securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the Non-CIS Securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Non-CIS Securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (b) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (c) where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (d) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (e) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

 

175


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts ( NI 33-105 ), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

176


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

The validity of the common stock offered hereby and certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed on for us by Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, New York, New York. Certain legal matters will be passed on for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California.

EXPERTS

The combined financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the SEC regarding this offering. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement, and you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits to read that information. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract or document. Following the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

You may read and copy the registration statement and the related exhibits, and the reports, proxy statements and other information we will file with the SEC, at the SEC’s public reference room maintained at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can also request copies of those documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file with the SEC. The website is www.sec.gov.

 

177


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors of NETGEAR, Inc. and the Shareholder of Arlo Technologies, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Arlo (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related combined statements of operations, equity and cash flows for the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “combined financial statements”). In our opinion, the combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s combined financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these combined financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

April 16, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ARLO

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     As of      As of December 31,  
     April 1,
2018
     2017      2016  
     (Unaudited)                
     (In thousands)  
ASSETS         

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 178      $ 108      $ 220  

Accounts receivable, net

     102,259        157,680        81,842  

Inventories

     103,849        82,952        47,717  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,484        3,018        3,430  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     209,770        243,758        133,209  

Property and equipment, net

     3,668        3,883        2,031  

Intangibles, net

     3,967        4,348        6,281  

Goodwill

     15,638        15,638        15,638  

Other non-current assets

     2,708        2,193        1,422  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 235,751      $ 269,820      $ 158,581  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY         

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 20,664      $ 20,711      $ 21,133  

Deferred revenue

     25,634        34,072        16,395  

Accrued liabilities

     81,222        76,097        40,714  

Income taxes payable

     349        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     127,869        130,880        78,242  

Non-current deferred revenue

     14,786        13,332        6,998  

Non-current income taxes payable

     159        189        167  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     142,814        144,401        85,407  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

        

Equity:

        

Net parent investment

     92,937        125,419        73,174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     92,937        125,419        73,174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 235,751      $ 269,820      $ 158,581  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ARLO

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Three Months Ended     Year Ended December 31,  
     April 1,
2018
    April 2,
2017
    2017      2016  
     (Unaudited)        
     (In thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 100,638     $ 61,803     $ 370,658      $ 184,604  

Cost of revenue

     71,585       45,450       279,424        146,570  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     29,053       16,353       91,234        38,034  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development

     12,025       7,984       34,683        24,438  

Sales and marketing

     11,212       5,721       34,340        18,455  

General and administrative

     4,878       2,745       15,096        8,289  

Separation expense

     6,557       —         1,384         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     34,672       16,450       85,503        51,182  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (5,619     (97     5,731        (13,148

Other income (expense), net

     575       340       1,946        (512
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (5,044     243       7,677        (13,660

Provision for income taxes

     319       219       1,128        83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (5,363   $ 24     $ 6,549      $ (13,743
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ARLO

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

 

     Net Parent
Investment
 
     (In thousands)  

Total equity as of December 31, 2015

   $ 41,533  

Net loss

     (13,743

Net transfer from parent

     43,864  

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,520  
  

 

 

 

Total equity as of December 31, 2016

   $ 73,174  
  

 

 

 

Net income

     6,549  

Net transfer from parent

     43,245  

Stock-based compensation expense

     2,451  
  

 

 

 

Total equity as of December 31, 2017

   $ 125,419  
  

 

 

 

Net loss (unaudited)

     (5,363

Net transfer to parent (unaudited)

     (24,910

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

     852  

Cumulative impact from adoption of ASC 606, net of tax (unaudited)

     (3,061
  

 

 

 

Total equity as of April 1, 2018 (unaudited)

   $ 92,937  
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ARLO

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Three Months Ended     Year Ended December 31,  
     April 1,
2018
    April 2,
2017
    2017     2016  
     (Unaudited)        
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Net income (loss)

   $ (5,363   $ 24     $ 6,549     $ (13,743

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     887       953       3,740       2,128  

Stock-based compensation expense

     852       678       2,451       1,520  

Deferred income taxes

     —         (71     (388     (665

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisition

        

Accounts receivable, net

     56,248       20,641       (75,838     (46,338

Inventories

     (21,274     (19,579     (35,235     (22,095

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (737     761       62       (2,526

Accounts payable

     35       (12,615     (350     11,509  

Deferred revenue

     2,583       2,057       24,011       14,176  

Accrued liabilities

     (8,160     (4,502     35,990       22,859  

Income taxes payable

     319       289       23       105  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     25,390       (11,364     (38,985     (33,070
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Purchases of property and equipment

     (410     (1,131     (3,578     (1,482

Payments made in connection with business acquisition, net of cash acquired

     —         (737     (737     (8,807
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (410     (1,868     (4,315     (10,289
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Net investment from (to) parent

     (24,910     13,138       43,188       43,579  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (24,910     13,138       43,188       43,579  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     70       (94     (112     220  

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of year

     108       220       220       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of year

   $ 178     $ 126     $ 108     $ 220  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. The Company, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company

Arlo (“Arlo” or the “Company”) combines an intelligent cloud infrastructure and mobile app with a variety of smart connected devices that transform the way people experience the connected lifestyle. Its cloud-based platform creates a seamless, end-to-end connected lifestyle solution that provides users visibility, insight and a powerful means to help protect and connect with the people and things that matter most to them. Arlo enables users to monitor their environments and engage in real-time with their families and businesses from any location with a Wi-Fi or a cellular network internet connection. The Company conducts business across three geographic regions — Americas; Europe, Middle-East and Africa (“EMEA”); and Asia Pacific (“APAC”) — and primarily generates revenue by selling devices through retail channels, wholesale distribution and wireless carrier channels and paid subscription services through in-app purchases.

The Company currently operates as an operating segment of NETGEAR, Inc. (“NETGEAR”), as discussed in the Basis of Presentation below. On February 6, 2018, NETGEAR announced that its board of directors had unanimously approved the pursuit of a separation of its Arlo business from NETGEAR. NETGEAR announced that the separation was expected to be effected through an initial public offering (the “Offering”) of newly issued shares of the common stock of Arlo Technologies, Inc., which would hold the Arlo business. NETGEAR expects Arlo Technologies, Inc. to issue less than 20% of its common stock in the Offering, with NETGEAR to retain the remaining interest.

Cash and cash equivalents was $0.2 million as of April 1, 2018 (unaudited). Cash generated from operations was $25.4 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018 (unaudited). Cash and cash equivalents was $0.1 million as of December 31, 2017 and cash used from operations were $39.0 million and $33.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Currently, Arlo is dependent on NETGEAR for its continued support to fund Arlo’s operations, without which Arlo would need to curtail its operations. NETGEAR currently intends to use reasonable efforts to provide Arlo such funding as may be necessary to permit Arlo to fund its operations while Arlo is a wholly owned subsidiary of NETGEAR. This support is expected to terminate on the earliest of (i) September 1, 2019, (ii) the time immediately prior to the completion of the Offering and (iii) the time immediately prior to the completion of a distribution of shares of Arlo Technologies, Inc.’s common stock held by NETGEAR to its stockholders. Arlo Technologies, Inc. was incorporated in January 2018 in contemplation of the Offering. NETGEAR intends to contribute to Arlo Technologies, Inc. certain assets and liabilities that comprise the Arlo business in connection with the separation prior to the completion of the Offering.

Basis of Presentation

The combined financial statements of Arlo have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of NETGEAR as if Arlo had operated on a stand-alone basis during the periods presented and were prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Historically, Arlo was reported as an operating segment within NETGEAR’s reportable segments and did not operate as a stand-alone company. Accordingly, NETGEAR historically reported the financial position and the related results of operations, cash flows and changes in equity of Arlo as a component of NETGEAR’s consolidated financial statements.

The combined financial statements are presented as if Arlo had been carved out of NETGEAR for all periods presented. Prior to the completion of the Offering, certain assets and liabilities presented will transfer to Arlo at carry-over (historical cost) basis.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Arlo was historically funded as part of NETGEAR’s treasury program. Cash and cash equivalents were primarily centrally managed through bank accounts legally owned by NETGEAR. Accordingly, Cash and cash equivalents held by NETGEAR at the corporate level were not attributable to Arlo for any of the periods presented. Only cash amounts legally owned by entities dedicated to the Arlo business are reflected in the combined balance sheets. Transfers of cash, both to and from NETGEAR’s treasury program, are reflected as a component of Net parent investment in the combined balance sheets and as a financing activity on the accompanying combined statements of cash flows.

As the functional departments that make up Arlo were not historically held by a single legal entity, total Net parent investment is shown in lieu of equity in the combined financial statements. Balances between Arlo and NETGEAR that were not historically cash settled are included in Net parent investment. Balances between Arlo and NETGEAR that were historically cash settled are included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Accrued liabilities on the combined balance sheets. Net parent investment represents NETGEAR’s interest in the recorded assets of Arlo and represents the cumulative investment by NETGEAR in Arlo through the dates presented, inclusive of operating results.

The operating results of Arlo have historically been disclosed as a reportable segment within the consolidated financial statements of NETGEAR enabling identification of directly attributable transactional information, functional departments and headcount. The combined balance sheets were primarily derived by reference to one, or a combination, of Arlo transaction-level information, functional department or headcount. Revenue and Cost of revenue, with the exception of channel sales incentives, were derived from transactional information specific to Arlo products and services. Directly attributable operating expenses were derived from activities relating to Arlo functional departments and headcount. Certain additional costs, including compensation costs for corporate employees, have been allocated from NETGEAR. The allocated costs for corporate functions included, but were not limited to, executive management, information technology, legal, finance and accounting, human resources, tax, treasury, research and development, sales and marketing activities, shared facilities and other shared services, which are not provided at the Arlo level. These costs were allocated on a basis of revenue, headcount or other measures Arlo has determined as reasonable.

Arlo employees also historically participated in NETGEAR’s stock-based incentive plans, in the form of restricted stock units (“RSUs”), stock options, and purchase rights issued pursuant to NETGEAR’s employee stock purchase plan. Stock-based compensation expense has been either directly reported by or allocated to Arlo based on the awards and terms previously granted to NETGEAR’s employees.

Allocations for management costs and corporate support services provided to Arlo totaled $13.8 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018 (unaudited), which included $4.3 million for research and development, $4.6 million for sales and marketing and $4.9 million for general and administrative expense, and $6.9 million for the three months ended April 2, 2017 (unaudited), which included $2.0 million for research and development, $2.2 million for sales and marketing and $2.7 million for general and administrative expense. Allocations amounted to $40.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, which included $11.8 million for research and development, $13.1 million for sales and marketing and $15.1 million for general and administrative expense, and $20.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, which included $5.9 million for research and development, $6.4 million for sales and marketing and $8.3 million for general and administrative expense. Arlo expects to incur additional expenses as a stand-alone publicly traded company. It is not practicable to estimate actual costs that would have been incurred had Arlo been a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

The management of Arlo believes the assumptions underlying the combined financial statements, including the assumptions regarding the allocated expenses, reasonably reflect the utilization of services provided, or the benefit received by, Arlo during the periods presented. Nevertheless, the combined financial

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

statements may not be indicative of Arlo’s future performance, do not necessarily include all of the actual expenses that would have been incurred had Arlo been an independent entity during the historical periods and may not reflect the results of operations, financial position, and cash flows had Arlo been a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

During the periods presented in the combined financial statements, the operations of Arlo are included in the consolidated U.S. federal, and certain state and local and foreign income tax returns filed by NETGEAR, where applicable. Income tax expense and other income tax related information contained in the combined financial statements are presented on a separate return basis as if Arlo had filed its own tax returns. The income taxes of Arlo as presented in the combined financial statements may not be indicative of the income taxes that Arlo will generate in the future. Additionally, certain tax attributes such as net operating losses or credit carryforwards are presented on a separate return basis, and accordingly, may differ in the future. In jurisdictions where Arlo has been included in the tax returns filed by NETGEAR, any income tax receivables resulting from the related income tax provisions have been reflected in the balance sheet within Net parent investment.

Net income (loss) per share data has not been presented in the combined financial statements because Arlo did not operate as a separate legal entity with its own capital structure during the periods presented.

Fiscal periods

The Company’s fiscal year begins on January 1 of the year stated and ends on December 31 of the same year. The Company reports its results on a fiscal quarter basis rather than on a calendar quarter basis. Under the fiscal quarter basis, each of the first three fiscal quarters ends on the Sunday closest to the calendar quarter end, with the fourth quarter ending on December 31.

Use of estimates

The preparation of these combined financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Interim Combined Financial Statements

The accompanying interim combined balance sheet as of April 1, 2018, the interim combined statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017, and the interim combined statement of equity for the three months ended April 1, 2018 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited combined financial statements, and in management’s opinion, includes all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of April 1, 2018 and its results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in the notes to these combined financial statements related to the three-month periods are also unaudited. The results of operations for the three months ended April 1, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year or any other period.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Certain risks and uncertainties

The Company’s products are concentrated in the connected lifestyle solution industries, which are characterized by rapid technological advances, changes in customer requirements and evolving regulatory

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

requirements and industry standards. The success of the Company depends on management’s ability to anticipate and/or to respond quickly and adequately to such changes. Any significant delays in the development or introduction of products and services could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company relies on a limited number of third parties to manufacture all of its products. If any of the Company’s third-party manufacturers cannot or will not manufacture its products in required volumes, on a cost-effective basis, in a timely manner or at all, the Company will have to secure additional manufacturing capacity. Any interruption or delay in manufacturing could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

Concentration of credit risk

The Company’s customers are primarily retailers and wholesale distributors who sell or distribute the products to a large group of end-users. The Company regularly performs credit evaluations of the Company’s customers’ financial condition and considers factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable balances, geographic or country-specific risks and current economic conditions that may affect customers’ ability to pay. The Company does not require collateral from its customers.

Historically, a substantial portion of the Company’s revenue has been derived from a limited number of retailers and wholesale distribution partners. As of December 31, 2017, two customers accounted for 45.6% and 11.3% of the Company’s total accounts receivable, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, two customers accounted for 55.1% and 11.0% of the Company’s total accounts receivable, respectively. No other customer accounted for 10% or greater of the Company’s total accounts receivable.

Fair value measurements

The carrying amounts of the Company’s accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short maturities.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed quarterly and adjusted if necessary based on the Company’s assessments of its customers’ ability to pay. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers should deteriorate or if actual defaults are higher than the Company’s historical experience, additional allowances may be required, which could have an adverse impact on operating expenses.

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods which are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value, with cost being determined using the first-in, first-out method. The Company writes down its inventories based on estimated excess and obsolete inventories determined primarily based on demand forecasts, but takes into account market conditions, product development plans, product life expectancy and other factors. At the point of loss recognition, a new, lower cost basis for that inventory is established, and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase of the newly established cost basis. While management believes the estimates and assumptions underlying its current forecasts are reasonable, there is risk that additional charges may be necessary if current forecasts are greater than actual demand.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

Computer equipment      2 years  
Furniture and fixtures      5 years  
Software      2-5 years  
Machinery and equipment      2-3 years  
Leasehold improvements      Shorter of the remaining lease term or 5 years  

Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. The carrying value of the asset is reviewed on a regular basis for the existence of facts, both internal and external, that may suggest impairment. Charges related to the impairment of property and equipment were insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Goodwill

Goodwill attributed to Arlo pertained to the acquisitions of Avaak, Inc. (“Avaak”) and Placemeter, Inc. (“Placemeter”). Goodwill represents the purchase price over estimated fair value of net assets of businesses acquired in a business combination. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually on the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter. Should certain events or indicators of impairment occur between annual impairment tests, the Company will perform the impairment test as those events or indicators occur. Examples of such events or circumstances include a significant decline in the Company’s expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate and slower growth rates.

Starting from the fourth fiscal quarter of 2017, the Company prospectively adopted Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2017-04, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.” Refer to Recent accounting pronouncements below for further discussion of the impact from the adoption of ASU 2017-04.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. The qualitative assessment considers macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall company financial performance, and events affecting the reporting units. If the reporting unit does not pass the qualitative assessment, the Company estimates its fair value and compares the fair value with the carrying value of its reporting unit, including goodwill. If the fair value is greater than the carrying value of its reporting unit, no impairment is recorded. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount that the carrying amount of a reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds its fair value, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The impairment charge would be recorded to earnings in the statements of operations.

The Company completed the annual impairment test of goodwill as of the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter of 2017 and 2016, or October 2, 2017 and October 3, 2016, respectively. The Company identified that it has one reporting unit for the purpose of goodwill impairment testing and the reporting unit is at the same level

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

as its operating segment and reportable segment. The Company performed a qualitative test for goodwill impairment for fiscal 2017 and 2016. Based upon the results of the qualitative testing, the respective fair value was substantially in excess of the carrying value. The Company believes that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value is greater than its carrying value and therefore performing the next step of impairment test was unnecessary. No goodwill impairment was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

The Company does not believe it is likely that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions the Company uses to test for impairment loss on goodwill. However, if the actual results are not consistent with the Company’s estimates or assumptions, the Company may be exposed to an impairment charge that could be material.

Intangibles, net

Intangibles, net attributed to Arlo pertained to the acquisitions of Avaak and Placemeter. Purchased intangibles with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from three to five years. Finite-lived intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Examples of such events or circumstances include the following: a significant decrease in the market price of the asset, a significant decline in the Company’s expected future cash flows, significant changes or planned changes in its use of the assets, and a significant adverse change in the business climate. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future net cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. The carrying value of the asset is reviewed on a regular basis for the existence of facts, both internal and external, that may suggest impairment.

During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no events or changes in circumstances that indicated the carrying amount of the Company’s finite-lived assets may not be recoverable from their undiscounted cash flows. Consequently, the Company did not perform an impairment test and did not record any impairments to intangibles during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Adoption of ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606)

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606) (“ASC 606”) and applied this guidance to those contracts which were not completed at the date of adoption using the modified retrospective method. The comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods (ASC 605). Refer to Note 2, Revenue Recognition , for accounting policies applicable upon the adoption of ASC 606. The following accounting policies relating to warranty obligations , revenue recognition , sales incentives and shipping and handling fees and costs are under Topic 605 and were replaced as of January 1, 2018 upon adoption.

Warranty obligations

The Company provides for estimated future warranty obligations at the time revenue is recognized. The Company’s standard warranty obligation to its direct customers generally provides for a right of return of any product for a full refund in the event that such product is not merchantable or is found to be damaged or defective. At the time revenue is recognized, an estimate of future warranty returns is recorded to reduce revenue in the amount of the expected credit or refund to be provided to its direct customers. At the time the Company records the reduction to revenue related to warranty returns, the Company includes within cost of revenue a write-down to reduce the carrying value of such products to net realizable value. The Company’s standard

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

warranty obligation to its end-users provides for replacement of a defective product for one or more years. Factors that affect the warranty obligation include product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures. The estimated cost associated with fulfilling the Company’s warranty obligation to end-users is recorded in cost of revenue. Because the Company’s products are manufactured by third-party manufacturers, in certain cases the Company has recourse to the third-party manufacturer for replacement or credit for the defective products. The Company gives consideration to amounts recoverable from its third-party manufacturers in determining its warranty liability.

Revenue recognition

Revenue from product sales is generally recognized at the time the product is shipped, provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. Currently, for some of the Company’s customers, title passes to the customer upon delivery to the port or country of destination, upon their receipt of the product, or upon the customer’s resale of the product. At the end of each fiscal quarter, the Company estimates and defers revenue related to product where title has not transferred. The revenue continues to be deferred until such time that title passes to the customer. The Company assesses collectability based on a number of factors, including general economic and market conditions, past transaction history with the customer, and the creditworthiness of the customer. If the Company determines that collection is not reasonably assured, then revenue is deferred until receipt of the payment from the customer.

A large majority of the Company’s product offerings consist of multiple elements. The Company’s multiple-element product offerings include hardware with services, which are considered separate units of accounting. In general, the hardware is delivered up front, while the services are delivered over the stated service period, or the estimated useful life. The services are delivered over the service period whether included in a multiple-element offering or not. The Company allocates revenue to the deliverables based upon their relative selling price. Revenue allocated to each unit of accounting is then recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured.

When applying the relative selling price method, the Company determines the selling price for each deliverable using vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value of the deliverable, or when VSOE of fair value is unavailable, its best estimate of selling price (“ESP”), as the Company has determined it is unable to establish third-party evidence of selling price for the deliverables. In determining VSOE, the Company requires that a substantial majority of the selling prices for a deliverable sold on a stand-alone basis fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range, generally evidenced by approximately 80% of such historical stand-alone transactions falling within +/-15% of the median price. The Company determines ESP for a deliverable by considering multiple factors, including, but not limited to, market conditions, competitive landscape, internal costs, gross margin objectives and pricing practices. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the deliverable were sold on a stand-alone basis. The determination of ESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by the Company’s management, taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy.

Certain distributors and retailers generally have the right to return product for stock rotation purposes. Upon shipment of the product, the Company reduces revenue for an estimate of potential future product warranty and stock rotation returns related to the current period product revenue. Management analyzes historical returns, channel inventory levels, current economic trends and changes in customer demand for the Company’s products when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for sales returns, namely warranty and stock rotation returns. Revenue on shipments is also reduced for estimated price protection and sales incentives deemed to be contra-revenue under the authoritative guidance for revenue recognition.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Sales incentives

The Company accrues for sales incentives as a marketing expense if it receives an identifiable benefit in exchange and can reasonably estimate the fair value of the identifiable benefit received; otherwise, it is recorded as a reduction to revenues. As a consequence, the Company records a substantial portion of its channel marketing costs as a reduction of revenue.

The Company records estimated reductions to revenues for sales incentives at the later of when the related revenue is recognized or when the program is offered to the customer or end consumer.

Shipping and handling fees and costs

The Company includes shipping and handling fees billed to customers in revenue. Shipping and handling costs associated with inbound freight are included in Cost of revenue. In cases where the Company gives a freight allowance to the customer for their own inbound freight costs, such costs are recorded as a reduction in Revenue. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight totaled $2.8 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Research and development

Costs incurred in the research and development of new products are expensed as incurred.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Total advertising and promotional expenses for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017 (unaudited) were $2.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively. Total advertising and promotional expenses were $10.8 million, and $6.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Stock-based compensation

The Company’s employees have historically participated in NETGEAR’s stock-based compensation plans. Stock-based compensation expense has been allocated to the Company based on the awards and terms previously granted to the Company’s employees as well as an allocation of NETGEAR’s corporate and shared functional employee expenses. The Company measures stock-based compensation at the grant date based on the fair value of the award. The fair value of stock options and the shares offered under the employee stock purchase plan is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Estimated compensation cost relating to RSUs is based on the closing fair market value of NETGEAR’s common stock on the date of grant.

Compensation expense for equity awards is recognized over the vesting period of the award under a graded vesting method. The Company adopted the ASU 2016-09, “Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting,” which simplifies the accounting for share-based payment transactions, in the first fiscal quarter of 2017. Upon adoption of the ASU 2016-09, the Company elected to account for forfeitures as they occur, rather than estimating expected forfeitures. Additionally, the Company prospectively recorded all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies arising from stock awards vesting or settlement as income tax expense or benefit rather than in equity. Refer to Recent accounting pronouncements below for a further discussion of the impact from the adoption of ASU 2016-09, and refer to Note 7, Employee Benefit Plans , for a further discussion on stock-based compensation.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Foreign currency translation and re-measurement

The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Foreign currency transactions of international subsidiaries are re-measured into U.S. dollars at the end-of-period exchange rates for monetary assets and liabilities, and at historical exchange rates for non-monetary assets. Revenue is re-measured at average exchange rates in effect during each period. Expenses are re-measured at average exchange rates in effect during each period, except for expenses related to non-monetary assets, which are re-measured at historical exchange rates. Gains and losses arising from foreign currency transactions are included in Other income (expense), net on the statements of operations.

Related party transactions

Related party transactions and activities are conducted on terms equivalent to those that would prevail in an arm’s-length transaction where conditions of competitive, free-market dealing may exist. The related party transactions between Arlo and NETGEAR are settled in cash and are reflected in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Accrued liabilities on the combined balance sheets.

Net parent investment

Net parent investment on the combined balance sheets represents NETGEAR’s historical investment in Arlo, the net effect of transactions with, and allocations from, NETGEAR, and Arlo’s accumulated earnings.

Income taxes

The Company has adopted the separate return approach for the purpose of the Arlo financial statements, including the income tax provisions and the related deferred tax assets and liabilities. The historic operations of the Arlo business reflect a separate return approach for each jurisdiction in which Arlo had a presence and NETGEAR filed a tax return.

The Company records a provision for income taxes for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations using the asset and liability method. Under this method, the Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company records valuation allowances to reduce its deferred tax assets to the net amount that it believes is more likely than not to be realized. Its assessment considers the recognition of deferred tax assets on a jurisdictional basis. Accordingly, in assessing its future taxable income on a jurisdictional basis, the Company considers the effect of its transfer pricing policies on that income. The Company has placed a valuation allowance against U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets since the recovery of the assets is uncertain.

The Company recognizes tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if it believes that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. As the Company expands internationally, it will face increased complexity in determining the appropriate tax jurisdictions for revenue and expense items which may differ from that of NETGEAR. The Company’s policy is to adjust these reserves when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on its financial condition and operating results. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any accruals that the Company believes are appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law, making significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code. Changes include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings. The recently enacted Tax Act significantly changed how the United States taxes corporations. At this time, significant judgment is required in implementing the law due to the lack of sufficient interpretive guidance from the U.S. or state regulatory bodies and standards settings bodies. Computations required are complex and data-intensive. The amounts reported as of December 31, 2017, are provisional based on the uncertainty discussed above. As guidance becomes available, the Company will adjust its calculations and provisional amounts that it has recorded in its tax provision.

Recent accounting pronouncements

As an “emerging growth company” (“EGC”), the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”) allows the Company to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies, unless the Company otherwise irrevocably elects not to avail itself of this exemption. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. The Company did not make such an irrevocable election and the effective dates discussed below reflect the delayed adoption dates applicable to private companies.

Accounting pronouncements recently adopted

ASU 2014-09

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606). The revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 605 (“ASC 605”), Revenue Recognition, is superseded by ASC 606. ASC 606 requires the recognition of revenue when control of promised goods or services is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance should be applied either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented (full retrospective method) or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying this guidance recognized at the date of initial application (modified retrospective method). The guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first fiscal quarter of 2019 and early adoption is permitted. On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 606 and applied this guidance to those contracts which were not completed at the date of adoption using the modified retrospective method. Refer to Note 2, Revenue Recognition for further details.

ASU 2015-11

In July 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-11, “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory” (Topic 330). The new guidance changes the subsequent measurement of inventory from lower of cost or market to lower of cost and net realizable value. ASU 2015-11 should be applied on a prospective basis and was effective for the Company beginning in the first fiscal quarter of 2018 with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted the ASU 2015-11 effective December 31, 2016 on a prospective basis. There was no impact of the adoption on the Company’s combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows and such statements have been presented in accordance with this new guidance.

ASU 2015-17

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes” (Topic 740), which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes. This guidance requires that deferred tax

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

assets and liabilities be classified as non-current in a statement of financial position. ASU 2015-17 may be adopted either prospectively or retrospectively and is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2015-17 effective December 31, 2015 on a prospective basis. The impact of adoption of this ASU has been reflected in the combined financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

ASU 2016-09

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting” (Topic 718), which simplifies the accounting for share-based payment transactions. The new guidance requires excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies to be recorded in the income statement when stock awards vest or are settled. In addition, cash flows related to excess tax benefits will no longer be separately classified as an inflow from financing activities with a corresponding outflow from operating activities but will be classified along with other income tax cash flows as an operating activity. The standard also allows the entity to repurchase more of an employee’s vesting shares for tax withholding purposes without triggering liability accounting, clarifies that all cash payments made to tax authorities on an employee’s behalf for withheld shares should be presented as a financing activity on the cash flows statement, and provides an accounting policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur. The Company adopted the new guidance in the first fiscal quarter of 2017.

Upon adoption on January 1, 2017, the Company prospectively recorded all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies arising from stock awards vesting or settlement as income tax expense or benefit rather than in equity. The Company elected to account for forfeitures as they occur, rather than estimating expected forfeitures, which resulted in an immaterial impact to net parent investment as of January 1, 2017. The Company elected to apply the presentation requirements for cash flows related to excess tax benefits retrospectively to all periods presented.

ASU 2016-16

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, “Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory” (Topic 740), which requires the recognition of the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset, other than inventory, when the transfer occurs. This removes the exception to postpone recognition until the asset has been sold to an outside party. ASU 2016-16 is effective for the Company in the first fiscal quarter of 2019 with early adoption permitted. The Company elected to adopt the new standard on January 1, 2018 (when effective for public companies that are not emerging growth companies). There was no impact on the Company’s combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows as a result of the adoption.

ASU 2017-14

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment” (Topic 350), which simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by removing Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test that requires the determination of the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit. The new guidance requires goodwill impairment to be measured as the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. ASU 2017-04 will be applied prospectively and is effective for the Company in the first fiscal quarter of 2021. The Company early adopted the guidance prospectively during the fourth fiscal quarter of 2017, prior to its annual testing of goodwill impairment. There was no impact on the Company’s combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows as a result of the adoption.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Accounting pronouncements not yet effective

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize on the balance sheets a right-of-use asset, representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term, and a corresponding lease liability for all leases with terms greater than 12 months. The liability will be equal to the present value of lease payments while the right-of-use asset will be based on the liability, subject to adjustment, such as for initial direct costs. In addition, ASU 2016-02 expands the disclosure requirements for lessees. Upon adoption, the Company will be required to record a lease asset and lease liability related to its operating leases. ASU 2016-02 will be applied using a modified retrospective transition method and is effective for the Company in the first fiscal quarter of 2020 (or the first fiscal quarter of 2019 should the Company cease to be classified as an EGC), with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the update will have on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (Topic 326), which replaces the incurred-loss impairment methodology and requires immediate recognition of estimated credit losses expected to occur for most financial assets, including trade receivables. ASU 2016-13 is effective for the Company beginning in the first fiscal quarter of 2021 (or the first fiscal quarter of 2020 should the Company cease to be classified as an EGC), with early adoption permitted. The Company continues to assess the potential impact of the new guidance, but does not expect it to have material impacts on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

With the exception of the new standards discussed above, there have been no other new accounting pronouncements that have significance, or potential significance, to the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Note 2. Revenue Recognition

Adoption of ASC 606

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 606 and applied this guidance to those contracts which were not completed at the date of adoption using the modified retrospective method. The Company recognized the cumulative effect of initially applying ASC 606 as an adjustment to the opening balance of Net parent investment. The comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods (ASC 605). The adoption had an impact of ($3.1) million to the opening balance of Net parent investment. The adoption did not have a material impact to the nature and timing of its revenues and cash flows. Refer to the tables below for the impacts of adopting ASC 606 on the Company’s balance sheet as of April 1, 2018 and statement of operations for the three months ended April 1, 2018.

The majority of sales revenue continues to be recognized when control of the product transfers to customer upon shipment or delivery. The primary impact of adopting ASC 606 relates to the establishment of liability estimates for channel rebates and discounts upon revenue recognition on the basis of customary business practice. Under ASC 606, the Company is required to estimate for rebates and discounts ahead of commitment date if customary business practice creates an implied expectation that such activities will occur in the future. The Company utilizes channel rebates and discounts to stimulate end user demand. Consequently, this change in guidance results in an adjustment to the statement of financial position to accelerate the recording of liabilities for yet to be committed channel marketing rebates and discounts upon adoption. Further, under ASC 606, deferred revenue balances are to be booked at an amount that reflects only the amounts expected to be received for future obligations. As such, an adjustment was made to allocate variable consideration to deferred revenue. Additionally, the balance sheet presentation of certain reserve balances previously shown net within Accounts receivable are now presented as refund liabilities within Accrued liabilities and deferrals for undelivered shipments with destination shipping terms are now removed from receivables and deferred revenue.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The following table summarizes the impacts of adopting ASC 606 on the Company’s unaudited combined balance sheet for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2018 as an adjustment to the opening balances:

 

     As of
December 31,
2017
     Adjustments      As of
January 1,
2018
 
            (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)  
            (In thousands)         

Assets:

        

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 157,680      $ 827      $ 158,507  

Inventories

   $ 82,952      $ (377    $ 82,575  

Other non-current assets

   $ 2,193      $ 244      $ 2,437  

Liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 20,711      $ (48    $ 20,663  

Deferred revenue

   $ 34,072      $ (9,326    $ 24,746  

Accrued liabilities

   $ 76,097      $ 13,370      $ 89,467  

Non-current deferred revenue

   $ 13,332      $ (241    $ 13,091  

Equity:

        

Net parent investment

   $ 125,419      $ (3,061    $ 122,358  

The following table summarizes the impacts of adopting ASC 606 on the Company’s unaudited combined balance sheet as of April 1, 2018:

 

     As reported      Adjustments      Balance without
adoption of
ASC 606
 
            (Unaudited)         
            (In thousands)         

Assets:

        

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 102,259      $ (6,728    $ 95,531  

Inventories

   $ 103,849      $ 308      $ 104,157  

Other non-current assets

   $ 2,708      $ (165    $ 2,543  

Liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 20,664      $ 140      $ 20,804  

Deferred revenue

   $ 25,634      $ 4,239      $ 29,873  

Accrued liabilities

   $ 81,222      $ (16,519    $ 64,703  

Non-current deferred revenue

   $ 14,786      $ 242      $ 15,028  

Equity:

        

Net parent investment

   $ 92,937      $ 5,313      $ 98,250  

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The following table summarizes the impacts of adopting ASC 606 on the Company’s unaudited combined statement of operations for the three months ended April 1, 2018:

 

    As reported     Adjustments     Balance without
adoption of
ASC 606
 
          (Unaudited)        
          (In thousands)        

Revenue

  $ 100,638     $ 2,240     $ 102,878  

Cost of revenue

  $ 71,585     $ 67     $ 71,652  

Gross profit

  $ 29,053     $ 2,173     $ 31,226  

Provision for income taxes

  $ 319     $ (79   $ 240  

Net loss

  $ (5,363   $ 2,252     $ (3,111

Revenue Recognition Accounting Policy Under ASC 606

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services.

The majority of revenue comes from hardware products to customers (retailers, distributors and service providers). Revenue is recognized at a point in time when control of the good is transferred to the customer, generally occurring upon shipment or delivery dependent upon the terms of the underlying contract. The amount recognized reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for the transferred goods.

The Company sells subscription paid services to its end user customers where it provides customers access to its cloud services. Revenue for subscription sales is generally recognized over time on a ratable basis over the contract term beginning on the date that the service is made available to the customers at the time of registration. The subscription contracts are generally for 30 days or 12 months in length, billed in advance. All such service or support sales are typically recognized using an output measure of progress by looking at the time elapsed as the contracts generally provide the customer equal benefit throughout the contract period. In addition to selling paid subscriptions, the Company also sells services bundled with hardware products and accounts for these sales in line with the multiple performance obligations guidance.

Revenue from all sales types is recognized at transaction price, the amount the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring goods or providing services. Transaction price is calculated as selling price net of variable consideration which may include estimates for future returns, sales incentives and price protection related to current period product revenue. The Company’s standard obligation to its direct customers generally provides for a full refund in the event that such product is not merchantable or is found to be damaged or defective. In determining estimates for future returns, management analyzes historical data, channel inventory levels, current economic trends and changes in customer demand for the Company’s products. Sales incentives and price protection are determined based on a combination of the actual amounts committed and through estimating future expenditure based upon historical customary business practice. Typically variable consideration does not need to be constrained as estimates are based on predictive historical data or future commitments that are planned and controlled by the Company. However, the Company continues to assess variable consideration estimates such that it is probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not occur.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Contracts with Multiple Performance Obligations

Some of the Company’s contracts with customers contain multiple promised goods or services. Such contracts include hardware products with bundled services, various subscription services and support. For these contracts, the Company accounts for the promises separately as individual performance obligations if they are distinct. Performance obligations are determined to be considered distinct if both capable of being distinct and distinct within the context of the contract. In determining whether performance obligations meet the criteria for being distinct, the Company considers a number of factors, such as the degree of interrelation and interdependence between obligations, and whether or not the good or service significantly modifies or transforms another good or service in the contract. The embedded software on most of the hardware products is not considered distinct and therefore the combined hardware and incidental software is treated as one performance obligation and recognized at the point in time when control of product transfers to the customer. Basic service that is included with certain hardware products is considered distinct and therefore the hardware and service are treated as separate performance obligations.

After identifying the separate performance obligations, the transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price basis. Standalone selling prices are generally determined based on the prices charged to customers or using an adjusted market assessment. For the Company, standalone selling price of the hardware is directly observable from add-on camera and base station sales. Standalone selling price of the service is estimated using an adjusted market approach.

Revenue is then recognized for each distinct performance obligation as control is transferred to the customer. For the Company, the hardware is recognized at shipping or delivery at the time control of the product transfers to the customer. The transaction price allocated to the service is recognized over the estimated useful life of the hardware, beginning when the customer is expected to activate their account. Useful life of the hardware is determined by industry norms, frequency of new model releases and user history.

Warranties

Hardware products regularly include warranties to the end customers that consist of bug fixes, minor updates such that the product continues to function according to published specs in a dynamic environment, and phone support. These standard warranties are assurance type warranties and do not offer any services in addition to the assurance that the product will continue working as specified for one or more years. Therefore, warranties are not considered separate performance obligations in the arrangement. Instead, the expected cost of warranty is accrued as expense in accordance with authoritative guidance.

Shipping and Handling

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in Revenue. Shipping and handling costs associated with inbound freight are included in Cost of revenue. In cases where the Company gives a freight allowance to the customer for their own inbound freight costs, such costs are appropriately recorded as a reduction in Revenue. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight are included in Sales and marketing expenses. The Company has elected to account for shipping and handling activities related to contracts with customers as costs to fulfill the promise to transfer the associated products.

Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight totaled $0.9 million and $0.5 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017, respectively.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance Obligations

Remaining performance obligations represent the transaction price allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied as of the end of the reporting period. Unsatisfied and partially unsatisfied performance obligations consist of contract liabilities and non-cancellable backlog. Non-cancellable backlog includes goods and services for which customer purchase orders have been accepted that are scheduled or in the process of being scheduled for shipment.

The following table includes estimated revenue expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) as of April 1, 2018:

 

     1 year      2 years      Greater than
2 years
     Total  
     (unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Performance obligations

   $ 33,378      $ 9,578      $ 5,512      $ 48,468  

Contract Costs

Applying the practical expedient, the Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that otherwise would have been recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. If the incremental costs of obtaining a contract, which consist of sales commissions, relate to a service recognized over a period longer than one year, costs are deferred and amortized in line with the related services over the period of benefit. Deferred commissions are classified as non-current based on the original amortization period of over one year. As of April 1, 2018, deferred commissions were not significant.

Contract Balances

The Company records accounts receivable when it has an unconditional right to consideration. Contract liabilities are recorded when cash payments are received or due in advance of performance. Contract liabilities consist of advance payments and deferred revenue, where the Company has unsatisfied performance obligations. Contract liabilities are classified as Deferred revenue on the unaudited combined balance sheets.

Payment terms vary by customer. The time between invoicing and when payment is due is not significant. For certain products or services and customer types, payment is required before the products or services are delivered to the customer.

The following table reflects the changes in contract balances for the three months ended April 1, 2018:

 

   

Balance Sheet Location

   April 1,
2018
    January 1,
2018 (*)
    $ change     % change  
         (Unaudited)              
        

(In thousands)

             

Accounts receivable, net

  Accounts receivable, net    $ 102,259     $ 158,507     $ (56,248     (35.5 )% 

Contract liabilities - current

  Deferred revenue    $ 25,634     $ 24,746     $ 888       3.6

Contract liabilities - non-current

  Non-current deferred revenue    $ 14,786     $ 13,091     $ 1,695       12.9

 

* Includes the adjustments made to those contracts which were not completed at the date of ASC 606 adoption using the modified retrospective method.

For the three months ended April 1, 2018, contract liabilities increased primarily as a result of increased sales of products containing multiple performance obligations, where cash payments are received or due in advance of satisfying the service related performance obligation.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

For the three months ended April 1, 2018, $10.9 million of revenue was deferred due to unsatisfied performance obligations, primarily relating to over time service revenue, and $8.3 million of revenue was recognized for the satisfaction of performance obligations over time. $7.2 million of this recognized revenue was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period.

There were no significant changes in estimates during the period that would affect the contract balances.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company conducts business across three geographic regions: Americas; Europe, Middle-East and Africa (“EMEA”); and Asia Pacific (“APAC”). Sales and usage-based taxes are excluded from revenues. Refer to Note 8, Segment Information, Geographic Information and Significant Customers , for revenue by geography.

Note 3. Business Acquisition

Placemeter, Inc.

On November 30, 2016, the Company acquired Placemeter, a computer vision analytics company, for total purchase consideration of $9.6 million. The Company believes that Placemeter’s engineering talent will add substantial value to the Arlo smart security team, and that Placemeter’s proprietary computer vision algorithms will help to build leading video analytics solutions for the Arlo platform.

The Company paid $8.8 million of the aggregate purchase price in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2016 and paid the remaining $0.8 million in the first fiscal quarter of 2017. The acquisition qualified as a business combination and was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting.

The allocation of the purchase price was as follows (in thousands):

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8  

Accounts receivable

     11  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     130  

Property and equipment

     83  

Intangibles

     6,000  

Goodwill

     3,742  

Accounts payable

     (40

Accrued liabilities

     (74

Deferred tax liabilities

     (308
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 9,552  
  

 

 

 

The $3.7 million of goodwill recorded on the acquisition of Placemeter is not deductible for U.S. federal or U.S. state income tax purposes. The goodwill is primarily attributable to expected synergies resulting from the acquisition.

In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded $0.3 million of deferred tax liabilities net of deferred tax assets. The deferred tax liabilities were recorded for the book basis of intangible assets for which the Company has no tax basis. The deferred tax liabilities are reduced by the tax benefit of the net operating losses as of the date of the acquisition after consideration of limitations on the use under U.S. Internal Revenue Code section 382.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The Company designated $5.5 million of the acquired intangibles as software technology and a further $0.2 million of the acquired intangibles as a video library database. The valuations were arrived at using the replacement cost method, with consideration having been given to the estimated time, investment and resources required to recreate the acquired intangibles. A discount rate of 15.0% was used in the valuation of each intangible. The acquired intangibles are being amortized over an estimated useful life of four years.

The Company designated $0.3 million of the acquired intangibles as non-compete agreements. The value was calculated based on the present value of the future estimated cash flows derived from projections of future operations attributable to the non-compete agreements and discounted at 20.0%. The acquired agreements are being amortized over an estimated useful life of three years.

Pro forma financial information

The unaudited pro forma financial information in the table below summarizes the combined results of the Company’s operations and those of Placemeter for the periods shown as though the acquisition of Placemeter occurred as of January 1, 2016. The pro forma financial information for the periods presented includes the accounting effects of the business combination, including adjustments to acquisition-related costs, integration expenses and related tax effects of these adjustments, where applicable. This information is for informational purposes only, is subject to a number of estimates, assumptions and other uncertainties, and may not be indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition had taken place at January 1, 2016.

The unaudited pro forma financial information is as follows (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,
2016
 

Revenue

  $ 184,744  

Net loss

  $ (18,258

Note 4. Balance Sheet Components

Accounts receivable, net

 

    As of  
    April 1,
2018
    December 31,
2017
    December 31,
2016
 
    (Unaudited)              
    (In thousands)  

Gross accounts receivable

  $ 102,466     $ 164,157     $ 85,247  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (207     (207     (206

Allowance for sales returns

    —       (5,868     (2,904

Allowance for price protection

    —       (402     (295
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowances

    (207     (6,477     (3,405
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable, net

  $ 102,259     $ 157,680     $ 81,842  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Upon adoption of ASC 606, allowances for sales returns and price protection were reclassified to current liabilities as these reserve balances are considered refund liabilities. Refer to Note 2. Revenue Recognition , for additional information on the adoption impact.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Valuation and qualifying accounts

 

    Balance as of the
beginning of the year
    Additions     Deductions     Balance as of the
end of the year
 
    (In thousands)  

Allowance for sales returns:

       

Year ended December 31, 2017

  $ 2,904     $ 9,717     $ (6,753   $ 5,868  

Year ended December 31, 2016

  $ 1,606     $ 3,952     $ (2,654   $ 2,904  

Allowance for price protection:

       

Year ended December 31, 2017

  $ 295     $ 615     $ (508   $ 402  

Year ended December 31, 2016

  $ 18     $ 511     $ (234   $ 295  

Allowance for deferred tax assets:

       

Year ended December 31, 2017

  $ 22,155     $ 10,896     $ (17,440   $ 15,611  

Year ended December 31, 2016

  $ 15,170     $ 10,386     $ (3,401   $ 22,155  

Property and equipment, net

The combined balance sheets include the property and equipment specifically identifiable to Arlo’s business. The components of property and equipment are as follows:

 

     As of  
     April 1,
2018
     December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 
    

(Unaudited)

               
     (In thousands)  

Machinery and equipment

   $ 6,316      $ 6,067      $ 2,835  

Leasehold improvements

     533        530        453  

Furniture and fixtures

     444        443        437  

Software

     156        180        50  

Computer equipment

     111        50        30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, gross

     7,560        7,270        3,805  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (3,892      (3,387      (1,774
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 3,668      $ 3,883      $ 2,031  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense directly identifiable as Arlo was $0.5 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and $0.4 million for the three months ended April 2, 2017. Allocated depreciation expense from NETGEAR was $0.7 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and $0.4 million for the three months ended April 2, 2017. Depreciation expense directly identifiable as Arlo was $1.8 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Allocated depreciation expense from NETGEAR was $2.0 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The combined statements of operations include both of the depreciation expense directly identifiable as Arlo’s and allocated depreciation expense from NETGEAR. Refer to Note 1, The Company, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Basis of Presentation , for detailed disclosures regarding the methodology of corporate expense allocation.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Intangibles, net

The following tables present details of the Company’s purchased intangibles:

 

     As of April 1, 2018  
     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  
    

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

Technology

   $ 9,800      $ (6,133    $ 3,667  

Trademarks and trade names

     1,400        (1,400      —    

Other

     800        (500      300  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangibles, net

   $ 12,000      $ (8,033    $ 3,967  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2017  
     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  
     (In thousands)  

Technology

   $ 9,800      $ (5,790    $ 4,010  

Trademarks and trade names

     1,400        (1,400      —    

Other

     800        (462      338  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangibles, net

   $ 12,000      $ (7,652    $ 4,348  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2016  
     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  
     (In thousands)  

Technology

   $ 9,800      $ (4,176    $ 5,624  

Trademarks and trade names

     1,400        (1,260      140  

Other

     800        (283      517  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangibles, net

   $ 12,000      $ (5,719    $ 6,281  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of April 1, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the remaining weighted-average estimated useful life of intangibles is 2.7 years and 3.0 years, respectively.

Amortization of purchased intangibles for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017 was $0.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively. Amortization of purchased intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $1.9 million and $1.4 million, respectively. No impairment charges were recorded for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

As of April 1, 2018, estimated amortization expense related to finite-lived intangibles for future years was as follows (in thousands) (unaudited):

 

2018 (remaining nine months)

   $ 1,144  

2019

     1,517  

2020

     1,306  
  

 

 

 

Total estimated amortization expense

   $ 3,967  
  

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

As of December 31, 2017, estimated amortization expense related to finite-lived intangibles for future years was as follows (in thousands):

 

2018

   $ 1,525  

2019

     1,517  

2020

     1,306  
  

 

 

 

Total estimated amortization expense

   $ 4,348  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

In the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company acquired Placemeter. Refer to Note 3, Business Acquisition , for detailed disclosures. The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows (in thousands):

 

As of December 31, 2015

   $ 11,896  

Goodwill from acquisition of Placemeter

     3,742  
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

   $ 15,638  
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017

   $ 15,638  
  

 

 

 

As of April 1, 2018 (unaudited)

   $ 15,638  
  

 

 

 

Other non-current assets

 

     As of  
     April 1,
2018
     December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 
     (Unaudited)                
     (In thousands)  

Non-current deferred income taxes

   $ 1,109      $ 865      $ 478  

Other

     1,599        1,328        944  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other non-current assets

   $ 2,708      $ 2,193      $ 1,422  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities

 

     As of  
     April 1,
2018
    December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 
     (Unaudited)               
     (In thousands)  

Sales and marketing programs

   $ 30,088     $ 31,613      $ 14,358  

Warranty obligation

     3,487     31,756        15,949  

Sales returns

     30,033     —          —    

Freight

     2,741       3,862        3,335  

Accrued employee compensation

     3,098       3,184        3,298  

Other

     11,775       5,682        3,774  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 81,222     $ 76,097      $ 40,714  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Upon adoption of ASC 606, on January 1, 2018, warranty reserve balances totaling $28.7 million were reclassified to sales returns as these liabilities are payable to the Company’s customers and settled in cash or by credit on account. Under ASC 606, these amounts are to be accounted for as sales with right of return.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Note 5. Income Taxes

The income tax provision for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017 was $0.3 million, or an effective tax rate of (6.3)%, and $0.2 million, or an effective tax rate of 90.1%, respectively. The increase in tax expense for the three months ended April 1, 2018, compared to the prior year period, resulted primarily from improvements in foreign earnings.

Income (loss) before income taxes and the provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2017              2016      
     (In thousands)  

United States

   $ 3,318      $ (15,432

International

     4,359        1,772  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,677      $ (13,660
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Year Ended December 31,  
         2017              2016      
     (In thousands)  

Current:

     

U.S. Federal

   $ —        $ —    

State

     260        22  

Foreign

     1,255        727  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,515      $ 749  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

     

U.S. Federal

   $ (66    $ (129

State

     —          (180

Foreign

     (321      (357
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (387      (666
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,128      $ 83  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Net deferred tax assets consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2017              2016      
     (In thousands)  

Deferred Tax Assets:

     

Accruals and allowances

   $ 7,339      $ 6,564  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     3,478        14,022  

Stock-based compensation

     931        820  

Deferred revenue

     1,688        947  

Tax credit carryforwards

     3,504        2,210  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     16,940        24,563  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

     (464      (1,930
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (464      (1,930

Valuation Allowance

     (15,611      (22,155
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 865      $ 478  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Realization of the Company’s deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Because of its lack of U.S. earnings history, the net U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the valuation allowance was $15.6 million and $22.2 million, respectively. Accordingly, the valuation allowance decreased $6.6 million during 2017. The decrease in the valuation allowance was primarily attributable to the enactment of the Tax Act. Under the Tax Act, the U.S. federal income tax rate was reduced from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. The deferred tax assets and liabilities were reduced as of December 31, 2017 to reflect the lower rate that will apply in the future. Additionally, the deferred tax asset related to net operating loss carryforwards was decreased due to utilization of net operating loss against 2017 taxable income including the deemed repatriation of foreign earnings required under the Tax Act. The calculation of the transition tax under IRC Section 965 provides for the utilization of net operating losses to reduce the base of earnings upon which the tax is calculated. A full valuation allowance has been applied against the U.S. federal and state net deferred tax assets as it is management’s judgment that it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future as of December 31, 2017. No valuation allowance has been recorded against the net foreign deferred tax assets as it is management’s judgment that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will be realized in the future.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The effective tax rate differs from the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016  
     (In thousands)     (In thousands)  

Tax at federal statutory rate

   $ 2,687        35.0   $ (4,781      35.0

Impact of international operations

     (671      (8.7     (293      2.1  

State, net of federal benefit

     (472      (6.2     (1,278      9.3  

Stock-based compensation

     (385      (5.0     5         

Tax credits

     (524      (6.8     (396      2.9  

Valuation allowance

     (8,071      (105.1     7,028        (51.4

Tax law change

     8,875        115.6       —           

Others

     (311      (4.1     (202      1.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 1,128        14.7   $ 83        (0.6 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company adopted ASU 2016-09, “Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting,” on January 1, 2017, which requires excess tax benefits or deficiencies to be reflected in the combined statements of operations as a component of the Provision for income taxes whereas they previously they would be recorded in Net parent investment.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $15.6 million and $3.3 million, respectively, as well as $1.4 million of federal and $1.5 million of California research tax credits carryforwards. Additionally, the Company has $0.5 million of foreign tax credit carryforwards. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2029 and 2033, respectively. Further, all of the losses are subject to annual usage limitations under Internal Revenue Code Section 382. The federal research tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2032 and the California research tax credit carryforward has no expiration. The federal foreign tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2025.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was signed into law making significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code. In addition to the corporate tax rate decrease, changes include, but are not limited to, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings. The Company has calculated an estimate of the impact of the Tax Act in its year-end income tax provision in accordance with its understanding of the Tax Act and guidance available as of the date of this prospectus.

On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) was issued to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act. In accordance with SAB 118, the Company has determined that its computation of the transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign earnings was a reasonable provisional estimate at December 31, 2017. As further guidance is issued by Treasury, the Company may refine its computations to ensure earnings as required by the calculations are properly determined. Based on information available, the Company also reflected a provisional estimate of $2.9 million related to the transitional tax that was fully offset with tax attributes and therefore did not result in an income tax expense. The amounts reported as of December 31, 2017 are provisional based on the uncertainty discussed above. As the Company completes its analysis and prepares necessary data, and interprets any additional guidance, the Company will adjust its calculations and provisional amounts that the Company has recorded in its tax provision. Any such adjustments may materially impact the Company’s provision for income taxes in its financial statements. Additionally, as a result of the Tax Act, the Company has not completed its evaluation of its

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

indefinite reinvestment assertion with regard to foreign earnings under ASC 740-30. As a result, deferred tax liabilities are provisional and may be increased or decreased during the period allowed under SAB 118. Any subsequent adjustment to any of these amounts will be recorded to tax expense or offset by available tax attributes during the measurement period provided under SAB 118. Further, no estimate can currently be made and no provisional amounts were recorded in the financial statements for the impact of the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) provision of the Tax Act. The GILTI provision imposes taxes on foreign earnings in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets. This tax is effective for the Company after the end of the current fiscal year. However, the Company is evaluating whether deferred taxes should be recorded in relation to the GILTI provisions or if the tax should be recorded in the period in which it occurs. The Company may choose either method as an accounting policy election. The Company has not yet decided on the accounting policy related to GILTI and will only do so after completion of an analysis. If the Company decides to adopt an accounting policy to treat GILTI as a deferred adjustment the amounts will be recorded through deferred tax expense.

NETGEAR files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state, local, and foreign jurisdictions, which include the amounts related to Arlo. The consolidated federal U.S. returns remain open for 2015 through the current year. During August 2017, the U.S. federal Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its audit of the tax year ended December 31, 2014 without change. The Company is no longer subject to foreign income tax examinations for periods prior to 2004. The Italian Tax Authority (“ITA”) has audited the Company’s 2004 through 2012 tax years. The Company is currently in litigation with the ITA with respect to all of these years. In August 2017, the German Tax Authority (“GTA”) completed its examination of the Company’s 2008 and 2013 tax years without change. During 2016, Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”) in the United Kingdom initiated an audit of the Company’s 2014 and 2015 tax years. HMRC has since added the 2016 year to its query. Additionally, in December, 2017 the French Tax Authority commenced an audit of the Company’s 2015 and 2016 tax years. The Company has limited audit activity in various states and other foreign jurisdictions. Due to the uncertain nature of ongoing tax audits, the Company has recorded its liability for uncertain tax positions as part of its long-term liability as payments cannot be anticipated over the next 12 months. The existing tax positions of the Company continue to generate an increase in the liability for uncertain tax positions. The liability for uncertain tax positions may be reduced for liabilities that are settled with taxing authorities or on which the statute of limitations could expire without assessment from tax authorities. The Company does not expect to reduce its liabilities for uncertain tax positions in any jurisdiction, where the impact would affect the statement of operations, in the next 12 months.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits (“UTB”) is as follows:

 

     Federal, State, and
Foreign Tax
 
     (In thousands)  

Balance as of December 31, 2015

   $ 306  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     357  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     17  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (4
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

   $ 676  
  

 

 

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     361  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     30  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (45
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

   $ 1,022  
  

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The total amount of net UTB that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate as of December 31, 2017 was $0.2 million. The ending net UTB results from adjusting the gross balance at December 31, 2017 for items such as U.S. federal and state deferred tax, interest, and deductible taxes. The net UTB is included as a component of Non-current income taxes payable within the combined balance sheets.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of the income tax provision. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, total accrued interest and penalties expensed were not material. Included in accrued interest are amounts related to tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility.

The Company continues to permanently reinvest its earnings overseas but is in the process of evaluating this position in light of the Tax Act. These U.S. GAAP earnings were $10.0 million and $6.8 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Due to the impact of the Tax Act, no additional U.S. taxes are anticipated on these earnings.

Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Obligations

The Company has historically participated in NETGEAR’s various inventory-related purchase agreements with suppliers. Generally, under these agreements, 50% of orders are cancelable by giving notice 46 to 60 days prior to the expected shipment date and 25% of orders are cancelable by giving notice 31 to 45 days prior to the expected shipment date. Orders are non-cancelable within 30 days prior to the expected shipment date. As of April 1, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had $36.4 million and $54.3 million in non-cancelable purchase commitments with suppliers, respectively. The Company establishes a loss liability for all products it does not expect to sell for which it has committed purchases from suppliers. Such losses have not been material to date. From time to time the Company’s suppliers procure unique complex components on the Company’s behalf. If these components do not meet specified technical criteria or are defective, the Company should not be obligated to purchase the materials.

Warranty Obligations

Changes in the Company’s warranty liability, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the combined balance sheets, were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended      Year Ended December 31,  
     April 1, 2018     April 2, 2017      2017      2016  
     (Unaudited)         
     (In thousands)  

Balance at the beginning of the period

   $ 31,756     $ 15,949      $ 15,949      $ 6,490  

Reclassified to sales returns upon adoption of ASC 606

     (28,713 )*      —          —          —    

Provision for warranty obligations made during the period

     633    

 

9,327

 

     51,709        22,912  

Settlements made during the period

     (189     (7,676      (35,902      (13,453
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

   $ 3,487     $ 17,600      $ 31,756      $ 15,949  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Upon adoption of ASC 606 on January 1, 2018, warranty reserve balances totaling $28.7 million were reclassified to sales returns as these liabilities are payable to the Company’s customers and settled in cash or by credit on account. Under ASC 606, these amounts are to be accounted for as sales with right of return.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Legal Proceedings

The Company is and, from time to time, may become, involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of its business. The Company is not presently a party to any legal proceedings that in the opinion of its management, if determined adversely to the Company, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The Company, as permitted under Delaware law and in accordance with its bylaws, will indemnify its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain conditions, while the officer or director is or was serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer’s or director’s lifetime. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited; however, the Company expects to have a Director and Officer Insurance Policy that will enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As a result of its insurance policy coverage, the Company believes the fair value of each indemnification agreement will be minimal. The Company has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of April 1, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

Indemnifications

The Company has historically participated in NETGEAR’s sales agreements. In its sales agreements, NETGEAR typically agrees to indemnify its direct customers, distributors and resellers (the “Indemnified Parties”) for any expenses or liability resulting from claimed infringements by NETGEAR’s products of patents, trademarks or copyrights of third parties that are asserted against the Indemnified Parties, subject to customary carve outs. The terms of these indemnification agreements are generally perpetual after execution of the agreement. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is generally unlimited. From time to time, the Company receives requests for indemnity and may choose to assume the defense of such litigation asserted against the Indemnified Parties. The Company has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2017. In connection with the Company’s separation from NETGEAR, certain sales agreements are expected to be transferred, and the Company expects to replace certain shared contracts, which the Company expects will include similar indemnification terms.

In addition, the Company anticipates that, under the intellectual property rights cross-license agreement to be entered into between the Company and NETGEAR prior to the completion of the Offering, each party, in its capacity as a licensee, will indemnify the other party, in its capacity as a licensor, and its directors, officers, agents, successors and subsidiaries against any losses suffered by such indemnified party as a result of the indemnifying party’s practice of the intellectual property licensed to such indemnifying party under the intellectual property rights cross-license agreement. See the section titled “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Intellectual Property Rights Cross-License Agreement .”

Employment Agreements

NETGEAR has signed various employment agreements with the Company’s key executives pursuant to which, if their employment is terminated without cause, such employees are entitled to receive their base salary (and commission or bonus, as applicable) for up to 26 weeks. Such employees will also continue to have equity awards vest for up to a one-year period following such termination without cause. If a termination without cause

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

or resignation for good reason occurs within one year of a change in control, certain key employees are entitled to up to two years acceleration of any unvested portion of their equity awards. The Company has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of April 1, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

Environmental Regulation

The Company is required to comply and is currently in compliance with the European Union (“EU”) and other Directives on the Restrictions of the use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“RoHS”), Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”) requirements, Energy Using Product (“EuP”) requirements, the REACH Regulation, Packaging Directive and the Battery Directive.

The Company is subject to various federal, state, local, and foreign environmental laws and regulations, including those governing the use, discharge, and disposal of hazardous substances in the ordinary course of its manufacturing process. The Company believes that its current manufacturing and other operations comply in all material respects with applicable environmental laws and regulations; however, it is possible that future environmental legislation may be enacted or current environmental legislation may be interpreted to create an environmental liability with respect to its facilities, operations, or products.

Note 7. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company’s employees have historically participated in NETGEAR’s various stock-based plans, which are described below. All references to shares in the tables below refer to shares of NETGEAR’s common stock and all references to stock prices in the tables below refer to the price of a share of NETGEAR’s common stock.

2003 Stock Plan

The 2003 Stock Plan (the “2003 Plan”) was adopted by NETGEAR in April 2003 and provided for the granting of stock options to employees and consultants. The 2003 Plan expired in 2013 and outstanding awards under this plan remain subject to the terms and conditions of the 2003 Plan.

2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan

The 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”) was adopted by NETGEAR in April 2006 and provided for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance awards and other stock awards, to eligible directors, employees and consultants. The 2006 Plan expired in 2016 by its terms. Outstanding awards under the 2006 Plan remain subject to the terms and conditions of the 2006 Plan.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

The 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) was adopted by NETGEAR in April 2016. The 2016 Plan provides for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units to eligible directors, employees and consultants. Award vesting periods for this plan are generally four years.

Nonstatutory stock options (“NSO”) granted under the 2016 Plan may be granted to the employees, directors and consultants. Options may be granted for periods of up to 10 years and at prices no less than the estimated fair value of NETGEAR’s common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2016 Plan generally vest over four years, the first tranche at the end of 12 months and the remaining shares underlying the option vesting monthly over the remaining three years.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The period over which RSUs granted under the 2016 Plan may fully vest is generally no less than three years. RSUs do not have the voting rights of NETGEAR’s common stock, and the shares underlying the RSUs are not considered issued and outstanding.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under NETGEAR’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), eligible employees may contribute up to 10% of compensation, subject to certain income limits, to purchase shares of NETGEAR’s common stock. The terms of the plan include a look-back feature that enables employees to purchase stock semi-annually at a price equal to 85% of the lesser of the fair market value at the beginning of the offering period or the purchase date. The duration of each offering period is generally six months. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized ESPP compensation expense of $0.2 million for each period. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, employees specifically identifiable to Arlo purchased approximately 19,000 and 16,000 shares of NETGEAR’s common stock at an average exercise price of $43.09 and $31.52, respectively.

Option Activity

Stock option activities for employees specifically identifiable to Arlo for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended April 1, 2018 were as follows:

 

    Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average

Exercise
Price Per

Share
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
    (In thousands)     (In dollars)     (In years)     (In thousands)  

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016

    83       32.70      

Granted

    20       42.70      

Exercised

    (25     31.81      
 

 

 

       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

    78     $ 35.56       6.27     $ 1,807  
 

 

 

       

Granted (unaudited)

    25       70.15      

Exercised (unaudited)

    (1     35.03      

Expired (unaudited)

    (2     15.22      

Other (unaudited)

    3       36.80      
 

 

 

       

Outstanding as of April 1, 2018 (unaudited)

    103       44.31      
 

 

 

       

As of December 31, 2017

       

Vested and expected to vest

    78     $ 35.56       6.27     $ 1,807  

Exercisable options

    38     $ 31.45       3.79     $ 1,028  

The aggregate intrinsic values in the table above represent the total pre-tax intrinsic values (the difference between NETGEAR’s closing stock price on the last trading day of 2017 and 2016, respectively, and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares underlying the in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. These amounts change based on the fair market value of NETGEAR’s common stock. Total intrinsic value of options exercised by employees specifically identifiable to Arlo for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $0.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The total fair value of options vested by employees specifically identifiable to Arlo for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $0.2 million for each period.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The following table summarizes significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable stock options for employees specifically identifiable to Arlo as of December 31, 2017:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  
Range of Exercise Prices    Shares
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Shares
Exercisable
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
 
     (In thousands)      (In years)      (In dollars)      (In thousands)      (In dollars)  
$15.22 - $31.28      13        4.78      $ 25.69        6      $ 19.61  
$32.30 - $32.30      16        4.56      $ 32.30        16      $ 32.30  
$33.78 - $39.23      18        4.07      $ 35.13        16      $ 35.33  
$39.53 - $39.53      11        8.23      $ 39.53        —          —    
$42.70 - $42.70      20        9.42      $ 42.70        —          —    
  

 

 

          

 

 

    
$15.22 - $42.70      78        6.27      $ 35.56        38      $ 31.45  
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

RSU Activity

RSU activities for employees specifically identifiable to Arlo for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended April 1, 2018 were as follows:

 

    Number of
Shares
    Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value Per

Share
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
    (In thousands)     (In dollars)     (In years)     (In thousands)  

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016

    127     $ 35.64      

Granted

    96       52.89      

Vested

    (55     35.87      

Canceled

    (36     45.08      
 

 

 

       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

    132     $ 45.54       2.62     $ 7,741  
 

 

 

       

Granted (unaudited)

    59       70.15      

Vested (unaudited)

    (10     42.43      

Canceled (unaudited)

    —         —        

Other (unaudited)

    1       49.23      
 

 

 

       

Outstanding as of April 1, 2018 (unaudited)

    182       53.60      
 

 

 

       

Total fair value of RSUs vested for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $2.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs, or the grant date fair value of RSUs, vested for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $2.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

Valuation and Expense Information

The Company measures stock-based compensation at the grant date based on the estimated fair value of the award. Estimated compensation cost relating to RSUs is based on the closing fair market value of NETGEAR’s common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of options granted and the purchase rights granted under the ESPP is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. The estimated expected term of options granted is derived from historical data on employee exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The risk free interest rate of options granted and the purchase rights granted under the ESPP is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury securities with a remaining term commensurate with the estimated expected term. Expected volatility of options granted and the purchase rights granted under the ESPP is based on historical volatility over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected term.

The following table sets forth the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of option granted and purchase rights granted under the ESPP for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

     Three Months Ended     Year Ended December 31,  
     April 1,
2018
    April 2,
2017
     April 1,
2018
    April 2,
2017
    2017     2016     2017     2016  
     Stock Options      ESPP     Stock Options     ESPP  
     (Unaudited)              

Expected life (in years)

     4.4       NA        0.5       0.5       4.4       4.4       0.5       0.5  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.32     NA        1.81     0.66     1.66     1.28     0.93     0.43

Expected volatility

     30.9     NA        37.1     27.6     31.6     35.4     29.7     38.3

Dividend yield

     —         NA        —         —         —         —         —         —    

The weighted-average fair value of RSUs granted to employees specifically identifiable to Arlo for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017 was $70.15 and $57.00, respectively. The weighted-average estimated fair value of options granted to employees specifically identifiable to Arlo for the three months ended April 1, 2018 was $20.63. There was no option granted to employees specifically identifiable to Arlo for the three months ended April 2, 2017. The weighted-average fair value of RSUs granted to employees specifically identifiable to Arlo for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $52.89 and $41.92, respectively. The weighted-average estimated fair value of options granted to employees specifically identifiable to Arlo for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $12.25 and $12.28, respectively.

The following table sets forth stock-based compensation expense for employees specifically identifiable to Arlo and allocated charges deemed attributable to Arlo operations resulting from RSUs, stock options, and the purchase rights under the ESPP included in the Company’s unaudited combined statements of operations for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017 and the combined statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     April 1, 2018      April 2, 2017  
     Direct      Allocated      Total      Direct      Allocated      Total  
     (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 46      $ 290      $ 336      $ 23      $ 109      $ 132  

Research and development

     564        169        733        624        83        707  

Sales and marketing

     242        430        672        31        126        157  

General and administrative

     —          954        954        —          451        451  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 852      $ 1,843      $ 2,695      $ 678      $ 769      $ 1,447  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     Direct      Allocated      Total      Direct      Allocated      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 102      $ 599      $ 701      $ 61      $ 266      $ 327  

Research and development

     1,959        455        2,414        1,349        195        1,544  

Sales and marketing

     390        866        1,256        110        407        517  

General and administrative

     —          2,547        2,547        —          1,216        1,216  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,451      $ 4,467      $ 6,918      $ 1,520      $ 2,084      $ 3,604  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recognizes these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the award vesting term of four years. Upon the adoption of ASU 2016-09, the Company elected to account for forfeitures as they occur, rather than estimating expected forfeitures. Refer to Recent accounting pronouncements in Note 1, The Company, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , for a further discussion of the impact from the adoption of ASU 2016-09.

As of April 1, 2018, $0.9 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options for employees specifically identifiable to Arlo was expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.0 years. As of April 1, 2018, $8.4 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs for employees specifically identifiable to Arlo was expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years. As of December 31, 2017, $0.4 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options for employees specifically identifiable to Arlo was expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years. As of December 31, 2017, $4.9 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs for employees specifically identifiable to Arlo was expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years.

Cash received from stock option exercises and ESPP purchases by employees specifically identifiable to Arlo was $0.4 million and $0.8 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017, respectively. Cash paid to administer the RSU withholdings relating to employees specifically identifiable to Arlo for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017 was $0.2 million for each period. Cash received from stock option exercises and ESPP purchases by employees specifically identifiable to Arlo was $1.6 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Cash paid to administer the RSU withholdings relating to employees specifically identifiable to Arlo for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $1.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

401(k) Plan

The Company’s employees have historically participated in NETGEAR’s 401(k) Plan, which was adopted in April 2000. Under NETGEAR’s 401(k) Plan, employees may contribute up to 100% of salary subject to the legal maximum and NETGEAR matches 50% of contributions for employees that remain active with NETGEAR or its subsidiaries through the end of the fiscal year, up to a maximum of $6,000 in employee contributions. During both years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized $0.2 million in expenses for employees specifically identifiable to Arlo related to the 401(k) Plan match.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Note 8. Segment Information, Geographic Information and Significant Customers

Segment Information

The Company operates as one operating and reportable segment. The Company has identified its CEO as the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). The CODM reviews financial information presented on a combined basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.

Geographic Information

The Company conducts business across three geographic regions: Americas, EMEA and APAC. Revenue consists of gross product shipments and service revenue, less allowances for estimated sales returns, price protection, end-user customer rebates and other channel sales incentives deemed to be a reduction of revenue per the authoritative guidance for revenue recognition, and net changes in deferred revenue. For reporting purposes, revenue by geography is generally based upon the ship-to location of the customer for device sales and device location for service sales.

The following table shows revenue by geography for the three months ended April 1, 2018 and April 2, 2017 and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

     Three Months Ended      Year Ended December 31,  
     April 1,
2018
     April 2,
2017
           2017                  2016        
     (Unaudited)                
     (In thousands)  

United States (U.S.)

   $ 72,444      $ 42,731      $ 279,504      $ 142,129  

Americas (excluding U.S.)

     2,279        2,242        13,167        6,035  

EMEA

     19,266        11,348        58,795        27,457  

APAC

     6,649        5,482        19,192        8,983  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 100,638      $ 61,803      $ 370,658      $ 184,604  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s Property and equipment, net are located in the following geographic locations:

 

     As of  
     April 1,
2018
     December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 
     (Unaudited)                
     (In thousands)  

United States (U.S.)

   $ 1,957      $
2,053
 
   $ 973  

Americas (excluding U.S.)

     141        61        —    

EMEA

     9        1        4  

China

     1,514        1,702        1,001  

APAC (excluding China)

     47        66        53  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $     3,668      $     3,883      $     2,031  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Significant Customers

Three customers accounted for 28.3%, 16.4%, and 13.1% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017. Three customers accounted for 31.5%, 15.0%, and 11.0% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Note 9. Related Party Transactions

Related Party Transactions

Related party transactions and activities are conducted on terms equivalent to those that would prevail in an arm’s-length transaction where conditions of competitive, free-market dealing may exist. The related party transactions between Arlo and NETGEAR are settled in cash. The related party receivables are reflected in Prepaid expenses and other current assets, and the related party payables are reflected in Accrued liabilities on the combined balance sheets. The related party receivables balance was $0.1 million as of April 1, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, and there were no related party receivables as of December 31, 2016. There was no related party payable as of April 1, 2018 or December 31, 2017, and the related party payable was $0.1 million as of December 31, 2016.

In connection with the Offering, the Company intends to enter into a master separation agreement, a transition services agreement, an intellectual property rights cross-license agreement, a tax matters agreement, an employee matters agreement, and a registration rights agreement with NETGEAR, which will effect the separation of the Company’s business from NETGEAR, provide a framework for the Company’s relationship with NETGEAR after the separation and provide for the allocation between the Company and NETGEAR of NETGEAR’s assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including its investments, property and employee benefits assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to, at and after the Company’s separation from NETGEAR.

Allocation of Corporate Expenses

The operating results of Arlo have historically been disclosed as a reportable segment within the consolidated financial statements of NETGEAR enabling identification of directly attributable transactional information, functional departments and headcount. The combined balance sheet was primarily derived by reference to one of, or a combination of, Arlo transaction-level information, functional department or headcount. Revenue and Cost of revenue, with the exception of channel sales incentives, were derived from transactional information specific to Arlo products and services. Directly attributable operating expenses were derived from activities relating to Arlo functional departments and headcount. Certain additional costs, including compensation costs for corporate employees, have been allocated from NETGEAR. The allocated costs for corporate functions included, but were not limited to, executive management, information technology, legal, finance and accounting, human resources, tax, treasury, research and development, sales and marketing activities, shared facilities and other shared services, which are not provided at the Arlo level. These costs were allocated on a basis of revenue, headcount or other measures Arlo has determined as reasonable.

The combined statements of operations of the Company reflect allocations of general corporate expenses from NETGEAR including expenses related to corporate services, such as executive management, information technology, legal, finance and accounting, human resources, tax, treasury, research and development, sales and marketing, shared facilities and other shared services. These costs were allocated based on a basis of revenue, headcount, or other measures the Company has determined as reasonable. These allocations are primarily reflected within operating expenses in the combined statements of operations. The amount of these allocations from NETGEAR was $13.8 million for the three months ended April 1, 2018, which included $4.3 million for research and development, $4.6 million for sales and marketing and $4.9 million for general and administrative expense. Allocations amounted to $6.9 million for the three months ended April 2, 2017, which included $2.0 million for research and development, $2.2 million for sales and marketing and $2.7 million for general and administrative expense. For the year ended December 31, 2017, allocations amounted to $40.0 million, which included $11.8 million for research and development, $13.1 million for sales and

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ARLO

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

marketing, and $15.1 million for general and administrative expense. For the year ended December 31, 2016, allocations amounted to $20.6 million, which included $5.9 million for research and development, $6.4 million for sales and marketing, and $8.3 million for general and administrative expense. Management believes the basis on which the expenses have been allocated to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to, or the benefit received by, the Company during the periods presented.

Note 10. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events after the balance sheet date of April 1, 2018 through the combined financial statements issuance date of May 21, 2018. During this period, there were no subsequent events that need disclosure.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

Until and including                     , 2018, all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

10,215,000 Shares

 

                 LOGO

Arlo Technologies, Inc.

 

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

Deutsche Bank Securities

Guggenheim Securities

Raymond James

Cowen

Imperial Capital

            , 2018

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance.

The following table sets forth the various expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable in connection with the offering contemplated by this registration statement. All of the fees set forth below are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA fee and the NYSE listing fee.

 

    

Payable by the

registrant

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 29,251  

FINRA fee

     35,742  

NYSE listing fee

     295,000  

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     15,000  

Printing expenses

     650,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     5,000,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,200,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     5,000  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     150,000  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,379,993  
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Limitation of personal liability of directors and indemnification

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL (regarding, among other things, the payment of unlawful dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions), or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for such limitation of liability.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent, or former director, officer, employee or agent, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of such person’s service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or such person’s service, at the corporation’s request, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding; provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, provided that such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer,

 

II-1


Table of Contents

employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit; provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such director or officer shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the court shall deem proper. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in our bylaws, we shall be required to indemnify any such person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by any such person was authorized by the board of directors.

Our amended and restated bylaws will require us to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the legal proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

Our amended and restated bylaws will also require us to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

In addition, we expect to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and officers by Section 145 of the DGCL and also to provide for certain additional procedural protections.

We will be authorized under our amended and restated bylaws to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against any liability

 

II-2


Table of Contents

asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify the person pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated bylaws. We believe that these indemnification provisions and the directors’ and officers’ insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

We expect that the underwriting agreement will provide for indemnification of directors and officers of Arlo by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On January 5, 2018, the registrant issued 1,000 shares of common stock to NETGEAR, Inc. in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for one dollar. The registrant has not otherwise sold any securities, registered or otherwise, within the past three years.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits:

The list of exhibits set forth under “ Exhibit Index ” at the end of this registration statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The registrant hereby further undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

 

  (2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Arlo Technologies, Inc.^
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Arlo Technologies, Inc.^
  4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate of Arlo Technologies, Inc.
  5.1    Opinion of Wachtell Lipton Rosen & Katz
10.1    Form of Master Separation Agreement^
10.2    Form of Transition Services Agreement^
10.3    Form of Tax Matters Agreement^
10.4    Form of Employee Matters Agreement
10.5    Form of Intellectual Property Rights Cross-License Agreement^
10.6    Form of Registration Rights Agreement^
10.7    Office Lease, dated as of June 28, 2018, by and between LT Orchard Parkway, LLC and Arlo Technologies, Inc.^
10.8    Form of 2018 Equity Incentive Plan
10.9    Form of 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.10    Form of Performance-Based Option Grant Agreement
10.11    Form of Confirmatory Employment Letter with Matthew McRae
10.12    Form of Confirmatory Employment Letter with Christine Gorjanc
10.13    Form of Confirmatory Employment Letter with Patrick Collins
10.14    Form of Confirmatory Employment Letter with Brian Busse
10.15    Form of Change in Control and Severance Agreement
10.16    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
21.1    Subsidiaries of Arlo Technologies, Inc.
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2    Consent of Wachtell Lipton Rosen & Katz (contained in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
24.1    Power of Attorney*
99.1    Rule 438 Consent of Director Nominees^

 

^ Previously filed.
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
* See the signature page of the original filing of this Registration Statement on Form S-1.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on July 23, 2018.

 

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

  /s/ Matthew McRae
  Name: Matthew McRae
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on July 23, 2018.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ Matthew McRae

Matthew McRae

  

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Christine M. Gorjanc

Christine M. Gorjanc

  

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Patrick C.S. Lo

Patrick C.S. Lo

  

Director

/s/ Andrew W. Kim

Andrew W. Kim

  

Director

 

II-5

Exhibit 1.1

 

 

 

 

 

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

[●] Shares of Common Stock

FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

Dated: [●], 2018

 

 

 

 


ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

[●] Shares of Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[●], 2018

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                           Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

60 Wall Street, 4th Floor

New York, New York 10005

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Arlo Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), confirms its agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”), Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (“Deutsche Bank”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Merrill Lynch and Deutsche Bank are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) set forth in Schedule A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [●] additional shares of Common Stock. The aforesaid [●] shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [●] shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are herein called, collectively, the “Securities.”

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that up to 5% of the Initial Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters (the “Reserved Securities”) shall be reserved for sale by the Underwriters to certain persons designated by the Company (the “Invitees”), as part of the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and all other applicable laws, rules and


regulations. The Company solely determined, without any direct or indirect participation by the Underwriters, the Invitees who may purchase Reserved Securities (including the maximum amount to be purchased by such persons) sold by the Underwriters. To the extent that such Reserved Securities are not orally confirmed for purchase by Invitees by 11:59 P.M. (New York City time) on the first business day after the date of this Agreement, such Reserved Securities may be offered to the public as part of the public offering contemplated hereby.

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-226088), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 424(b) (“Rule 424(b)”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is herein called the “Rule 430A Information.” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.” The final prospectus, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities, is herein called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“EDGAR”).

As used in this Agreement:

“Applicable Time” means [    :00 P./A.M.], New York City time, on [●], 2018 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.

“Arlo Business” means the business, operations and activities of the Arlo segment of Parent conducted by either Parent, Arlo or any of their respective subsidiaries, as described in the Registration Statement.

“General Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the most recent preliminary prospectus that is distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule B-1 hereto, all considered together.

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 405”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering

 

2


that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (the “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule B-2 hereto.

“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

“Parent” means NETGEAR, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Separation Agreement” means the Master Separation Agreement, of approximately even date herewith, by and among Parent and the Company.

“Separation Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements (as defined below) whereby Parent will contribute the Arlo Business to the Company, which will occur prior to the completion of the offering.

“Transaction Agreements” means, collectively, the Separation Agreement, the transition services agreement, the tax matters agreement, the employee matters agreement, the intellectual property rights cross-license agreement and the registration rights agreement, each described in the General Disclosure Package under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and in substantially the form attached as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

“Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act.

“Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act.

SECTION 1.     Representations and Warranties .

(a)     Representations and Warranties by the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

(i)     Registration Statement and Prospectuses . Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued by the Commission and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted by or are pending before or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

 

3


Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time and any Date of Delivery complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, and, in each case, at the Applicable Time, the Closing Time and any Date of Delivery complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(ii)     Accurate Disclosure . Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, on the date hereof, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. At the Applicable Time and any Date of Delivery, none of (A) the General Disclosure Package, (B) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting–Commissions and Discounts,” the information in the second, third and fourth paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting–Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” and the information under the heading “Underwriting–Electronic Distribution” in each case contained in the Prospectus (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

(iii)     Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified. The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Securities.

(iv)     Testing-the-Waters Materials . The Company (A) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act and (B) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule D hereto.

 

4


(v)     Company Not Ineligible Issuer . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

(vi)     Emerging Growth Company Status . From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

(vii)     Independent Accountants . The accountants who certified the audited financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

(viii)     Financial Statements . The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Arlo Business on a carve-out basis at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Arlo Business on a carve-out basis for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in all material respects in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly compiled on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein.

(ix)     No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein or solely with respect to clauses (B) and (C) in connection with the Separation Transactions, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business,

 

5


which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

(x)     Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xi)     Good Standing of Subsidiaries . Each “significant subsidiary” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) (each, a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, has corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary were issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary. The only subsidiaries of the Company are the subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement, except for entities that have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(21) of Regulation S-K.

(xii)     Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement or the Transaction Agreements, including in connection with the Separation Transactions, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities or options referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus). The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company were issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

(xiii)     Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(xiv)     Authorization and Description of Securities . The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company

 

6


pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The Common Stock conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same in all material respects. No holder of Securities will be subject to personal liability solely by reason of being such a holder.

(xv)     Registration Rights . Except as to the registration rights held by Parent, as disclosed in the Registration Statement, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement, other than those rights that have been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and have been waived.

(xvi)     Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, therein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of (x) the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (y) any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity, except in the case of clause (y), for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

7


(xvii)     Absence of Labor Dispute . Except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) no labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent and (ii) the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors.

(xviii)     Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which would result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder or the Separation Transactions; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xix)     Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.

(xx)     Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the consummation of the Separation Transactions, except (A) such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA, (B) such as have been obtained under the laws and regulations of jurisdictions outside the United States in which the Reserved Securities were offered and (C) such as which the failure to obtain would not materially hinder or delay the performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(xxi)     Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company and its subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxii)     Title to Property . The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real property owned by them and good title to all other properties owned by them, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or

 

8


encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (C) would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any subsidiary under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or such subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease, except for such claims that, if successful, would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxiii)     Possession of Intellectual Property . The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by them, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any written notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or of any facts or circumstances which would render any such Intellectual Property invalid or unenforceable, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or unenforceability, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxiv)     Environmental Laws . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations or proceedings arising under any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (D) to the knowledge of the Company, there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries arising under any Environmental Laws.

 

9


(xxv)     Accounting Controls . The Company maintains, and maintains on behalf of each of its subsidiaries, a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(xxvi)     Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act . The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance in all material respects with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) that are then in effect and with which the Company is required to comply as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is taking reasonable steps to enable it to be in material compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act not currently in effect, upon the effectiveness of such provisions, or which will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

(xxvii)     Payment of Taxes . Except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) all tax returns of the Company and its subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed and all taxes shown as due on such returns or otherwise required to be paid by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which are due and payable, have been paid, in each case, except with respect to matters contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or as to which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP; and (B) except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or to the knowledge of the Company is threatened to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(xxviii)     Insurance . The Company and its subsidiaries carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance, with reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by similarly sized companies engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it or any of its subsidiaries will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been denied any material insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied relating to its business.

(xxix)     Investment Company Act . The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds” will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

 

10


(xxx)     Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor any controlled affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any controlled affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

(xxxi)     Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(xxxii)     Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(xxxiii)     OFAC . None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is an individual or entity (“Person”) currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions; and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiaries, joint venture partners or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, for the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaging in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

 

11


(xxxiv)     Sales of Reserved Securities . In connection with any offer and sale of Reserved Securities outside the United States, each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time it was distributed, complied and will comply in all material respects with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the same is distributed. The Company has not offered, or caused the Representatives to offer, Reserved Securities to any person with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company or any of its affiliates to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with any such entity or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or any of its affiliates, or their respective businesses or products.

(xxxv)     Lending Relationship . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material lending or other relationship with any bank or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

(xxxvi)     Statistical and Market-Related Data . Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included or incorporated by reference in each of the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

(xxxvii)     Cybersecurity . (i) To the Company’s knowledge, there has been no security breach of or relating to any of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ critical information technology systems (“IT Systems”) including networks, hardware, software and data and (ii) to its knowledge, the Company and its subsidiaries have complied, and are presently in compliance with all applicable laws, internal policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and to the protection of such IT Systems from unauthorized use or access, except, in the case of (i) or (ii), as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)     Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company or such subsidiary, as applicable, to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

SECTION 2.     Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

(a)     Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, that number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as Merrill Lynch in its sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(b)     Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grant(s) an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [●] shares of Common

 

12


Stock, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time from time to time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as Merrill Lynch in its sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(c)     Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates or security entitlements for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 140 Scott Drive, Menlo Park, California 94025, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the second (third, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”).

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates or security entitlements for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company.

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates or security entitlements for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. Merrill Lynch, individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 3.     Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a)     Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will promptly notify the Representatives, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order

 

13


suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will use reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof as soon as practicable.

(b)     Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representatives notice of such event, (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representatives with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object in a timely manner. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or 1934 Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object in a timely manner.

(c)     Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, conformed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and conformed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and

 

14


each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(d)     Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(e)     Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(f)     Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

(g)     Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

(h)     Listing . The Company will use its reasonable efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the New York Stock Exchange.

(i)     Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch and Deutsche Bank, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file or confidentially submit any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock or equity awards granted pursuant to any employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (D) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan referred to

 

15


in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (E) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to any employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(j)    If Merrill Lynch and Deutsche Bank, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 5(i) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release containing language substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(k)     Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the 1933 Act.

(l)     Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representatives (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representatives will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule B-2 hereto and any “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Representatives. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representatives as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in (A) the Registration Statement, (B) the most recent preliminary prospectus or (C) the Prospectus or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

(m)     Compliance with FINRA Rules . The Company hereby agrees that it will ensure that the Reserved Securities will be restricted as required by FINRA or the FINRA rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of this Agreement. The Underwriters will notify the Company as to which persons will need to be so restricted. At the request of the Underwriters, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place a stop transfer restriction upon such securities for such period of time. Should the Company release, or seek to release, from such restrictions any of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for any reasonable, documented expenses (including, without limitation, legal expenses) they incur in connection with such release.

 

16


(n)     Testing-the-Waters Materials . If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(o)     Emerging Growth Company Status . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(i).

(p)     Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners . The Company will deliver to the Representatives, on the date of execution of this Agreement, a properly completed and executed Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners of Legal Entity Customers, together with copies of identifying documentation, and the Company undertakes to provide such additional supporting documentation as the Representatives may reasonably request in connection with the verification of the foregoing certification.

SECTION 4.     Payment of Expenses .

(a)     Expenses . The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates or security entitlements for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show, provided, however, that the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show shall be paid 50% by the Company and 50% by the Underwriters, (viii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, with such legal fees, taken together with the legal fees described in clause (v) above, not to exceed $50,000, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the New York Stock Exchange, (x) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the third sentence of Section 1(a)(ii) and (xi) all costs and expenses of the Underwriters, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, in connection with matters related to the Reserved Securities which are designated by the Company for sale to Invitees.

 

17


(b)     Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i) or (iii) or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the non-defaulting Underwriters for all of their documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

SECTION 5.     Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

(a)     Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and, at the Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

(b)     Opinion of Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

(c)     Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters.

(d)     Officers’ Certificate . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued by the Commission, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued by and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted by or are pending before or, to their knowledge, contemplated by the Commission.

 

18


(e)     CFO Certificate. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, certifying certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto.

(f)     Accountant’s Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(g)     Bring-down Comfort Letter . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

(h)     Approval of Listing . At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(i)     No Objection . FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

(j)     Lock-up Agreements . At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule C hereto.

(k)     Maintenance of Rating . Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries have any debt securities or preferred stock that are rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the 1934 Act).

(l)     Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company and any of its subsidiaries hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

(i)     Officers’ Certificate . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the President or a Vice President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(d) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

(ii)     CFO Certificate . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the chief financial officer of the Company to the same effect as the certificate required by Section 5(e) hereof.

 

19


(iii)     Opinion of Counsel for Company . If requested by the Representatives, the opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.

(iv)     Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . If requested by the Representatives, the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

(v)     Bring-down Comfort Letter . If requested by the Representatives, a letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

(m)     Additional Documents . At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

(n)     Completion of the Separation Transactions . The Separation Transactions shall have been consummated in all material respects as described in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(o)     Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by written notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14 , 15 and 16 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6.     Indemnification .

(a)     Indemnification of Underwriters . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

(i)    against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue

 

20


statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the Prospectus or in any roadshow of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(ii)    against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

(iii)    against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Merrill Lynch), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any roadshow in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b)     Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any roadshow in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(c)     Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by Merrill Lynch, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may

 

21


participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d)     Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) or settlement of any claim in connection with any violation referred to in Section 6(e) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

(e)     Indemnification for Reserved Securities . In connection with the offer and sale of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters, their Affiliates and selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”), from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending, investigating or settling any such action or claim), as incurred, (i) arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any other material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Invitees in connection with the offering of the Reserved Securities or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) caused by the failure of any Invitee to pay for and accept delivery of Reserved Securities which have been orally confirmed for purchase by any Invitee by 11:59 P.M. (New York City time) on the first business day after the date of the Agreement or (iii) related to, or arising out of or in connection with, the offering of the Reserved Securities; provided that no indemnification shall be available under this section (e) for any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense which shall have been finally judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Indemnified Party.

SECTION 7.     Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in

 

22


clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions, or in connection with any violation of the nature referred to in Section 6(e) hereof, which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or any violation of the nature referred to in Section 6(e) hereof.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

SECTION 8.     Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

 

23


SECTION 9.     Termination of Agreement .

(a)     Termination . The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the judgment of the Representatives, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the New York Stock Exchange, or (iv) if trading generally on the NYSE MKT or the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Global Select Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or with respect to Clearstream or Euroclear systems in Europe, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

(b)     Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14 , 15 and 16 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 10.     Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

(i)    if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

(ii)    if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

 

24


No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

SECTION 11.     Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to Merrill Lynch at One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, attention of Syndicate Department (facsimile: (646) 855-3073), with a copy to ECM Legal (facsimile: (212) 230-8730) and to Deutsche Bank at 60 Wall Street, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Equity Capital Markets – Syndicate Desk, with a copy to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, 36th Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention: General Counsel, fax: (212) 797-4564; notices to the Company shall be directed to it at 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95134, attention of Andrew W. Kim.

SECTION 12.     No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or their respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any of its subsidiaries on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the Company has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

SECTION 13.     Parties . This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

 

25


SECTION 14.     Trial by Jury . The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 15.     GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

SECTION 16.     Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity . Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Related Proceedings”) shall be instituted in (i) the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan or (ii) the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “Related Judgment”), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

SECTION 17.     TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

SECTION 18.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (e.g., by .PDF or .TIF file) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

SECTION 19.     Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

26


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By  

 

  Title:

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,

            as of the date first above written:

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

                              INCORPORATED

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

 

By:  

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

                              INCORPORATED

By  

 

  Authorized Signatory
By:   DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
By  

 

  Authorized Signatory
By  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

27


SCHEDULE A

The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[●].

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $[●], being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $[●] per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Name of Underwriter    Number of
Initial Securities
 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Guggenheim Securities LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

Imperial Capital, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

 

Sch A-1


SCHEDULE B-1

Pricing Terms

1.    The Company is selling [●] shares of Common Stock.

2.    The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [●] shares of Common Stock.

3.    The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[●].

SCHEDULE B-2

Free Writing Prospectuses

 

Sch B - 1


SCHEDULE C

List of Persons and Entities Subject to Lock-up

 

Sch C - 1


SCHEDULE D

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

 

Sch D - 1


Exhibit A

FORM OF OPINION OF COMPANY’S COUNSEL

TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(b)

 

A-1


Exhibit B

[●], 2018

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated,

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

as Representatives of the several

Underwriters to be named in the

within-mentioned Underwriting Agreement

c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                            Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

60 Wall Street, 4th Floor

New York, New York 10005

 

  Re: Proposed Public Offering by Arlo Technologies, Ltd.

Dear Sirs:

The undersigned, a stockholder [and an officer and/or director] of Arlo Technologies, Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), understands that Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters (the “Representatives”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with the Company providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”). In recognition of the benefit that such an offering will confer upon the undersigned as a stockholder [and an officer and/or director] of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each underwriter to be named in the Underwriting Agreement that, during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the date that is [145][180] days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of the Company’s Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”), or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the Lock-up Securities, or file, cause to be filed or cause to be confidentially submitted any registration statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed shares of Common Stock the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

 

B-1


If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (1) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of the Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (2) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (i) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer or otherwise dispose of the Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Representatives:

 

  (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts; or

 

  (ii) as a charitable donation; or

 

  (iii) by will or intestate succession or for other estate planning purposes, including to the transferee’s nominee or custodian; or

 

  (iv) to any immediate family member or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this letter agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); or

 

  (v) pursuant to an order of a court of competent jurisdiction or settlement or other domestic order related to the distribution of assets in connection with the dissolution of a marriage or civil union; or

 

  (vi) pursuant to the exercise of stock options, including through a “net” or “cashless” exercise, or receipt of shares upon vesting of restricted stock units granted pursuant to equity incentive plans of the Company and its subsidiaries, provided that the provisions of this letter agreement shall apply to any securities issued upon such exercise; or

 

  (vii) pursuant to forfeitures of shares of Common Stock to the Company to satisfy tax withholding requirements upon the vesting of equity-based awards granted under an equity incentive plan; or

 

  (viii) if such shares were acquired in open market transactions; or

 

  (ix) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation, business combination, stock purchase or other similar transaction or series of related transactions approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and made to all holders of the Common Stock of the Company and that would result in a Change in Control, provided, that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation, business combination, stock purchase or transaction or series of related transactions is not completed, the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock shall remain subject to the restrictions set forth herein; or

 

B-2


  (x) by a transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; or

 

  (xi) pursuant to repurchases of the undersigned’s shares of the Common Stock by the Company or its affiliates; or

 

  (xii) as a distribution to limited partners or stockholders of the undersigned; or

 

  (xiii) to the undersigned’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned; or

 

  (xiv) to any corporation, partnership or other business entity with whom the undersigned shares in common an investment manager or advisor which has investment discretionary authority with respect to the undersigned’s and the entity’s investments pursuant to an investment advisory or similar agreement;

provided that (A) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (x), (xi), (xii), (xiii), (xiv) or (xv), the Representatives receive a signed lock-up agreement from each donee, trustee, distributee, or transferee, as the case may be, stating that such donee, trustee, distributee, or transferee is receiving and holding such securities subject to the provisions of this letter agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Period; (B) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iv), any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; (C) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (vi) or (vii), if such transfers are required to be reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), during the Lock-Up Period or the undersigned voluntarily effects any public reporting pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act regarding such transfers during the Lock-Up Period, then the undersigned shall disclose in such report the reasons for such transfers and (D) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iv), (viii) and (xiv), such transfers are not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or otherwise, and the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period). For purposes of this letter agreement, “Change in Control” shall mean any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an Underwriter pursuant to the Public Offering), the result of which such person or group of affiliated persons (other than an Underwriter pursuant to the Offering) shall become, after the completion of such transaction or transactions, the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity).

Nothing herein shall prevent the undersigned from establishing a 10b5-1 trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“10b5-1 trading plan”) so long as there are no sales of Lock-Up Securities under such plans during the Lock-Up Period; and provided that the establishment of a 10b5-1 trading plan or the amendment of a 10b5-1 trading plan shall only be permitted if (i) the establishment of such plan is not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the SEC, or otherwise and (ii) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding the establishment of such plan during the Lock-Up Period.

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

 

B-3


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this letter agreement (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Lock-Up Period described herein) and the related restrictions shall automatically terminate and the undersigned shall be released from all obligations hereunder upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (i) in each case prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, the Representatives advise the Company in writing that they have, or the Company advises the Representatives in writing that it has, determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (ii) the registration statement related to the Public Offering is withdrawn, (iii) the Underwriting Agreement is executed but is terminated (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) prior to delivery of Common Stock by the Company to the Underwriters in exchange for payment therefor and (iv) [●], 2018, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by such date.

This letter agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

 

B-4


Exhibit C

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO SECTION 3(j)

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

[Date]

Arlo Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that BofA Merrill Lynch and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent initial public offering of [●] shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to          shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors of] [an officer or director of] the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on     ,        20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

C-1


Exhibit D

FORM OF CFO CERTIFICATE

 

D-1

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

. ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS# COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $0.001 Certificate Shares Number * * 000000 ****************** * * * 000000 ***************** ZQ00000000 **** 000000 **************** ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC. ***** 000000 *************** ****** 000000 ************** INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE ** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David THIS CERTIFIES THAT Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr MR . Alexander.David SAMPLE Sample **** Mr. Alexander David &Sample MRS **** Mr. Alexander . SAMPLE David Sample **** Mr. Alexander & David    Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** CUSIP 04206A 10 1 Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander MR David Sample . SAMPLE **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** &Mr . Alexander MRS David Sample . SAMPLE **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample is the owner of **000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares*** *000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares**** 000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0 THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN 00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00 ***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND 0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000 CITIES DESIGNATED BY THE TRANSFER 000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000 AGENT, AVAILABLE ONLINE AT 00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00000 0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000 ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO*** www.computershare.com **Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000* *Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF Arlo Technologies, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the bylaws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. DATED DD-MMM-YYYY NOL H O COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: C GI E O T ORP RA E COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. O C TE S, I Chief Executive Officer R L N TRANSFERAGENT AND REGISTRAR, A C . January 5, 2018 DEL RE AWA CUSIP/IDENTIFIER XXXXXX XX X Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX Insurance Value 1,000,000.00 Number of Shares 123456 DTC 12345678 123456789012345 PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004 Certificate Numbers Num/No. Denom. Total MR A SAMPLE 1234567890/1234567890 1 1 1 DESIGNATION (IF ANY) 1234567890/1234567890 2 2 2 ADD 1 ADD 2 1234567890/1234567890 3 3 3 1234567890/1234567890 4 4 4 ADD 3 ADD 4 1234567890/1234567890 5 5 5 1234567890/1234567890 6 6 6 Total Transaction 7 By AUTHORIZEDSIGNATURE SECURITY INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE


LOGO

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM—as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -Custodian (Cust) (Minor) TEN ENT—as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State) JT TEN—as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIFTRF MIN ACT -Custodian (until age) and not as tenants in common (Cust) under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (Minor) (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE For value received,hereby sell, assign and transfer unto (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: 20 Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. Signature: Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. The IRS requires that the named transfer agent (“we”) report the cost basis of certain shares or units acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares or units are covered by the legislation, and you requested to sell or transfer the shares or units using a specific cost basis calculation method, then we have processed as you requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, then we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis. If you do not keep in contact with the issuer or do not have any activity in your account for the time period specified by state law, your property may become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state. SECURITY INSTRUCTIONS THIS WATERMARK PAPER DO NOT ACCEPT WITHOUT NOTING WATERMARK HOLD TO LIGHT TO VERIFY WATERMARK 1234567

Exhibit 5.1

[Letterhead of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz]

July 23, 2018

Arlo Technologies, Inc.

350 East Plumeria Drive

San Jose, California 95134

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Arlo Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”, which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto), initially filed by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) on July 6, 2018, relating to the registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), of up to 11,747,250 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company to be sold by the Company (the “ Shares ”). In connection with the foregoing, you have requested our opinion with respect to the following matters.

For the purposes of giving the opinion contained herein, we have examined the Registration Statement, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company, the form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) and an underwriting agreement, the form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, between the Company and the underwriters named therein (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”). We have also examined the originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such corporate records, agreements, documents and other instruments, and have made such other investigations as we have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions set forth below. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied, with your approval, upon oral and written representations of officers and representatives of the Company and certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company.


Arlo Technologies, Inc.

July 23, 2018

Page 2

In making such examination and rendering the opinions set forth below, we have assumed without verification the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the authenticity of the originals of such documents submitted to us as certified copies, the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such documents, that all documents submitted to us as certified copies are true and correct copies of such originals and the legal capacity of all individuals executing any of the foregoing documents.

In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have also assumed that the Shares will be duly authenticated by the transfer agent and registrar for the Shares and that the certificates, if any, evidencing the Shares to be issued will be manually signed by one of the authorized officers of the transfer agent and registrar for the Shares and registered by such transfer agent and registrar and will conform to the specimen certificate examined by us evidencing the Shares.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that when the Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC, the Certificate of Incorporation becomes effective and the Shares have been issued, delivered and paid for in the manner contemplated by and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Registration Statement and the Underwriting Agreement, the Shares will be validly issued, duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.

We are members of the bar of the State of New York, and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the Delaware General Corporation Law (including the statutory provisions, all applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing).

This opinion letter speaks only as of its date and is delivered in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Validity of Common Stock” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

 

Exhibit 10.4

FORM OF

EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT

by and between

NETGEAR, INC.

and

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Dated as of

August [ ], 2018

 

i


EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT

This Employee Matters Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of August [●], 2018, with effect as of the IPO Effective Time, is entered into by and between NETGEAR, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), and Arlo Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Arlo ,” and together with Parent, the “ Parties ”).

RECITALS :

WHEREAS, Parent and Arlo have entered into a Master Separation Agreement pursuant to which the Parties have set out the terms on which, and the conditions subject to which, they wish to implement the Separation (as defined in the Master Separation Agreement) (such agreement, as amended, restated or modified from time to time, the “ Master Separation Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, in connection therewith, Parent and Arlo have agreed to enter into this Agreement to allocate between them assets, liabilities and responsibilities with respect to certain employee compensation, pension and benefit plans, programs and arrangements and certain employment matters.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants and other provisions set forth in this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, capitalized words and expressions and variations thereof used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth below.

1.1 “ A/L Split Date ” means July 2, 2018.

1.2 “ Affiliate ” has the meaning given to that term in the Master Separation Agreement.

1.3 “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement, and includes all the Schedules hereto.

1.4 “ Ancillary Agreements ” has the meaning given to that term in the Master Separation Agreement.

1.5 “ Approved Leave of Absence ” means an absence from active service pursuant to an approved leave policy with a guaranteed right of reinstatement.

1.6 “ Arlo ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.7 “ Arlo 401(k) Plan Trust ” means a trust relating to the Arlo 401(k) Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) and be exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code.

 

1


1.8 “ Arlo 401(k) Plan ” means a 401(k) plan established by Arlo.

1.9 “ Arlo Allocation Factor ” means the percentage, rounded up to the nearest whole number, determined by the following calculation: (the product of “A” multiplied by “D”) divided by (the sum of (“A” multiplied by “D”) plus “N”), where “A” equals the Arlo Value, “D” equals the Distribution Ratio, and “N” equals the Parent Post-Spin Value.

1.10 “ Arlo Assets ” has the meaning given to that term in the Master Separation Agreement.

1.11 “ Arlo Capital Stock ” has the meaning given to that term in the Master Separation Agreement.

1.12 “ Arlo Common Stock ” has the meaning given to that term in the Master Separation Agreement.

1.13 “ Arlo Employee ” means any individual who is either actively employed by, or then on Approved Leave of Absence from, an Arlo Entity on or after the A/L Split Date.

1.14 “ Arlo Entities ” means the members of the Arlo Group (as defined in the Master Separation Agreement).

1.15 “ Arlo ESPP ” means the 2018 Arlo Technologies, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

1.16 “ Arlo Executive Benefit Plans ” means the executive benefit and nonqualified plans, programs, and arrangements established, sponsored, maintained, or agreed upon, by any Arlo Entity for the benefit of employees and former employees of any Arlo Entity.

1.17 “ Arlo Long-Term Incentive Plan ” means the Arlo Technologies, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.

1.18 “ Arlo Ratio ” means the quotient obtained by dividing the Parent Pre-Spin Value by the Arlo Value.

1.19 “ Arlo Value ” means the closing per-share price of Arlo Common Stock on the Stock Exchange on the last trading day preceding the Distribution Date, as reported by Bloomberg L.P.

1.20 “ Auditing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a).

1.21 “ Benefit Plan ” means, with respect to an entity or any of its Subsidiaries, (a) each “employee welfare benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) and all other employee benefits arrangements, policies or payroll practices (including, without limitation, severance pay, sick leave, vacation pay, salary continuation, disability, retirement, deferred compensation, bonus, stock option or other equity-based compensation, hospitalization, medical insurance or life insurance) sponsored or maintained by such entity or by any of its Subsidiaries (or to which such entity or any of its Subsidiaries contributes or is required to contribute) and (b) all

 

2


“employee pension benefit plans” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), occupational pension plan or arrangement or other pension arrangements sponsored, maintained or contributed to by such entity or any of its Subsidiaries (or to which such entity or any of its Subsidiaries contributes or is required to contribute). For the avoidance of doubt, “Benefit Plans” includes Health and Welfare Plans and Arlo Executive Benefit Plans and Parent Executive Benefit Plans. When immediately preceded by “Parent,” Benefit Plan means any Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by Parent or a Parent Entity or any Benefit Plan with respect to which Parent or a Parent Entity is a party. When immediately preceded by “Arlo,” Benefit Plan means any Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by Arlo or any Arlo Entity or any Benefit Plan with respect to which Arlo or an Arlo Entity is a party.

1.22 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor federal income tax law. Reference to a specific Code provision also includes any proposed, temporary or final regulation in force under that provision.

1.23 “ Cutoff Date ” means August 3, 2018.

1.24 “ Distribution ” has the meaning given to that term in the Master Separation Agreement.

1.25 “ Distribution Date ” has the meaning given to that term in the Master Separation Agreement.

1.26 “ Distribution Effective Time ” means the effective time of the Distribution.

1.27 “ Distribution Ratio ” means the “distribution ratio” described in Section 4.4(b) of the Separation Agreement.

1.28 “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Reference to a specific provision of ERISA also includes any proposed, temporary or final regulation in force under that provision.

1.29 “ Equity Awards ” means Parent Options, Parent RSU Awards, Arlo Options and Arlo RSU Awards.

1.30 “ Former Arlo Employee ” means any individual who is an Arlo Employee as of the A/L Split Date or thereafter who ceases to be an employee of the Arlo Group following the A/L Split Date.

1.31 “ Former Parent Employee ” means (a) any individual (other than an Arlo Employee) who, as of the A/L Split Date is a former employee of any Parent Entity, or (b) any individual who is a Parent Employee as of the A/L Split Date or thereafter who ceases to be an employee of any Parent Entity following the A/L Split Date.

1.32 “ Health and Welfare Plans ” means any plan, fund or program which was established or is maintained for the purpose of providing for its participants or their beneficiaries, through the purchase of insurance or otherwise, medical (including PPO, EPO and HDHP coverages), dental, prescription, vision, short-term disability, long-term disability, life and

 

3


AD&D, employee assistance, group legal services, wellness, cafeteria (including premium payment, health flexible spending account and dependent care flexible spending account components), travel reimbursement, transportation, or other benefits in the event of sickness, accident, disability, death or unemployment, or vacation benefits, apprenticeship or other training programs or day care centers, scholarship funds, or prepaid legal services, including any such plan, fund or program as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA.

1.33 “ IPO ” has the meaning given to that term in the Master Separation Agreement.

1.34 “ IPO Effective Time ” means the time of the consummation of the IPO.

1.35 “ IPO Registration Statement ” has the meaning given to that term in the Master Separation Agreement.

1.36 “ Liabilities ” has the meaning given to that term in the Master Separation Agreement.

1.37 “ Master Separation Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

1.38 “ Medical Plan ” when immediately preceded by “Parent,” means the Benefit Plan under which medical benefits are provided to Parent Employees established and maintained by Parent. When immediately preceded by “Arlo,” Medical Plan means the Benefit Plan under which medical benefits are provided to Arlo Employees to be established by Arlo pursuant to Article IV.

1.39 “ Non-parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(b).

1.40 “ Option ” (a) when immediately preceded by “Parent” means an option (either nonqualified or incentive) to purchase shares of Parent Common Stock pursuant to the Parent Long-Term Incentive Plan and (b) when immediately preceded by “Arlo,” means an option (either nonqualified or incentive) to purchase shares of Arlo Common Stock pursuant to the Arlo Long-Term Incentive Plan.

1.41 “ Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.42 “ Parent 401(k) Plan ” means the Netgear 401(k) Plan as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this Agreement.

1.43 “ Parent Allocation Factor ” means the percentage, rounded down to the nearest whole number, determined by the following calculation: “N” divided by the sum of ((“A” multiplied by “D”) plus “N,”) where “A” equals the Arlo Value, “D” equals the Distribution Ratio, and “N” equals the Parent Post-Spin Value.

1.44 “ Parent Assets ” has the meaning given to that term in the Master Separation Agreement.

 

4


1.45 “ Parent Common Stock ” means shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of Parent.

1.46 “ Parent Employee ” means any individual, other than an Arlo Employee, who is either actively employed by, or then on Approved Leave of Absence from, a Parent Entity on or after the A/L Split Date.

1.47 “ Parent Entities ” means the members of the Parent Group (as defined in the Master Separation Agreement).

1.48 “ Parent Executive Benefit Plans ” means the executive benefit and nonqualified plans, programs, agreements, and arrangements established, sponsored, maintained, or agreed upon, by any Parent Entity for the benefit of employees and former employees of any Parent Entity.

1.49 “ Parent Flexible Benefit Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

1.50 “ Parent Incentive Plans ” means any of the annual or short term incentive plans of Parent, all as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

1.51 “ Parent Long-Term Incentive Plans ” means any of the Netgear, Inc. 2003 Stock Plan, the Amended and Restated Netgear, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan and the Netgear, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, each as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

1.52 “ Parent Post-Spin Value ” means the closing per-share price of Parent Common Stock in the “ex-distribution market” on the Stock Exchange on the last trading day preceding the Distribution Date as reported by Bloomberg L.P.

1.53 “ Parent Pre-Spin Value ” means the closing per-share price of Parent Common Stock trading “regular way with due bills” on the Stock Exchange on the last trading day preceding the Distribution Date, as reported by Bloomberg L.P.

1.54 “ Parent Ratio ” means the quotient obtained by dividing the Parent Pre-Spin Value by the Parent Post-Spin Value.

1.55 “ Participating Company ” means (a) Parent and (b) any other Person (other than an individual) that participates in a plan sponsored by any Parent Entity.

1.56 “ Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.57 “ Person ” has the meaning given to that term in the Master Separation Agreement.

1.58 “ RSU Award ” (a) when immediately preceded by “Parent,” means an award of units issued under a Parent Benefit Plan representing a general unsecured promise by Parent to pay the value of shares of Parent Common Stock in cash or shares of Parent Common Stock and, (b) when immediately preceded by “Arlo,” means an award of units issued under an Arlo Benefit Plan representing a general unsecured promise by Arlo to pay the value of shares of Arlo Common Stock in cash or shares of Arlo Common Stock.

 

5


1.59 “ Separation ” has the meaning given to that term in the Master Separation Agreement.

1.60 “ Stock Exchange ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

1.61 “ Subsidiary ” has the meaning given to that term in the Master Separation Agreement.

1.62 “ Tax Matters Agreement ” means the Tax Matters Agreement dated as of August [●], 2018 by and between Parent and Arlo.

1.63 “ U.S. ” means the 50 United States of America and the District of Columbia.

ARTICLE II

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

2.1 Employment of Arlo Employees . All Arlo Employees who are employed by Arlo or another Arlo Entity as of the A/L Split Date shall continue to be employees of Arlo or another Arlo Entity, as the case may be, immediately after the A/L Split Date. The Parties will cooperate to cause each of the individuals set forth on Schedule A hereto to be employed by an Arlo Entity as soon as reasonably practicable following the A/L Split Date.

2.2 Assumption and Retention of Liabilities; Related Assets .

(a) As of the A/L Split Date, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Parent Entities shall assume or retain and Parent hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course in full (i) all Liabilities under all Parent Benefit Plans with respect to all Parent Employees, Former Parent Employees and their dependents and beneficiaries, (ii) all Liabilities with respect to the employment or termination of employment of all Parent Employees and Former Parent Employees, in each case to the extent arising in connection with or as a result of employment with or the performance of services to any Parent Entity, and (iii) any other Liabilities expressly assigned to Parent under this Agreement. All assets held in trust to fund the Parent Benefit Plans and all insurance policies funding the Parent Benefit Plans shall be Parent Assets, except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement.

(b) From and after the A/L Split Date, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Arlo and the Arlo Entities shall assume or retain, as applicable, and Arlo hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course in full, (i) all Liabilities under all Arlo Benefit Plans, (ii) all Liabilities with respect to the employment or termination of employment of all Arlo Employees and Former Arlo Employees, in each case to the extent arising in connection with or as a result of employment with or the performance of services to any Arlo Entity, and (iii) any other Liabilities expressly assigned to Arlo or any Arlo Entity under this Agreement. All assets held in trust to fund the Arlo Benefit Plans and all insurance policies funding the Arlo Benefit Plans shall be Arlo Assets, except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement.

2.3 Arlo Participation in Parent Benefit Plans . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Distribution Effective Time, Arlo and each other Arlo Entity shall cease to be a Participating Company in any Parent Benefit Plan, and Parent and Arlo shall take all necessary action to effectuate such cessation as a Participating Company.

 

6


2.4 Commercially Reasonable Efforts . Parent and Arlo shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) enter into any necessary agreements to accomplish the assumptions and transfers contemplated by this Agreement; and (b) provide for the maintenance of the necessary participant records, the appointment of the trustees and the engagement of record keepers, investment managers, providers, insurers, and other third parties reasonably necessary to maintaining and administering the Parent Benefit Plans and the Arlo Benefit Plans.

2.5 Regulatory Compliance . Parent and Arlo shall, in connection with the actions taken pursuant to this Agreement, reasonably cooperate in making any and all appropriate filings required under the Code, ERISA and any applicable securities laws, implementing all appropriate communications with participants, transferring appropriate records and taking all such other actions as the requesting party may reasonably determine to be necessary or appropriate to implement the provisions of this Agreement in a timely manner.

2.6 Approval by Parent as Sole Stockholder . Prior to the IPO Effective Time, Parent shall cause Arlo to adopt the Arlo Long-Term Incentive Plan and Arlo ESPP.

ARTICLE III

BENEFIT PLANS

3.1 401(k) Plan Matters .

(a) From the A/L Split Date and continuing until such time as Parent ceases to own at least 80% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Arlo Capital Stock (such date or such earlier date agreed to in writing by Arlo and Parent, the “ Plan Milestone Date ”), Arlo adopts, and shall participate in as an Adopting Employer (as defined in the Parent 401(k) Plan), the Parent 401(k) Plan for the benefit of Arlo Employees and Former Arlo Employees, and Parent consents to such adoption and maintenance, in accordance with the terms of the Parent 401(k) Plan.

(b) Effective as of the Plan Milestone Date, Arlo shall establish the Arlo 401(k) Plan and the Arlo 401(k) Plan Trust. As soon as practicable following the establishment of the Arlo 401(k) Plan and the Arlo 401(k) Plan Trust, Parent shall cause the accounts of the Arlo Employees and Former Arlo Employees in the Parent 401(k) Plan to be transferred to the Arlo 401(k) Plan and the Arlo 401(k) Plan Trust in cash or such other assets as mutually agreed by Parent and Arlo, and Arlo shall cause the Arlo 401(k) Plan to assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities under the Arlo 401(k) Plan to or relating to Arlo Employees and Former Arlo Employees whose accounts are transferred from the Parent 401(k) Plan. Parent and Arlo agree to cooperate in making all appropriate filings and taking all reasonable actions required to implement the provisions of this Section 3.1; provided that Arlo acknowledges that it will be responsible for complying with any requirements and applying for any determination letters with respect to the Arlo 401(k) Plan.

 

7


(c) Parent and Arlo shall assume sole responsibility for ensuring that their respective savings plans are maintained in compliance with applicable laws with respect to holding shares of their respective common stock and common stock of the other entity.

3.2 Health and Welfare Plan Matters .

(a) Parent will cause the Parent Health and Welfare Plans in effect on the A/L Split Date to provide coverage to Arlo Employees and Former Arlo Employees (and, in each case, their beneficiaries and dependents) from and after the A/L Split Date until the Plan Milestone Date on the same basis as immediately prior to the A/L Split Date and in accordance with the terms of Parent’s Health and Welfare Plans.

(b) Effective as of the Plan Milestone Date, Arlo shall adopt Health and Welfare Plans for the benefit of Arlo Employees and Former Arlo Employees, and Arlo shall be responsible for all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from health and welfare coverage or claims incurred by or on behalf of Arlo Employees and Former Arlo Employees or their covered dependents under the Arlo Health and Welfare Plans on or after the Plan Milestone Date.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.2, with respect to any Arlo Employee who becomes disabled under the terms of the Parent Health and Welfare Plans and becomes entitled to receive long-term or short-term disability benefits prior to the Plan Milestone Date, such Arlo Employee shall continue to receive long-term or short-term disability benefits under the Parent Health and Welfare Plans on and after the Plan Milestone Date in accordance with the terms of the Parent Health and Welfare Plans.

(d) Following the A/L Split Date, Parent shall retain:

(i) sponsorship of all Parent Health and Welfare Plans and any trust or other funding arrangement established or maintained with respect to such plans, including any assets held as of the A/L Split Date with respect to such plans; and

(ii) all Liabilities under the Parent Health and Welfare Plans, subject to the obligations of Arlo described in Section 3.4.

Parent shall not assume any Liability under any Arlo Health and Welfare Plan, and all such claims shall be satisfied pursuant to Section 3.2(b).

3.3 Flexible Benefit Plans . Parent will continue to maintain on behalf of Arlo Employees the health care reimbursement program, the transit and parking reimbursement program and the dependent care reimbursement program and any similar reimbursement account program (all of such accounts, “ Parent Flexible Benefit Plan ”) for claims incurred prior to the Plan Milestone Date on the same basis as immediately prior to the A/L Split Date and in accordance with the terms of the Parent Flexible Benefit Plan. Effective as of the Plan Milestone Date, Arlo shall establish a health care reimbursement program, transit and parking reimbursement program and the dependent care reimbursement program and any similar reimbursement account program for Arlo Employees.

 

8


3.4 Benefit Plan Continuation Period . From and after the A/L Split Date and through the applicable Plan Milestone Date, the administrator and/or insurer of the Parent 401(k) Plan, Parent Health and Welfare Plans, and Parent Flexible Benefit Plans will charge (a) Parent directly for any costs, premiums and liabilities related to the participation of any Parent Employees and Former Parent Employees in such Parent Benefit Plans and (b) Arlo directly for any costs, premiums and liabilities associated with the participation of any Arlo Employees or Former Arlo Employees in such Parent Benefit Plans. The parties agree to promptly pay any such amounts to such Parent Benefit Plan administrators and insurers following the receipt of a written invoice of such costs.

3.5 Workers’ Compensation Liabilities . All workers’ compensation Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from any claim by a Parent Employee, Former Parent Employee, Arlo Employee or Former Arlo Employee that results from an accident occurring, or from an occupational disease which becomes manifest, prior to the A/L Split Date shall be retained by Parent; provided , however , that Arlo promptly shall reimburse Parent for any such Liabilities relating to Arlo Employees or Former Arlo Employees borne by Parent on or after the A/L Split Date. All workers’ compensation Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from any claim by a Parent Employee or Former Parent Employee that results from an accident occurring, or from an occupational disease which becomes manifest, on or after the A/L Split Date shall be retained by Parent. All workers’ compensation Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from any claim by an Arlo Employee or Former Arlo Employee that results from an accident occurring, or from an occupational disease which becomes manifest, on or after the A/L Split Date shall be retained by Arlo. For purposes of this Agreement, a compensable injury shall be deemed to be sustained upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to eligibility for workers’ compensation benefits or at the time that an occupational disease becomes manifest, as the case may be. Parent, Arlo and the other Arlo Entities shall cooperate with respect to any notification to appropriate governmental agencies and the issuance of new, or the transfer of existing, workers’ compensation insurance policies and claims handling contracts.

3.6 Employment Agreements . Any employment agreement between Parent, on the one hand, and an Arlo Employee or Former Arlo Employee, on the other hand, shall as of A/L Split Date be assigned by Parent to Arlo and assumed by Arlo; provided , however , that with respect to any employee set forth on Schedule A, his or her employment agreement shall be assigned by Parent to Arlo and assumed by Arlo effective as of the date on which he or she becomes employed by Arlo.

3.7 Severance . An Arlo Employee shall not be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of determining eligibility for severance benefits in connection with or in anticipation of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Master Separation Agreement. Arlo shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities in respect of all costs arising out of payments and benefits relating to the termination or alleged termination of any Arlo Employee or Former Arlo Employee’s employment that occurs prior to, as a result of, in connection with or following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Master Separation Agreement, including any amounts required to be paid (including any payroll or other taxes), and

 

9


the costs of providing benefits, under any applicable severance, separation, redundancy, termination or similar plan, program, practice, contract, agreement, law or regulation (such benefits to include any medical or other welfare benefits, outplacement benefits, accrued vacation, and taxes).

3.8 Executive Benefit Plans . Except as provided in this Agreement, effective as of the A/L Split Date, Arlo shall assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities to or relating to Arlo Employees and Former Arlo Employees under all Parent Executive Benefit Plans and Arlo Executive Benefit Plans.

ARTICLE IV

INCENTIVE COMPENSATION

4.1 No Change in Control . The Parties hereto agree that none of the transactions contemplated by the Master Separation Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, including, without limitation, this Agreement, constitutes a “change in control,” “change of control” or similar term, as applicable, within the meaning of any Benefit Plan, the Parent Long-Term Incentive Plan or the Arlo Long-Term Incentive Plan.

4.2 Parent Incentive Plans .

(a) Arlo Bonus Awards . Arlo shall assume all Liabilities with respect to all bonus awards payable on or after the A/L Split Date to Arlo Employees.

(b) Parent Bonus Awards . Parent shall retain all Liabilities with respect to any bonus awards payable under the Parent Incentive Plans to Parent Employees for the year in which the IPO Effective Time occurs and thereafter.

4.3 Parent Long-Term Incentive Plans . Parent and Arlo shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions necessary or appropriate so that each outstanding Option and RSU Award granted under any Parent Long-Term Incentive Plan held by any individual shall be adjusted as set forth in this Section 4.3. The adjustments set forth below shall be the sole adjustments made with respect to Parent Options and Parent RSU Awards in connection with the Distribution.

(a) Parent Options Other than Parent Options Held by Former Parent Employees and Other than Parent Options Granted on or following the Cutoff Date . As determined by the Compensation Committee of the Parent Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”) pursuant to its authority under the applicable Parent Long-Term Incentive Plan, each Parent Option outstanding as of immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time, other than a Parent Option held by a Former Parent Employee and other than a Parent Option granted on or following the Cutoff Date, shall, immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time, be converted into both an Arlo Option and a Parent Option and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Distribution Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such Parent Option immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Distribution Effective Time:

(i) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to such Parent Option, rounded down to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to such Parent Option immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time by (B) the Parent Ratio by (C) the Parent Allocation Factor,

 

10


(ii) the number of shares of Arlo Common Stock subject to such Arlo Option, rounded down to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to the Parent Option immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time by (B) the Arlo Ratio by (C) the Arlo Allocation Factor,

(iii) the per share exercise price of such Parent Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of such Parent Option immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time by (B) the Parent Ratio, and

(iv) the per share exercise price of such Arlo Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of the Parent Option immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time by (B) the Arlo Ratio.

(b) Parent Options Held by Former Parent Employees and Parent Options Granted on or Following the Cutoff Date . As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable Parent Long-Term Incentive Plan, each Parent Option outstanding as of immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time (x) that is held by a Former Parent Employee or (y) that was granted on or following the Cutoff Date shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Distribution Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such Parent Option immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time; provided, however, that from and after the Distribution Effective Time:

(i) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to such Parent Option, rounded down to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to such Parent Option immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time by (B) the Parent Ratio, and

(ii) the per share exercise price of such Parent Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of such Parent Option immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time by (B) the Parent Ratio.

 

11


(c) Parent RSU Awards Other than Parent RSU Awards Granted on or Following the Cutoff Date . As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable Parent Long-Term Incentive Plan, each Parent RSU Award outstanding as of immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time, other than any Parent RSU Award granted on or following the Cutoff Date, shall, immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time, be converted into both an Arlo RSU Award and a Parent RSU Award and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Distribution Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such Parent RSU Award immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Distribution Effective Time:

(i) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to such Parent RSU Award shall be equal to the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to such Parent RSU Award immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time, and

(ii) the number of shares of Arlo Common Stock subject to such Arlo RSU Award, rounded to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to the Parent RSU Award immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time by (B) the Distribution Ratio.

(d) Parent RSU Awards Granted on or Following the Cutoff Date . As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable Parent Long-Term Incentive Plan, each Parent RSU Award granted on or following the Cutoff Date that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Distribution Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such Parent RSU Award immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Distribution Effective Time, the number of shares of Parent Common Stock covered by such Parent RSU Award held by the participant, as applicable, rounded to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock covered by such Parent RSU Award immediately prior to the Distribution Effective Time by (ii) the Parent Ratio.

 

12


(e) Foreign Grants/Awards . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Parent may determine in its sole discretion to treat Parent Options or Parent RSU Awards that are outstanding as of the Distribution Effective Time and that are held by non-U.S. employees in a manner inconsistent with the adjustments set forth in Sections 4.3(a) through (d). For the avoidance of doubt, Parent may determine to provide for different adjustments with respect to some or all Parent Options and Parent RSU Awards to the extent that Parent deems such adjustments necessary and appropriate. Any adjustments made by Parent shall be deemed to have been incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth above and shall be binding on the Parties and their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates.

(f) Miscellaneous Award Terms .

(i) After the Distribution Effective Time, Parent Options and Parent RSU Awards adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.3, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by Parent pursuant to the terms of the applicable Parent Long-Term Incentive Plan, and Arlo Options and Arlo RSU Awards, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by Arlo pursuant to the terms of the Arlo Long-Term Incentive Plan. Accordingly, it is intended that, to the extent of the issuance of such Arlo Options and Arlo RSU Awards in connection with the adjustment provisions of this Section 4.3, the Arlo Long-Term Incentive Plan shall be considered a successor to each of the Parent Long-Term Incentive Plans and to have assumed the obligations of the applicable Parent Long-Term Incentive Plan to make the adjustment of the Parent Options and Parent RSU Awards as set forth in this Section 4.3. For the avoidance of doubt, solely for purposes of the Parent Long-Term Incentive Plans, Arlo shall be considered a successor to Parent.

 

13


(ii) Neither the A/L Split Date nor the IPO Effective Time nor the Distribution Effective Time shall constitute a termination of employment for any Arlo Employees for purposes of any Parent Option or Parent RSU Award and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, with respect to grants adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.3, employment with Arlo shall be treated as employment with Parent with respect to Parent Options and Parent RSU Awards held by Arlo Employees and employment with Parent shall be treated as employment with Arlo with respect to Arlo Options and Arlo RSU Awards held by Parent Employees.

(iii) On and following the Distribution Effective Time, with respect to any Arlo Options and Arlo RSU Awards adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.3 that are held by Parent Employees, any vesting terms relating to a “change in control”, “change of control” or similar definition in an agreement or plan applicable to any Parent Option or Parent RSU Award adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be deemed to apply to the corresponding Arlo Options and Arlo RSU Awards held by such individual. On and following the Distribution Effective Time, with respect to any Parent Options and Parent RSU Awards adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.3 that are held by Arlo Employees, any vesting terms relating to a “change in control”, “change of control” or similar definition in an agreement or plan applicable to the Arlo Options or Arlo RSU Awards shall be deemed to apply to any Parent Options and Parent RSU Awards held by such individual.

(g) Waiting Period for Exercisability of Options and Settlement of Options and RSU Awards . The Parent Options and Arlo Options shall not be exercisable during a period beginning on a date prior to the Distribution Effective Time determined by Parent in its sole discretion, and continuing until the Parent Post-Spin Value and the Arlo Value are determined after the Distribution Effective Time, or such longer period as Parent, with respect to Parent Options, and Arlo, with respect to Arlo Options, determines necessary to implement the provisions of this Section 4.3. The Parent RSU Awards and Arlo RSU Awards shall not be settled during a period beginning on a date prior to the Distribution Effective Time determined by Parent in its sole discretion, and continuing until the Parent Post-Spin Value and the Arlo Value are determined immediately after the Distribution Effective Time, or such longer period as Parent, with respect to Parent RSU Awards, and Arlo, with respect to Arlo RSU Awards, determines necessary to implement the provisions of this Section 4.3.

(h) Registration and Other Requirements . As soon as possible following the time as of which the IPO Registration Statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission but in any case before the Distribution Effective Time and before the date of issuance or grant of any Arlo Option or Arlo RSU Award and/or shares of Arlo Common Stock pursuant to this Article IV, Arlo agrees that it shall file a Form S-8 Registration Statement with respect to and cause to be registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the shares of Arlo Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Arlo Long-Term Incentive Plan as required pursuant to such Act and any applicable rules or regulations thereunder, with such registration to be effective prior to the Distribution Effective Time. Parent agrees that, following the Distribution Effective Time, it shall use reasonable efforts to continue to maintain a Form S-8 Registration Statement with respect to and cause to be registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the shares of Parent Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Parent Long-Term Incentive Plans as required pursuant to such Act and any applicable rules or

 

14


regulations thereunder. The Parties shall take such additional actions as are deemed necessary or advisable to effectuate the foregoing provisions of this 4.3(h), including compliance with securities laws and other legal requirements associated with equity compensation awards in affected non-U.S. jurisdictions.

(i) Deductions; Withholding and Reporting . The allocation of tax deductions in respect of, and withholding and reporting obligations relating to, the Equity Awards shall be governed by Section 6.02 of the Tax Matters Agreement.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

5.1 Payroll Taxes and Reporting of Compensation . Parent and Arlo shall, and shall cause the other Parent Entities and the other Arlo Entities to, respectively, take such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to minimize Liabilities related to payroll taxes after the A/L Split Date. Parent and Arlo shall, and shall cause the other Parent Entities and the other Arlo Entities to, respectively, each bear its responsibility for payroll tax obligations and for the proper reporting to the appropriate governmental authorities of compensation earned by their respective employees after the A/L Split Date, including compensation related to the exercise, vesting, settlement or disposition of, or other taxable event relating to, Equity Awards.

5.2 Sharing of Participant Information . Parent and Arlo shall share, and Parent shall cause each other Parent Entity to share, and Arlo shall cause each other Arlo Entity to share with each other and their respective agents and vendors (without obtaining releases) all participant information necessary for the efficient and accurate administration of each of the Arlo Benefit Plans and the Parent Benefit Plans. Parent and Arlo and their respective authorized agents shall, subject to applicable laws, be given reasonable and timely access to, and may make copies of, all information relating to the subjects of this Agreement in the custody of the other Party, to the extent necessary for such administration. Until the IPO Effective Time, all participant information shall be provided in the manner and medium applicable to Participating Companies in Parent Benefit Plans generally, and thereafter through the Plan Milestone Date, all participant information shall be provided in a manner and medium as may be mutually agreed to by Parent and Arlo.

5.3 Reasonable Efforts/Cooperation . Each of the Parties hereto will use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each of the Parties hereto shall cooperate fully on any issue relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which the other Party seeks a determination letter or private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, an advisory opinion from the Department of Labor or any other filing (including, but not limited to, securities filings (remedial or otherwise)), consent or approval with respect to or by a governmental agency or authority in any jurisdiction in the U.S. or abroad.

5.4 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and is not intended to confer upon any other Persons any rights or remedies hereunder. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Parent

 

15


or any other Parent Entity, at any time after the IPO Effective Time, from amending, merging, modifying, terminating, eliminating, reducing, or otherwise altering in any respect any Parent Benefit Plan, any benefit under any Benefit Plan or any trust, insurance policy or funding vehicle related to any Parent Benefit Plan. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Arlo or any other Arlo Entity, at any time after the IPO Effective Time, from amending, merging, modifying, terminating, eliminating, reducing, or otherwise altering in any respect any Arlo Benefit Plan, any benefit under any Benefit Plan or any trust, insurance policy or funding vehicle related to any Arlo Benefit Plan.

5.5 Audit Rights With Respect to Information Provided .

(a) Each of Parent and Arlo, and their duly authorized representatives, shall have the right to conduct reasonable audits with respect to all information required to be provided to it by the other Party under this Agreement. The Party conducting the audit (the “ Auditing Party ”) may adopt reasonable procedures and guidelines for conducting audits and the selection of audit representatives under this Section 5.5. The Auditing Party shall have the right to make copies of any records at its expense, subject to any restrictions imposed by applicable laws and to any confidentiality provisions set forth in the Master Separation Agreement, which are incorporated by reference herein. The Party being audited shall provide the Auditing Party’s representatives with reasonable access during normal business hours to its operations, computer systems and paper and electronic files, and provide workspace to its representatives. After any audit is completed, the Party being audited shall have the right to review a draft of the audit findings and to comment on those findings in writing within thirty business days after receiving such draft.

(b) The Auditing Party’s audit rights under this Section 5.5 shall include the right to audit, or participate in an audit facilitated by the Party being audited, of any Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Party being audited and to require the other Party to request any benefit providers and third parties with whom the Party being audited has a relationship, or agents of such Party, to agree to such an audit to the extent any such Persons are affected by or addressed in this Agreement (collectively, the “ Non-parties ”). The Party being audited shall, upon written request from the Auditing Party, provide an individual (at the Auditing Party’s expense) to supervise any audit of a Non-party. The Auditing Party shall be responsible for supplying, at the Auditing Party’s expense, additional personnel sufficient to complete the audit in a reasonably timely manner. The responsibility of the Party being audited shall be limited to providing, at the Auditing Party’s expense, a single individual at each audited site for purposes of facilitating the audit.

5.6 Fiduciary Matters . It is acknowledged that actions required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement may be subject to fiduciary duties or standards of conduct under ERISA or other applicable law, and no Party shall be deemed to be in violation of this Agreement if it fails to comply with any provisions hereof based upon its good faith determination that to do so would violate such a fiduciary duty or standard. Each Party shall be responsible for taking such actions as are deemed necessary and appropriate to comply with its own fiduciary responsibilities and shall fully release and indemnify the other Party for any Liabilities caused by the failure to satisfy any such responsibility.

 

16


5.7 Consent of Third Parties . If any provision of this Agreement is dependent on the consent of any third party (such as a vendor) and such consent is withheld, the Parties hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the applicable provisions of this Agreement to the full extent practicable. If any provision of this Agreement cannot be implemented due to the failure of such third party to consent, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to implement the provision in a mutually satisfactory manner. The phrase “commercially reasonable efforts” as used herein shall not be construed to require any Party to incur any non-routine or unreasonable expense or Liability or to waive any right.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Effect If Effective Time Does Not Occur . If the Master Separation Agreement is terminated prior to the IPO Effective Time or Distribution Effective Time, then this Agreement shall terminate and all actions and events that are, under this Agreement, to be taken or occur effective immediately prior to or as of the IPO Effective Time or Distribution Effective Time, as applicable, or otherwise in connection with the Separation, shall not be taken or occur except to the extent specifically agreed by Parent and Arlo.

6.2 Relationship of Parties . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed by the Parties or any third party as creating the relationship of principal and agent, partnership or joint venture between the Parties, it being understood and agreed that no provision contained herein, and no act of the Parties, shall be deemed to create any relationship between the Parties other than the relationship set forth herein.

6.3 Affiliates . Each of Parent and Arlo shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth in this Agreement to be performed by another Parent Entity or an Arlo Entity, respectively.

6.4 Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given to a Party when (a) delivered to the appropriate address by hand or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid); (b) sent by facsimile with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment; or (c) received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, in each case to the following addresses and facsimile numbers and marked to the attention of the person (by name or title) designated below (or to such other address, facsimile number or person as a Party may designate by notice to the other Parties):

(a) if to Parent:

NETGEAR, Inc.

350 East Plumeria Drive

San Jose, California 95134

Attention: General Counsel

E-mail: legal@netgear.com

 

17


with a copy to:

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

Attention: David C. Karp, Esq.

                 Ronald C. Chen, Esq.

Fax: 212-403-2000

(b) if to Arlo:

Arlo Technologies, Inc.

2200 Faraday Ave., Suite 150

Carlsbad, CA 92008

Attention: General Counsel

E-mail: legal@arlo.com

with a copy (prior to the Distribution Effective Time) to:

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

Attention: David C. Karp

                 Ronald C. Chen, Esq.

Fax: 212-403-2000

6.5 Incorporation of Master Separation Agreement Provisions . The following provisions of the Master Separation Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and unless otherwise expressly specified herein, such provisions shall apply as if fully set forth herein mutatis mutandis (references in this Section 6.5 to an “Article” or “Section” shall mean Articles or Sections of the Master Separation Agreement, and references in the material incorporated herein by reference shall be references to the Master Separation Agreement): Article V (relating to Mutual Releases; Indemnification); Article VII (relating to Exchange of Information; Confidentiality); Article VIII (relating to Dispute Resolution); Section 9.1 (relating to Further Assurances); Article X (Termination); and Article XI (relating to Miscellaneous).

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Employee Matters Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

NETGEAR, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Exhibit 10.8

FORM OF

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants,

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business, and

 

    to assume and govern Adjusted Awards.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units, Performance Shares, and other stock or cash awards as the Administrator may determine.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Adjusted Award ” means any equity-based award granted by NETGEAR that is converted into an equity-based award relating to Shares upon the occurrence of a spin-off of the Company from NETGEAR.

(b) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(c) “ Affiliate ” means any entity that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

(d) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(e) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, Performance Shares, or other stock or cash awards as the Administrator may determine.

(f) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(g) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(h) “ Change in Control ” means, except as otherwise may be provided in an applicable Award Agreement, any of the following events:

(i) an acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “ Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the

 

1


election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); excluding, however, the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted itself was acquired directly from the Company, (2) any repurchase by the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2(h); or

(ii) a change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who, as of the Effective Date (as defined below), constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however, that, for purposes of this definition, any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those individuals who are members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; provided , further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or

(iii) the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “ Business Combination ”); excluding, however, such a Business Combination pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty (50%) of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership derives from ownership of a 30% or more interest in the Outstanding Company Common Stock and/or Outstanding Company Voting Security that existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination; or

(iv) the approval by stockholders of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted under this Plan that constitutes “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control for purposes of the payment or settlement of the Award unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, as it has been, and may be, amended from time to time, and any proposed or final treasury regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (x) the transaction is a spin-off of the Company from NETGEAR or (y) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation.

 

2


(i) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(j) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(k) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

(l) “ Company ” means Arlo Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(m) “ Consultant ” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render bona fide services to such entity, provided that the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities in each case, within the meaning of Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act, and provided , further , that a Consultant will include only those persons to whom the issuance of Shares may be registered under Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(n) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(o) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator, in its discretion, may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(p) “ Disaffiliation ” means an Affiliate’s ceasing to be an Affiliate for any reason (including, without limitation, as a result of a public offering, or a spinoff or sale by the Company, of the stock of the Affiliate or a sale of a division of the Company and its Affiliates).

(q) “ Dividend Equivalent ” means a credit, payable in cash or Shares, made at the discretion of the Administrator or as otherwise provided by the Plan, to the account of a Participant in an amount equal to the cash dividends paid on one Share for each Share represented by an Award held by such Participant.

(r) “ Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(s) “ Employee Matters Agreement ” means the Employee Matters Agreement by and between the Company and NETGEAR, dated as of             .

(t) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(u) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices, and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced.

 

3


(v) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined, as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including, without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(w) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(x) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that, by its terms, qualifies and is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(y) “ NETGEAR ” means NETGEAR, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(z) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that, by its terms, does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(aa) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(bb) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(cc) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(dd) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(ee) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(ff) “ Performance Period ” means any Fiscal Year of the Company or such other period as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(gg) “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned, in whole or in part, upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 11.

(hh) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned, in whole or in part, upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares, other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 11.

(ii) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance or the occurrence of other events, as determined by the Administrator.

 

4


(jj) “ Plan ” means this 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.

(kk) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a restricted stock award under Section 8 of the Plan.

(ll) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(mm) “ Retirement ” means termination of an Employee’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates for retirement purposes if such termination occurs (i) on or after his or her sixty-fifth (65th) birthday; or (ii) on or after his or her fifty-fifth (55th) birthday with the written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or, in the case of the Chief Executive Officer’s retirement, with the consent of the Administrator. In the case of a Director, “Retirement” shall be determined by the Administrator in its discretion. In no event shall termination of a Consultant’s services with the Company and Affiliates be treated as a Retirement under the Plan.

(nn) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(oo) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(pp) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(qq) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan.

(rr) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 10 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(ss) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of clause (b) of this Section 3 and Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is the sum of (i) seven and a half million (7,500,000) Shares and (ii) the number of Shares that may be issuable upon exercise or vesting of the Adjusted Awards. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . Subject to the provisions of Section 15 of the Plan, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the Fiscal Year commencing on January 1, 2019, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) four percent (4%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year and (ii) such number of Shares determined by the Board; provided , however , that such determination under clause (ii) will be made no later than the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

(c) Share Counting Rules .

(i) To the extent that any Award is forfeited, terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, or any Award is settled for cash, the Shares subject to such Award not delivered as a result thereof shall again be available for Awards under the Plan.

 

5


(ii) With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, the net Shares issued (i.e., Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right), will cease to be available under the Plan.

(iii) If the exercise price of any Option and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to any Award are satisfied by delivering Shares to the Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation), only the number of Shares issued net of the Shares delivered or attested to shall be deemed delivered for purposes of the limits set forth in Section 3(a).

(iv) To the extent any Shares subject to an Award are withheld to satisfy the exercise price (in the case of an Option) and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to such Award, such Shares shall not be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of the limits set forth in Section 3(a).

(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan will, at all times, reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

(e) Incentive Stock Options . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal seven and a half million (7,500,000).

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iii) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan (including, without limitation, the limitations set forth in Section 6), of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

6


(vi) to determine whether Awards (other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights) will be adjusted for Dividend Equivalents;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Sections 6 and 21 of the Plan), including but not limited to, the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards, and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 7(b) of the Plan);

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy tax withholding obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 16 of the Plan;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Delegation . Except to the extent prohibited by Applicable Laws or listing standards of the Company’s applicable stock exchange, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members, and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers, to any person or persons selected by it.

(d) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, and such other cash or stock awards as the Administrator determines may be granted to Service Providers, and, with respect to Adjusted Awards, in accordance with the terms of the Employee Matters Agreement. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Restrictions and Limitations .

(a) Prohibition on Exchange Program . The Administrator may not implement an Exchange Program.

(b) Incentive Stock Options .

(i) $100,000 Limitation . Notwithstanding an Option’s designation in the Award Agreement, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(b), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(ii) Maximum Option Term . In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term of an Option will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided by the

 

7


Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(iii) Option Exercise Price . In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. An Incentive Stock Option granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in the immediately preceding sentence, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection (iii), Incentive Stock Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(c) Annual Limitations . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to Awards granted to any Participant; provided that , subject to the provisions of Section 15, during any Fiscal Year: (i) the number of Shares covered by Options granted to any one Service Provider will not exceed 3,000,000 Shares; (ii) the number of Shares covered by Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any one Service Provider will not exceed 3,000,000 Shares; (iii) the number of Shares of Restricted Stock granted to any one Service Provider will not exceed 2,000,000 Shares; (iv) the number of Shares covered by Restricted Stock Units granted to any one Service Provider will not exceed 2,000,000 Shares; (v) the number of Shares covered by Performance Shares granted to any one Service Provider will not exceed 2,000,000 Shares; and (vi) no Service Provider will receive Performance Units having an initial value greater than $30,000,000; provided, however, that Adjusted Awards shall not count towards the foregoing limits.

(d) Outside Director Limitations . The annual limitations set forth in Section 6(c) shall not apply to Outside Directors and instead the limitations set forth in this Section 6(d) shall apply to Outside Directors.

(i) Stock-Based Awards . No Outside Director may be granted, in any Fiscal Year, Share-based Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) greater than $500,000, increased to $1,000,000 in the Fiscal Year of his or her initial service as an Outside Director, with each of the foregoing limits increased by $25,000 on January 1 of each year during the term of this Plan. Adjusted Awards shall not count towards the limits in this Section 6(d)(i).

(ii) Cash Retainers . No Outside Director may be granted, in any Fiscal Year, a cash-based retainer greater than $250,000 in fiscal year 2018, with such limit automatically increased by $25,000 each January 1 during the term of the Plan.

(iii) Exceptions. Any Awards or cash compensation granted to an individual while he or she was an Employee, or in respect of his or her services as a Consultant, but not an Outside Director, will not count for purposes of the limitations under this Section 6(d).

7. Stock Options .

(a) Designation .

(i) Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to Section 6(b).

 

8


(ii) The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to an Option granted to any Participant, subject to Section 6.

(b) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (A) cash; (B) check; (C) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; (D) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (E) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (F) by net exercise; (G) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (H) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

(d) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (A) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (B) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan. Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Accelerated Vesting on Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, if a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Retirement, Disability or death, all unvested Options subject only to time-based vesting will become fully vested.

 

9


(iii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider other than Retirement, Death or Disability . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s Retirement, death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination, but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. If Participant dies during such post-employment period, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death for one (1) year after Participant’s death, but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Retirement or Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Retirement or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination, but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(v) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider or dies after terminating on account of Retirement or Disability, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the Option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable until twelve (12) months following Participant’s death, but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(vi) Other Termination . A Participant’s Award Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would result in liability under Section 16(b), then the Option will terminate on the earlier of (A) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in the Award Agreement, or (B) the tenth (10th) day after the last date on which such exercise would result in such liability under Section 16(b). Finally, a Participant’s Award Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider (other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of Shares would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option will terminate on the earlier of (A) the expiration of the term of the Option and (B) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.

 

10


8. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine, subject to Section 6.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, Shares of Restricted Stock will be held by the Company as escrow agent until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Accelerated Vesting on Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as otherwise provided in the Participant’s applicable Award Agreement, if a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability or death, then all unvested Restricted Stock subject only to time-based vesting will become fully vested.

(d) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(e) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(f) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(g) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(h) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement. The Award Agreement applicable to Shares of Restricted Stock may provide that such dividends and distributions may be (i) paid currently or (ii) subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability (as applicable) as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid and the Company will hold such dividends and distributions until the restrictions on the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid have lapsed.

(i) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator, subject to Section 6. Each Restricted Stock Unit grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine, including all terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, the number of Restricted Stock Units and the form of payout, which, subject to Section 9(e), may be left to the discretion of the Administrator.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted

 

11


Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion. After the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any restrictions for such Restricted Stock Units.

(c) Accelerated Vesting on Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as otherwise provided in the Participant’s applicable Award Agreement, if a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Retirement, Disability or death, all unvested Restricted Stock Units subject only to time-based vesting will become fully vested.

(d) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as specified in the Award Agreement.

(e) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination thereof. Shares represented by Restricted Stock Units that are fully paid in cash again will be available for grant under the Plan.

(f) Rights as a Stockholder . If any earned Restricted Stock Units are to be paid in Shares, then until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such Shares, notwithstanding the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date that the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

(g) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Participant, subject to Section 6.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan, provided, however, that the exercise price will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Accelerated Vesting on Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as otherwise provided in the Participant’s applicable Award Agreement, if a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Retirement, Disability or death, all unvested Stock Appreciation Rights subject only to time-based vesting will become fully vested.

(f) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 7(d) also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

12


(g) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the per Share exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment to Participant in respect of such Participant’s Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value or in some combination thereof.

11. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units/Shares granted to each Participant, subject to Section 6.

(b) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

(e) Rights as a Stockholder . If any earned Performance Units/Shares are to be paid in Shares, then until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such Shares, notwithstanding the vesting of the Performance Units/Shares. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

 

13


12. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Awards will be subject to any Company leave of absence policy as the Company may adopt or amend from time to time. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (a) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (b) transfers between locations of the Company, or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

13. Dividend Equivalents . The Administrator, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Award (other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights) that the Participant will be entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Shares having a record date prior to the date on which the Awards are settled or forfeited. The Dividend Equivalents, if any, will be credited to an Award in such manner and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion subject to the provisions of this Section 13. The Administrator may, in its discretion, provide that Dividend Equivalents will be subject to the same vesting provisions as the Awards to which they relate and while amounts may accrue while the Dividend Equivalent is unvested, the amounts payable with respect to Dividend Equivalents will not be paid before the Dividend Equivalent or the Award to which it relates vests. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in Shares or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 15, appropriate adjustments will be made to the Participant’s Award and the associated Dividend Equivalent so that it represents the right to receive upon settlement any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than normal cash dividends) to which the Participant would be entitled by reason of the consideration issuable upon settlement of the Award, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property will be immediately subject to the same vesting and settlement conditions as are applicable to the Award. Dividend Equivalents will be subject to the same Fiscal Year limits applicable to the underlying Award as set forth in Section 6(c).

14. Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

15. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Change in Control .

(a) Corporate Transactions . In the event of a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or shares, stock rights offering, liquidation, Disaffiliation (other than a spinoff), or similar event affecting the Company or any of its Affiliates (each, a “ Corporate Transaction ”), the Committee or the Board may in its discretion make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the Plan; (ii) the various maximum limitations upon certain types of Awards and upon the grants to individuals of certain types of Awards, in each case, as set forth in Sections 3 and 6 of the Plan; (iii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to outstanding Awards; and (iv) the exercise price of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.

(b) Share Changes . In the event of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, separation, spinoff, reorganization, extraordinary dividend of cash or other property, share combination, or recapitalization or similar event affecting the capital structure of the Company (each, a “ Share Change ”), the Committee or the Board shall make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the Plan; (ii) the various maximum limitations set forth in Sections 3 and 6 of the Plan upon certain types of Awards and upon the grants to individuals of certain types of Awards (with respect to the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to such limitations); (iii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to outstanding Awards; and (iv) the exercise price of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

14


(c) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it previously has not been exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(d) Change in Control .

(i) In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that (A) Awards may be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (B) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such Change in Control; (C) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (D) (1) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (2) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (E) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 15(d), the Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

(ii) In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof) (such Awards that are assumed or substituted for are referred to as “ Replaced Awards ” and the awards issued in respect of such Replaced Awards are referred to as “ Replacement Awards ”), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise such outstanding Option and Stock Appreciation Right, including Shares as to which such Award would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on such Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units and Performance Shares will lapse, and, with respect to such Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that such Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

(iii) For the purposes of this subsection (d), an Award will be considered assumed or substituted for if, with respect to the applicable Replacement Award, (A) it is of the same type as the Replaced Award; (B) it has a value equal to the value of the Replaced Award as of the date of the Change in Control, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion consistent with this Section 15(d); (C) if the underlying Replaced Award was an equity-based Award, it relates to publicly traded equity securities of the Company or the entity surviving the Company (or such surviving entity’s parent) following the Change in Control; (D) it contains terms relating to vesting (including with respect to a termination of employment) that are substantially identical to those of the Replaced Award; and (E) its other terms and conditions are not less favorable to the Participant than the terms and conditions of the Replaced Award (including the provisions that would apply in the event of a subsequent Change in Control) as of the date of the Change in Control. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Replacement Award may take the form of a continuation of the applicable Replaced Award if the requirements of the preceding sentence are satisfied. The determination whether the conditions of this Section 15(d) are satisfied shall be made by the Committee, as constituted immediately before the Change in Control, in its sole discretion.

 

15


(e) Outside Director Awards . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 15(d), with respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director, in the event of a Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which otherwise would not be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

16. Tax .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a fair market value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may permit withholding in excess of the minimum statutory amount, provided such withholding does not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.

(c) Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A, the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code, if the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, any payments (whether in cash, Shares or other property) to be made with respect to the Award upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) shall be delayed until the earlier of (A) the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s separation from service and (B) the Participant’s death. Each payment under any Award shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. In no event may a Participant, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under any Award. With respect to any Award granted under this Plan that constitutes “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Company may, in its discretion, terminate such Awards pursuant to and in accordance with Section 409A and Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(B).

17. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

16


18. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

19. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 24 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board (such date, the “ Effective Date ”). It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 20 of the Plan.

20. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will materially impair the rights of any Participant with respect to a previously granted Award, unless mutually agreed upon between the Participant and the Administrator in a written agreement signed by both parties. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

21. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

22. Foreign Employees and Foreign Law Considerations . The Committee may grant Awards to Service Providers who are foreign nationals, who are located outside the United States or who are not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, or who are otherwise subject to (or could cause the Company to be subject to) legal or regulatory provisions of countries or jurisdictions outside the United States, on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan, and, in furtherance of such purposes, the Committee may make such modifications, amendments, procedures, or subplans as may be necessary or advisable to comply with such legal or regulatory provisions.

23. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

 

17


24. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company prior to the Effective Time (as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement). Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

25. Adjusted Awards . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that the terms of this Plan are inconsistent with the terms of an Adjusted Award, the terms of the Adjusted Award shall be governed by the applicable plan under which the Adjusted Award was granted and the award agreement thereunder.

 

18

Exhibit 10.9

FORM OF

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2018 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The following constitute the provisions of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Arlo Technologies, Inc.

1.     Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Companies with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock of the Company through accumulated payroll deductions. It is the intention of the Company to have the Plan qualify as an “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” under Section 423 of the Code, although the Company makes no undertaking or representation to maintain such qualification. In addition, this Plan document authorizes the grant of options under a non-423(b) Plan (“ Non-423(b) Component ”) which do not qualify under Section 423(b) of the Code. The provisions of the Plan, accordingly, shall be construed so as to extend and limit participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Section 423 unless the offering is made under the Non-423(b) Component of the Plan.

2.     Definitions .

(a)    “ Administrator ” shall mean the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 14.

(b)    “ Affiliate ” shall mean any entity that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

(c)    “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d)    “ Change in Control ” shall mean any of the following events:

(i)    An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “ Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of thirty percent (30%) or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); excluding, however, the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted itself was acquired directly from the Company, (2) any repurchase by the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2(d); or

(ii)    A change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who, as of the Effective Date (as defined below), constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that, for purposes of this definition, any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those individuals who are members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or


(iii)    The consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “ Business Combination ”); excluding, however, such a Business Combination pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership derives from ownership of a 30% or more interest in the Outstanding Company Common Stock and/or Outstanding Company Voting Security that existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination; or

(iv)    The approval by stockholders of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) the transaction is a spin-off of the Company from NETGEAR, Inc. or (ii) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation.

(e)    “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f)    “ Code Section  423(b) Plan ” shall mean an employee stock purchase plan which is designed to meet the requirements set forth in Section 423(b) of the Code, as amended. The provisions of the Code Section 423(b) Plan should be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with Section 423(b).

(g)    “ Committee ” means a committee appointed by the Board.

(h)    “ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

(i)    “ Company ” shall mean Arlo Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j)    “ Compensation ” shall mean all base straight time gross earnings, commissions, bonuses, overtime and shift premiums, but exclusive of payments for any other compensation. The Administrator may establish, in its discretion and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, a different definition of Compensation prior to an applicable Offering Date, which definition may vary among participants who are participating in separate Offering Periods or the Non-423(b) Component of the Plan.

(k)    “ Designated Company ” shall mean any Subsidiary or Affiliate selected by the Administrator as eligible to participate in the Plan.

(l)    “ Eligible Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common law employee of the Company or any Designated Company and whose customary employment with the Company or Designated Company is at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar year except for certain employees of certain Designated Companies that the Administrator may, from time to time, designate as

 

2


eligible to participate in the Plan. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company. Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated three (3) months and one (1) day following the commencement of such leave. For purposes of clarity, the term “Eligible Employee” will not include the following, regardless of any subsequent reclassification as an employee by the Company or a Designated Company, any governmental agency, or any court: (i) any independent contractor; (ii) any consultant; (iii) any individual performing services for the Company or a Designated Company who has entered into an independent contractor or consultant agreement with the Company or a Designated Company; (iv) any individual performing services for the Company or a Designated Company under a purchase order, a supplier agreement or any other agreement that the Company or a Designated Company enters into for services; (v) any individual classified by the Company or a Designated Company as contract labor (such as contractors, contract employees, job shoppers), regardless of length of service; (vi) any individual whose base wage or salary is not processed for payment by the payroll department(s) or payroll provider(s) of the Company or a Designated Company; and (vii) any leased employee.

(m)    “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n)    “ Exercise Date ” shall mean, for any Offering Period, the last day of the Offering Period.

(o)    “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)    If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable;

(ii)    If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the closing bid and asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable; or

(iii)    In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Board.

(iv)    For purposes of this Plan, if the date as of which the Fair Market Value is to be determined is not a Trading Day, then solely for the purpose of determining Fair Market Value such date shall be: (A) in the case of the Offering Date, the first Trading Day following the Offering Date; and (B) in the case of the Exercise Date, the last Trading Day immediately preceding the Exercise Date.

(p)    “ Offering Date ” shall mean, for any Offering Period, the first day of the Offering Period.

(q)    “ Offering Periods ” shall mean the periods of approximately six (6) months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised, and commencing on February 16 and August 16 of each year and terminating on the following August 15 and February 15, respectively. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan.

(r)    “ Parent ” shall mean a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(s)    “ Plan ” shall mean this Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which includes a Code Section 423(b) Plan and a Non-423(b) Component.

 

3


(t)    “ Purchase Price ” shall mean eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be adjusted by the Administrator pursuant to Section 19.

(u)    “ Subsidiary ” shall mean a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(v)    “ Trading Day ” shall mean a day on which national stock exchanges and the Nasdaq System are open for trading.

3.     Eligibility .

(a)     Offering Periods . Any Eligible Employee on a given Offering Date shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(b)     Limitations . Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Eligible Employee shall be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company accrues at a rate which exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the shares at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, as determined in accordance with Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

4.     Offering Periods . The Plan shall be implemented by consecutive Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on February 16 and August 16 of each year, or on such other date as the Board shall determine, and continuing thereafter until terminated in accordance with Section 20 hereof; provided , however , that no Offering Period shall commence prior to the effective time of the Distribution (as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement by and between the Company and NETGEAR, Inc., dated as of                , 2018). The Administrator shall have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with respect to future offerings without shareholder approval if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter.

5.     Participation . An Eligible Employee may become a participant in the Plan by completing a subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions in the form of Exhibit  A to this Plan and filing it with the Company’s payroll office prior to the applicable Offering Date.

6.     Payroll Deductions .

(a)    At the time a participant files his or her subscription agreement, he or she shall elect to have payroll deductions made on each pay day during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding 10% of the Compensation which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering Period; provided, however, that should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a participant shall have the payroll deductions made on such day applied to his or her account under the immediately following Offering Period. A participant’s subscription agreement shall remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(b)    Payroll deductions for a participant shall commence on the first payday following the Offering Date and shall end on the last payday in the Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10 hereof.

 

4


(c)    All payroll deductions made for a participant shall be credited to his or her account under the Plan and shall be withheld in whole percentages only. If payroll deductions for purposes of the Plan are prohibited or otherwise problematic under applicable law (as determined by the Administrator in its discretion), the Administrator may permit the participants to contribute to the Plan by such other means as determined by the Administrator. Any reference to “payroll deductions” in this Section (or in any other Section of the Plan) shall similarly cover contributions by other means made pursuant to this Section 6.

(d)    A participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10 hereof, or may increase or decrease the rate of his or her payroll deductions during the Offering Period by completing or filing with the Company a new subscription agreement authorizing a change in payroll deduction rate. The Administrator may, in its discretion, limit the nature and/or number of participation rate changes during any Offering Period. The change in rate shall be effective with the first full payroll period occurring five (5) business days after the Company’s receipt of the new subscription agreement unless the Company elects to process a given change in participation more quickly.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b) hereof, a participant’s payroll deductions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at any time during an Offering Period. Payroll deductions shall recommence at the rate originally elected by the participant effective as of the beginning of the first Offering Period which is scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(f)    At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Company’s Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of, the participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s federal, state, or other tax liability payable to any authority, national insurance, social security or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock. At any time, the Company or the employing Designated Company, as applicable, may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the employing Designated Company, as applicable, any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee.

7.     Grant of Option . On the Offering Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the participant’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no event shall an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each Offering Period more than 10,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19), and provided further that such purchase shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(b) and 13 hereof. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option by turning in a completed subscription agreement (attached hereto as Exhibit  A ) to the Company on or prior to an Offering Date. The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Offering Period. Exercise of the option shall occur as provided in Section 8 hereof, unless the participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10 hereof. The option shall expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

8.     Exercise of Option .

(a)    Unless a participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10 hereof, his or her option for the purchase of shares shall be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to the option shall be purchased for such participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her account. No fractional shares shall be purchased; any payroll deductions accumulated in a participant’s account that are not sufficient to purchase a full share shall be retained in the participant’s account for the subsequent Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the participant as provided in Section 10 hereof. Any other funds left over in a participant’s account after the Exercise Date shall be returned to the participant. During a participant’s lifetime, a participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

 

5


(b)    If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Offering Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (x) provide that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Offering Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (y) provide that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares available for purchase on such Offering Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 20 hereof. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Offering Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s shareholders subsequent to such Offering Date.

9.     Delivery . As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares occurs, the Company shall arrange the delivery to each participant the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator, including by means of electronic notice.

10.     Withdrawal .

(a)    A participant may withdraw all but not less than all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time prior to the Exercise Date for an Offering Period by giving written notice to the Company in the form of Exhibit B to this Plan. All of the participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account shall be paid to such participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such participant’s option for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares shall be made for such Offering Period. If a participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions shall not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period unless the participant delivers to the Company a new subscription agreement.

(b)    A participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period shall not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods which commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the participant withdraws.

11.     Termination of Employment . Upon a participant ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the payroll deductions credited to such participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be returned to such participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 15 hereof, and such participant’s option shall be automatically terminated.

12.     Interest . No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of a participant in the Plan except where necessary to comply with applicable law.

13.     Stock .

(a)    Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 19 hereof and subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 13, the maximum number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock.

(b)    Subject to the provisions of Section 19 of the Plan, the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2019 fiscal year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or (iii) such number of shares determined by the Board; provided, however, that such determination under clause (iii) will be made no later than the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year.

 

6


(c)    Until the shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a participant shall only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to such shares.

(d)    Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a participant under the Plan shall be registered in the name of the participant or in the name of the participant and his or her spouse.

14.     Administration . The Administrator shall administer the Plan and shall have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to determine eligibility and to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator shall, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

15.     Designation of Beneficiary .

(a)    If permitted by the Administrator, a participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such participant’s death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such participant of such shares and cash. In addition, if permitted by the Administrator, a participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such participant’s death prior to exercise of the option. If a participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent shall be required for such designation to be effective.

(b)    Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the participant at any time by written notice. In the event of the death of a participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

(c)    All beneficiary designations shall be in such form and manner as the Administrator may designate from time to time.

16.     Transferability . Neither payroll deductions credited to a participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 15 hereof) by the participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

17.     Use of Funds . All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions except where necessary to comply with an exemption or requirement of applicable law. Until shares are issued, participants shall only have the rights of an unsecured creditor.

18.     Reports . Individual accounts shall be maintained for each participant in the Plan. Statements of account shall be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

 

7


19.     Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Liquidation or Change in Control .

(a)     Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the maximum number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock which shall be made available for sale under the Plan, the maximum number of shares each participant may purchase each Offering Period (pursuant to Section 7), as well as the price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other change in the number of shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an option.

(b)     Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering Period then in progress shall be shortened by setting a new Exercise Date (the “ New Exercise Date ”), and shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator shall notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the participant’s option shall be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(c)     Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, any Offering Periods then in progress shall be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date and any Offering Periods then in progress shall end on the New Exercise Date. The New Exercise Date shall occur before the date of the Company’s proposed Change in Control. The Administrator shall notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the participant’s option shall be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

20.     Amendment or Termination .

(a)    The Administrator may at any time and for any reason terminate, amend or suspend the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no such termination can affect options previously granted, provided that an Offering Period may be terminated by the Administrator on any Exercise Date if the Administrator determines that the termination of the Offering Period or the Plan is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. Except as provided in Section 19 hereof and this Section 20, no amendment may make any change in any option theretofore granted which adversely affects the rights of any participant without the prior written consent of such participant. To the extent necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule), the Company shall obtain shareholder approval in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b)    Without shareholder consent and without regard to whether any participant rights may be considered to have been “adversely affected,” the Administrator shall be entitled to change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan.

 

8


(c)    In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Board may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i)    increasing the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(ii)    shortening any Offering Period so that the Offering Period ends on a new Exercise Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Board action; and

(iii)    allocating shares.

Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Plan participants.

21.     Notices . All notices or other communications by a participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

22.     Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares of Common Stock shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any shares hereunder.

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

23.     Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the shareholders of the Company, which shall occur no later than twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board (such date, the “ Effective Date ”). Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under applicable laws. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier under Section 20 of the Plan.

 

9


EXHIBIT

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2018 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

The undersigned participant in the Offering Period of the Arlo Technologies, Inc. 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan which began on         ,         (the “Offering Date”) hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period and that such notice is being given prior to the Exercise Date for the Offering Period. He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her option for such Offering Period will be automatically terminated. The undersigned understands that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned shall be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a new Global Subscription Agreement.

 

Name and Address of Participant:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

10

Exhibit 10.10

FORM OF

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF GRANT OF

NEO SERVICE AND PERFORMANCE-BASED STOCK OPTION

(IPO GRANT)

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Arlo Technologies, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “ Notice of Grant ”) and Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit  A (together, the “ Agreement ”).

FIRST_NAME-LAST_NAME-

ADDRESS_LINE_1-

ADDRESS_LINE_2-

ADDRESS_LINE_3-

CITY-, STATE- ZIP CODE-

COUNTRY-

1.     General : You have been granted an Option, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Date:                , 2018
Exercise Price per Share:    $            
Type of Option:    Non-Qualified Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:    10 years

2.     Option Tranches : The Option is comprised of five tranches as set forth below:

 

Maximum # of Shares Covered by Each Tranche

Tranche 1
Service
Option

 

Tranche 2
Performance

Option

 

Tranche 3
Performance

Option

 

Tranche 4
Performance

Option

 

Tranche 5
Performance

Option

       
       
       

3.     General Vesting Schedule : Subject to your continued service through the applicable vesting date and the accelerated vesting provisions set forth in Section 4 below:

(a)    The Tranche 1 Service Option will vest in equal monthly installments during the 24-month period that begins on the two-year anniversary of the Grant Date.


(b)    The Tranche 2 Performance Option will vest on the later of (i) the date (prior to the four-year anniversary of the Grant Date) of satisfaction of the Tranche 2 Milestone set forth on Schedule 1 to this Agreement, and (ii) if the Tranche 2 Milestone has been satisfied prior to the applicable date or dates set forth in the immediately following clauses (A), (B) and (C), then (A) with respect to 25% of the Tranche 2 Performance Option, on the first anniversary of the Grant Date, (B) with respect to 25% of the Tranche 2 Performance Option, on the second anniversary of the Grant Date, and (C) with respect to the remaining 50% of the Tranche 2 Performance Option, in equal monthly installments on the first day of each month during the 24-month period that begins on the two-year anniversary of the Grant Date. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4 of this Notice of Grant, you will forfeit the Tranche 2 Performance Option if the Tranche 2 Milestone has not been satisfied as of the four-year anniversary of the Grant Date or to the extent the Tranche 2 Performance Option is unvested as of the date your employment with the Company terminates.

(c)    The Tranche 3 Performance Option will vest on the later of (i) the date (prior to the four-year anniversary of the Grant Date) of satisfaction of the Tranche 3 Milestone set forth on Schedule 1 to this Agreement, and (ii) if the Tranche 3 Milestone has been satisfied prior to the applicable date or dates set forth in the immediately following clauses (A), (B) and (C), then (A) with respect to 25% of the Tranche 3 Performance Option, on the first anniversary of the Grant Date, (B) with respect to 25% of the Tranche 3 Performance Option, on the second anniversary of the Grant Date, and (C) with respect to the remaining 50% of the Tranche 3 Performance Option, in equal monthly installments on the first day of each month during the 24-month period that begins on the two-year anniversary of the Grant Date. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4 of this Notice of Grant, you will forfeit the Tranche 3 Performance Option if the Tranche 3 Milestone has not been satisfied as of the four-year anniversary of the Grant Date or to the extent the Tranche 3 Performance Option is unvested as of the date your employment with the Company terminates.

(d)    The Tranche 4 Performance Option will vest on the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date based on the extent to which the Tranche 4 Milestones set forth on Schedule 1 to this Agreement are achieved. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4 of this Notice of Grant, you will forfeit any portion of the Tranche 4 Performance Option that has not been earned as of the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date or as of the date your employment with the Company terminates.

(e)    The Tranche 5 Performance Option will vest on the two-year anniversary of the Grant Date based on the extent to which the Tranche 5 Milestones set forth on Schedule 1 to this Agreement are achieved. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4 of this Notice of Grant, you will forfeit any portion of the Tranche 5 Performance Option that has not been earned as of the two-year anniversary of the Grant Date or as of the date your employment with the Company terminates.

4.     Termination of Employment :

(a)    Upon a termination of your employment with the Company without Cause or your termination of employment with the Company for Good Reason (each of Cause and Good Reason as defined in the Change in Control and Severance Agreement between you and the Company) that occurs outside of the Change in Control Protection Period (as defined below), the Option will vest to the extent that it would have vested during the twelve months following the employment termination date, but only to the extent that any applicable Milestones have been satisfied prior to the employment termination date. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Option Tranche, the accelerated vesting, if any, contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence, will occur only to the extent that a pre-established calendar vesting date described in Section 3 of this Notice of Grant occurs during the twelve months following the employment termination date.

 

2


(b)    Upon a Change in Control, (i) each Milestone shall be deemed satisfied with respect to the maximum number of Shares covered by the applicable Option tranche, (ii) any unvested portion of the Option scheduled to vest on a date on or prior to the date of the Change in Control immediately shall vest, and, (iii) except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4, the vesting of any portion of the Option scheduled to vest on a date following the Change in Control will remain subject to your continued service through the applicable vesting dates.

(c)    Upon a termination of your employment with the Company without Cause or your termination of employment with the Company for Good Reason that occurs (i) during the one month prior to, or the twelve months following, a Change in Control (as defined in the Change in Control and Severance Agreement between you and the Company) (the “ Change in Control Protection Period ”), and (ii) prior to August 3, 2020: vesting of the Option will accelerate with respect to a number of Shares equal to (A) the total number of Shares covered by the Option multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full and partial months that have elapsed from the Grant Date through the employment termination date and the denominator of which is forty-eight, minus (B) the number of Shares with respect to which the Option vested prior to the employment termination date.

(d)    Upon a termination of your employment with the Company without Cause or your termination of employment with the Company for Good Reason that occurs (i) during the Change in Control Protection Period, and (ii) on or after to August 3, 2020, vesting of the Option will accelerate with respect to any then unvested portion of the Option.

(e)    Upon a termination of your employment with the Company for any reason, other than as set forth in Section 4(a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Notice of Grant, you immediately will forfeit the unvested portion of the Option.

5.     Post-Termination Exercise Period : You may exercise the vested portion of the Option until the earlier of (w) three (3) months after you cease to be a Service Provider and (x) the Term/Expiration Date, following which period you will forfeit the unexercised portion of the Option; except that, in the case of termination of status as a Service Provider by death, Retirement or Disability, you may exercise the vested portion of the Option until the earlier of (y) twelve (12) months after such qualifying event and (z) the Term/Expiration Date, following which period you will forfeit the unexercised portion of the Option.

6.     Miscellaneous : By your acceptance and/or exercise of this Option, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. You have reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to acceptance of this Option and fully understand all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Agreement. You further agree to notify the Company upon any change in your residence address.

 

3


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTION GRANT

1.     Grant . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (“ Participant ”) an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 20 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2.     Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3 below, the Option awarded by this Agreement will vest in according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.

3.     Administrator’s Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

4.     Exercise of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Agreement.

This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit  B (the “ Exercise Notice ”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “ Exercised Shares ”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

5.     Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a)    cash;

(b)    check;

(c)    consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d)    surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.


6.     Tax Obligations .

(a)     Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it shall have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b)     Code Section  409A . Under Code Section 409A, an Option that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “ Discount Option ”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

7.     Rights as Stockholder . Neither the Participant nor any person claiming under or through the Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to the Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

8.     No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE AFFILIATE EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE AFFILIATE EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

2


9.     Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its Stock Administrator at Arlo Technologies, Inc., 350 E. Plumeria Dr., San Jose, CA 95134, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

10.     Grant is Not Transferable . This grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

11.     Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

12.     Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of shares to the Participant (or his estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority.

13.     Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern.

14.     Administrator’s Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Options have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

 

3


15.     Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Options awarded under the Plan or future Options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

16.     Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

17.     Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

18.     Language . If Participant has received this Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

19.     Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A of the Code or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Option.

20.     Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21.     Forfeiture Events . (a) If a clawback event (as defined below) should occur, then, to the extent permitted by applicable law, rules and regulations, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, cause the Participant to forfeit and/or recover from the Participant the amount by which the value of this Award exceeded the value the Award would have been had the financial statements been initially filed as restated, as determined by the Administrator. In this respect, the Administrator may (i) cancel, without payment or any consideration whatsoever, the portion of this Option that has not yet been exercised, (ii) require the Participant to return Shares previously issued upon exercise of this Option, or (iii) if such Shares were sold, transferred or otherwise disposed by the Participant, cause the Participant to repay to the Company the amount, net of any Exercise Price, that the Participant realized upon exercise of the Option.

 

4


(b)    If the Company reasonably believes that a clawback event has occurred, the Participant understands and agrees that the Company may, in its sole discretion, restrict the Participant’s ability to directly or indirectly sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including without limitation any short sale), pledge, swap, hedge, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any Shares held by the Participant (whether issued in connection with this Option or otherwise) pending a final determination by the Administrator that a clawback event has or has not occurred. Such determination shall be made as soon as administratively practicable but in no event will the Participant be restricted in accordance with the preceding sentence for more than that period of time reasonably necessary for the Administrator to determine the existence of a clawback event. The Participant further understands and agrees that that the Company shall have no responsibility or liability for any fluctuations that occur in the price of Shares or for any potential loss or gain the Participant could have realized from the sale of his or her Shares during the period of time in which the Participant is restricted in accordance with this Section 21.

(c)    Any failure by the Company to assert the forfeiture and repayment rights under this Section 21 with respect to specific claims against the Participant shall not waive, or operate to waive, the Company’s right to later assert its rights hereunder with respect to other or subsequent claims against the Participant.

(d)    The Company’s forfeiture and repayment rights under this Section 21 shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, actions the Company may take to remedy or discipline any misconduct by the Participant including, but not limited to, termination of employment or initiation of appropriate legal action.

(e)    A “clawback event” will be deemed to have occurred if at any time while the Participant is or was an executive officer of the Company:

(i)    the financial statements of the Company are restated;

(ii)    in the reasonable judgment of a majority of the independent members of the Board or the Administrator, the financial statements as so restated would have resulted in a lesser portion of this Award vesting if such information had been known at the time this Award vested; and

(iii)    Participant’s intentional misconduct, fraud, and/or embezzlement led, in whole or in part, to restatement of the financial statements.

22.     Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

23.     Waiver . Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other Service Provider.

 

5


24.     Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws . Participant acknowledges that, depending on Participant’s country of residence, Participant may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which affect Participant’s ability to acquire or sell Shares or rights to Shares under the Plan during such times as Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in Participant’s country). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. Participant is responsible for complying with any applicable restrictions and are advised to speak with a personal legal advisor on this matter.

 

6


EXHIBIT B

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Arlo Technologies, Inc.

350 E. Plumeria Dr.

San Jose, CA 95134

Attention: Stock Administrator

1.     Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             ,         , the undersigned (“ Purchaser ”) hereby elects to purchase              shares (the “ Shares ”) of the common stock of Arlo Technologies, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated              (the “ Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $            , as required by the Agreement.

2.     Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3.     Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4.     Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

5.     Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6.     Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.


Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PURCHASER     ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Its
Address :     Address :

 

    350 E. Plumeria Dr.

 

    San Jose, CA 95134
   

 

    Date Received

 

2

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

                , 2018

Matthew McRae

c/o Arlo Technologies, Inc.

2200 Faraday Ave., Suite 150

Carlsbad, CA 92008

Re: Confirmatory Employment Letter

Dear Matthew:

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between Matthew McRae (“you”) and Arlo Technologies, Inc. (the “Company” or “we”), effective as of August     , 2018 (the “Effective Date”), to confirm the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company as of the Effective Date. Except as set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all employment terms, compensation, or benefits you may have had or to which you may have been entitled prior to the Effective Date, including without limitation the employment agreement by and between you and NETGEAR, Inc. (“NETGEAR”) as of October 2, 2017.

 

1. Title; Position. You will continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. You also will continue to report to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and will perform the duties and responsibilities customary for such position and such other related duties as are lawfully assigned by the Board. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. You may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities as long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of your duties under this Agreement. By signing this Agreement, you confirm that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

 

2. Base Salary. As of the Effective Date, your annual base salary will be $750,000, which will be payable, less any applicable withholdings, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Your annual base salary will be subject to review and adjustment from time to time by our Board or its Compensation Committee (the “Committee”), as applicable, in its sole discretion.

 

3. Annual Bonus. For each Company fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2019, you will have the opportunity to earn a target annual cash bonus equal to


  100% of your annual base salary earned during the fiscal year, based on achieving performance objectives established by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion and payable upon achievement of those objectives as determined by the Committee. With respect to the period between July 2, 2018 and December 31, 2018, you will be eligible to receive a target bonus equal to 100% of your base salary earned during the period between July 2, 2018 and December 31, 2018, based on achieving performance objectives established by the Board or Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion and payable upon achievement of those objectives as determined by the Committee. Unless determined otherwise by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, any such bonus will be subject to your continued employment through and until the date of payment. Your bonus opportunity and the applicable terms and conditions may be adjusted from time to time by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion.

 

4. IPO Bonus. Subject to your continued employment with the Company through the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for the sale of the Company’s common stock (the “IPO”), you will receive a one-time bonus in an amount equal to (i) (x) $1,250,000 minus (y) the total gross amount of the cash compensation you actually receive during the period beginning on the date you commenced employment with NETGEAR and ending on the date of the IPO (the “Pre-IPO Period”) multiplied by (ii) the fraction obtained by dividing the number of days in the Pre-IPO Period by 365 (provided that in no event will such fraction exceed 1), which will be subject to applicable withholdings and paid on the first payroll date after the IPO.

Equity Awards . Subject to the approval of the Board, the Company will grant you an option to purchase 1,875,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (“Option”) under the Company’s 2018 Equity Incentive Plan. The complete terms and conditions of the Option (including how the Option will be treated on a change in control of the Company) are set forth in the Option Agreement provided to you with this letter. If there is any conflict between the general terms described above and the provisions of the Option Agreement, the Option Agreement will govern.

In addition, you will be eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock units or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time. The Board or the Committee, as applicable, will determine in its sole discretion whether you will be granted any such equity awards and the terms of any such award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

In the event of a spin-off of the Company from NETGEAR, you acknowledge and agree that your awards of stock options, restricted stock units, or other equity awards held by you relating to shares of NETGEAR common stock will be treated as set forth in the Employee Matters Agreement by and between the Company and NETGEAR that will be entered into in connection with the IPO.

 

5. Employee Benefits. You will continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and programs established by the Company for its employees from time to time, subject to their applicable terms and conditions, including without limitation any eligibility requirements. The Company reserves the right to modify, amend, suspend or terminate the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

 

-2-


6. Severance. You will be eligible to enter into a Change in Control and Severance Agreement (the “Severance Agreement”) applicable to you based on your position within the Company. The Severance Agreement will specify the severance payments and benefits you may become entitled to receive in connection with certain qualifying terminations of your employment with the Company. These protections will supersede all other severance payments and benefits to which you otherwise may be entitled, or may become entitled in the future, under any plan, program or policy that the Company may have in effect from time to time. For purposes of clarification, any severance benefits or arrangements that may have applied to you before the Effective Date no longer will apply and you will have no rights or entitlements under any such plans, programs, agreements or arrangements.

 

7. Confidentiality Agreement; Arbitration; Class  Action Waiver. As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your acceptance of this Agreement confirms that the terms of the Company’s At-Will Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement you previously signed with the Company (the “Confidentiality Agreement”) still apply. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree to an arbitration in which (i) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial, but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (ii) we agree that all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding individual arbitration and not in a Class or Collective Action, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all the arbitration fees, except an amount equal to the filing fees you would have paid had you filed a complaint in a court of law. Your acceptance of this Agreement confirms that the terms of the Company’s Mutual Arbitration Agreement you previously signed with the Company (the “Mutual Arbitration Agreement”) still apply.

 

8. At-Will Employment. This Agreement does not imply any right to your continued employment for any period with the Company or any of its affiliates. Your employment with the Company will continue to be “at will.” It is for no specified term, and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

 

9.

Protected Activity Not Prohibited. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other agreement between you and the Company, as applicable, will in any way limit or prohibit you from engaging for a lawful purpose in any Protected Activity. For purposes of this Agreement, “Protected Activity” means filing a charge, complaint, or report with, or otherwise communicating, cooperating, or participating in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by, any state, federal, or local governmental agency or commission, including the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the National Labor Relations Board (the “Government Agencies”). You understand that in connection with such Protected Activity, you are permitted to disclose documents or other information as permitted by law,

 

-3-


  and without giving notice to, or receiving authorization from, the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of any information that may constitute Company confidential information under the Confidentiality Agreement to any parties other than the Government Agencies. You further understand that “Protected Activity” does not include the disclosure of any Company attorney-client privileged communications. Any language in the Confidentiality Agreement regarding your right to engage in Protected Activity that conflicts with, or is contrary to, this paragraph is superseded by this Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, you are notified that an individual will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official (directly or indirectly) or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if (and only if) such filing is made under seal. In addition, an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the individual’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

 

10. Miscellaneous. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, the Option Agreement, the Severance Agreement, the Mutual Arbitration Agreement and any outstanding equity-based award and the applicable award agreements governing such awards, constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the material terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede and replace all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. This Agreement may be modified only by a written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

[Signature page follows]

 

-4-


To confirm the current terms and conditions of your employment, please sign and date in the spaces indicated and return this Agreement to me.

 

Sincerely,
Arlo Technologies, Inc.
By:  

 

  Andrew Kim
  President

 

Agreed to and accepted:

 

Matthew McRae
Dated:  

 

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.12

 

LOGO

            , 2018

Christine Gorjanc

c/o Arlo Technologies, Inc.

350 E. Plumeria Dr.

San Jose, CA 95134

Re: Confirmatory Employment Letter

Dear Christine:

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between Christine Gorjanc (“you”) and Arlo Technologies, Inc. (the “Company” or “we”), effective as of August     , 2018 (the “Effective Date”), to confirm the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company as of the Effective Date. Except as set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all employment terms, compensation, or benefits you may have had or to which you may have been entitled prior to the Effective Date, including without limitation the employment agreement by and between you and NETGEAR, Inc. (“NETGEAR”) as of November 16, 2005, as amended.

 

1. Title; Position. You will continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. You also will continue to report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and will perform the duties and responsibilities customary for such position and such other related duties as are lawfully assigned by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. You may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities as long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of your duties under this Agreement. By signing this Agreement, you confirm that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company. The Company acknowledges that your service as a member of the board of directors of lnvitae Corporation shall not be considered a conflict or breach of this paragraph.

 

2. Base Salary. As of the Effective Date, your annual base salary will be $557,000, which will be payable, less any applicable withholdings, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Your annual base salary will be subject to review and adjustment from time to time by our Board of Directors (“Board”) or its Compensation Committee (the “Committee”), as applicable, in its sole discretion.

 

3.

Annual Bonus. For each Company fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2019, you will have the opportunity to earn a target annual cash bonus equal to 75% of your annual base salary earned during the fiscal year, based on achieving performance objectives established by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion and


  payable upon achievement of those objectives as determined by the Committee. With respect to the period between July 2, 2018 and December 31, 2018, you will be eligible to receive a target bonus equal to 75% of your base salary earned during the period between July 2, 2018 and December 31, 2018, based on achieving performance objectives established by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion and payable upon achievement of those objectives as determined by the Committee. Unless determined otherwise by the Board or Committee, as applicable, any such bonus will be subject to your continued employment through and until the date of payment. Your bonus opportunity and the applicable terms and conditions may be adjusted from time to time by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion.

 

4. Equity Awards . Subject to the approval of the Board, the Company will grant you an option to purchase 468,750 shares of the Company’s common stock (“Option”) under the Company’s 2018 Equity Incentive Plan. The complete terms and conditions of the Option (including how the Option will be treated on a change in control of the Company) are set forth in the Option Agreement provided to you with this letter. If there is any conflict between the general terms described above and the provisions of the Option Agreement, the Option Agreement will govern.

In addition, you will be eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock units or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time. The Board or the Committee, as applicable, will determine in its sole discretion whether you will be granted any such equity awards and the terms of any such award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

In addition, in the event of a spin-off of the Company from NETGEAR, you acknowledge and agree that your awards of stock options, restricted stock units, or other equity awards held by you relating to shares of NETGEAR common stock will be treated as set forth in the Employee Matters Agreement by and between the Company and NETGEAR that will be entered into in connection with the IPO.

 

5. Employee Benefits. You will continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and programs established by the Company for its employees from time to time, subject to their applicable terms and conditions, including without limitation any eligibility requirements. The Company reserves the right to modify, amend, suspend or terminate the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

 

6. Severance. You will be eligible to enter into a Change in Control and Severance Agreement (the “Severance Agreement”) applicable to you based on your position within the Company. The Severance Agreement will specify the severance payments and benefits you may become entitled to receive in connection with certain qualifying terminations of your employment with the Company. These protections will supersede all other severance payments and benefits to which you otherwise may be entitled, or may become entitled in the future, under any plan, program or policy that the Company may have in effect from time to time. For purposes of clarification, any severance benefits or arrangements that may have applied to you before the Effective Date no longer will apply and you will have no rights or entitlements under any such plans, programs, agreements or arrangements.

 

-2-


7. Confidentiality Agreement; Arbitration; Class  Action Waiver. As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your acceptance of this Agreement confirms that the terms of the Company’s At-Will Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement you previously signed with the Company (the “Confidentiality Agreement”) still apply. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree to an arbitration in which (i) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial, but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (ii) we agree that all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding individual arbitration and not in a Class or Collective Action, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all the arbitration fees, except an amount equal to the filing fees you would have paid had you filed a complaint in a court of law. Your acceptance of this Agreement confirms that the terms of the Company’s Mutual Arbitration Agreement you previously signed with the Company (the “Mutual Arbitration Agreement”) still apply.

 

8. At-Will Employment. This Agreement does not imply any right to your continued employment for any period with the Company or any of its affiliates. Your employment with the Company will continue to be “at will.” It is for no specified term, and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

 

9.

Protected Activity Not Prohibited. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other agreement between you and the Company, as applicable, will in any way limit or prohibit you from engaging for a lawful purpose in any Protected Activity. For purposes of this Agreement, “Protected Activity” means filing a charge, complaint, or report with, or otherwise communicating, cooperating, or participating in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by, any state, federal, or local governmental agency or commission, including the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the National Labor Relations Board (the “Government Agencies”). You understand that in connection with such Protected Activity, you are permitted to disclose documents or other information as permitted by law, and without giving notice to, or receiving authorization from, the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of any information that may constitute Company confidential information under the Confidentiality Agreement to any parties other than the Government Agencies. You further understand that “Protected Activity” does not include the disclosure of any Company attorney-client privileged communications. Any language in the Confidentiality Agreement regarding your right to engage in Protected Activity that conflicts with, or is contrary to, this paragraph is superseded by this Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, you are notified that an individual will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official (directly or indirectly) or to an

 

-3-


  attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if (and only if) such filing is made under seal. In addition, an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the individual’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

 

10. Miscellaneous. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, the Option Agreement, the Severance Agreement, the Mutual Arbitration Agreement and any outstanding equity-based award and the applicable award agreements governing such awards, constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the material terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede and replace all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. This Agreement may be modified only by a written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

To confirm the current terms and conditions of your employment, please sign and date in the spaces indicated and return this Agreement to me.

 

Sincerely,
Arlo Technologies, Inc.
By:  

 

  Andrew Kim
  President

 

Agreed to and accepted:

 

Christine Gorjanc
Dated:  

 

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.13

 

LOGO

             , 2018

Pat Collins

c/o Arlo Technologies, Inc.

350 E. Plumeria Dr.

San Jose, CA 95134

Re: Confirmatory Employment Letter

Dear Pat:

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between Pat Collins (“you”) and Arlo Technologies, Inc. (the “Company” or “we”), effective as of August     , 2018 (the “Effective Date”), to confirm the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company as of the Effective Date. Except as set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all employment terms, compensation, or benefits you may have had or to which you may have been entitled prior to the Effective Date, including without limitation the employment agreement by and between you and NETGEAR, Inc. (“NETGEAR”) as of January 1, 2016.

 

1. Title; Position. You will continue to serve as the Company’s Senior Vice President, Products. You also will continue to report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and will perform the duties and responsibilities customary for such position and such other related duties as are lawfully assigned by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. You may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities as long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of your duties under this Agreement. By signing this Agreement, you confirm that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

 

2. Base Salary. As of the Effective Date, your annual base salary will be $414,000, which will be payable, less any applicable withholdings, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Your annual base salary will be subject to review and adjustment from time to time by our Board of Directors (“Board”) or its Compensation Committee (the “Committee”), as applicable, in its sole discretion.

 

3.

Annual Bonus. For each Company fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2019, you will have the opportunity to earn a target annual cash bonus equal to 60% of your annual base salary earned during the fiscal year, based on achieving performance objectives established by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion and payable upon achievement of those objectives as determined by the Committee. With respect


  to the period between July 2, 2018 and December 31, 2018, you will be eligible to receive a target bonus equal to 60% of your base salary earned during the period between July 2, 2018 and December 31, 2018, based on achieving performance objectives established by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion and payable upon achievement of those objectives as determined by the Committee. Unless determined otherwise by the Board or Committee, as applicable, any such bonus will be subject to your continued employment through and until the date of payment. Your bonus opportunity and the applicable terms and conditions may be adjusted from time to time by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion.

 

4. Equity Awards . Subject to the approval of the Board, the Company will grant you an option to purchase 437,500 shares of the Company’s common stock (“Option”) under the Company’s 2018 Equity Incentive Plan. The complete terms and conditions of the Option (including how the Option will be treated on a change in control of the Company) are set forth in the Option Agreement provided to you with this letter. If there is any conflict between the general terms described above and the provisions of the Option Agreement, the Option Agreement will govern.

In addition, you will be eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock units or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time. The Board or the Committee, as applicable, will determine in its sole discretion whether you will be granted any such equity awards and the terms of any such award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

In addition, in the event of a spin-off of the Company from NETGEAR, you acknowledge and agree that your awards of stock options, restricted stock units, or other equity awards held by you relating to shares of NETGEAR common stock will be treated as set forth in the Employee Matters Agreement by and between the Company and NETGEAR that will be entered into in connection with the IPO.

 

5. Employee Benefits. You will continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and programs established by the Company for its employees from time to time, subject to their applicable terms and conditions, including without limitation any eligibility requirements. The Company reserves the right to modify, amend, suspend or terminate the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

 

6. Severance. You will be eligible to enter into a Change in Control and Severance Agreement (the “Severance Agreement”) applicable to you based on your position within the Company. The Severance Agreement will specify the severance payments and benefits you may become entitled to receive in connection with certain qualifying terminations of your employment with the Company. These protections will supersede all other severance payments and benefits to which you otherwise may be entitled, or may become entitled in the future, under any plan, program or policy that the Company may have in effect from time to time. For purposes of clarification, any severance benefits or arrangements that may have applied to you before the Effective Date no longer will apply and you will have no rights or entitlements under any such plans, programs, agreements or arrangements.

 

-2-


7. Confidentiality Agreement; Arbitration; Class  Action Waiver. As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your acceptance of this Agreement confirms that the terms of the Company’s At-Will Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement you previously signed with the Company (the “Confidentiality Agreement”) still apply. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree to an arbitration in which (i) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial, but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (ii) we agree that all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding individual arbitration and not in a Class or Collective Action, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all the arbitration fees, except an amount equal to the filing fees you would have paid had you filed a complaint in a court of law. Your acceptance of this Agreement confirms that the terms of the Company’s Mutual Arbitration Agreement you previously signed with the Company (the “Mutual Arbitration Agreement”) still apply.

 

8. At-Will Employment. This Agreement does not imply any right to your continued employment for any period with the Company or any of its affiliates. Your employment with the Company will continue to be “at will.” It is for no specified term, and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

 

9.

Protected Activity Not Prohibited. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other agreement between you and the Company, as applicable, will in any way limit or prohibit you from engaging for a lawful purpose in any Protected Activity. For purposes of this Agreement, “Protected Activity” means filing a charge, complaint, or report with, or otherwise communicating, cooperating, or participating in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by, any state, federal, or local governmental agency or commission, including the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the National Labor Relations Board (the “Government Agencies”). You understand that in connection with such Protected Activity, you are permitted to disclose documents or other information as permitted by law, and without giving notice to, or receiving authorization from, the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of any information that may constitute Company confidential information under the Confidentiality Agreement to any parties other than the Government Agencies. You further understand that “Protected Activity” does not include the disclosure of any Company attorney-client privileged communications. Any language in the Confidentiality Agreement regarding your right to engage in Protected Activity that conflicts with, or is contrary to, this paragraph is superseded by this Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, you are notified that an individual will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official (directly or indirectly) or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if (and only if) such filing is made under seal. In addition, an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation

 

-3-


  by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the individual’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

 

10. Miscellaneous. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, the Option Agreement, the Severance Agreement, the Mutual Arbitration Agreement and any outstanding equity-based award and the applicable award agreements governing such awards, constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the material terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede and replace all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. This Agreement may be modified only by a written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

To confirm the current terms and conditions of your employment, please sign and date in the spaces indicated and return this Agreement to me.

 

Sincerely,
Arlo Technologies, Inc.
By:  

 

  Andrew Kim
  President

 

Agreed to and accepted:

 

Pat Collins
Dated:  

 

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.14

 

LOGO

                 , 2018

Brian Busse

c/o Arlo Technologies, Inc.

350 E. Plumeria Dr.

San Jose, CA 95134

Re: Confirmatory Employment Letter

Dear Brian:

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between Brian Busse (“you”) and Arlo Technologies, Inc. (the “Company” or “we”), effective as of August     , 2018 (the “Effective Date”), to confirm the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company as of the Effective Date. Except as set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all employment terms, compensation, or benefits you may have had or to which you may have been entitled prior to the Effective Date, including without limitation the employment agreement by and between you and NETGEAR, Inc. (“NETGEAR”).

 

1. Title; Position. You will continue to serve as the Company’s General Counsel. You also will continue to report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and will perform the duties and responsibilities customary for such position and such other related duties as are lawfully assigned by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. You may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities as long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of your duties under this Agreement. By signing this Agreement, you confirm that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

 

2. Base Salary. As of the Effective Date, your annual base salary will be $331,000, which will be payable, less any applicable withholdings, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Your annual base salary will be subject to review and adjustment from time to time by our Board of Directors (“Board”) or its Compensation Committee (the “Committee”), as applicable, in its sole discretion.

 

3.

Annual Bonus. For each Company fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2019, you will have the opportunity to earn a target annual cash bonus equal to 50% of your annual base salary earned during the fiscal year, based on achieving performance objectives established by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion and payable upon achievement of those objectives as determined by the Committee. With respect


  to the period between July 2, 2018 and December 31, 2018, you will be eligible to receive a target bonus equal to 50% of your base salary earned during the period between July 2, 2018 and December 31, 2018, based on achieving performance objectives established by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion and payable upon achievement of those objectives as determined by the Committee. Unless determined otherwise by the Board or Committee, as applicable, any such bonus will be subject to your continued employment through and until the date of payment. Your bonus opportunity and the applicable terms and conditions may be adjusted from time to time by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion.

 

4. Equity Awards . You will be eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock units or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time. The Board or the Committee, as applicable, will determine in its sole discretion whether you will be granted any such equity awards and the terms of any such award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

In addition, in the event of a spin-off of the Company from NETGEAR, you acknowledge and agree that your awards of stock options, restricted stock units, or other equity awards held by you relating to shares of NETGEAR common stock will be treated as set forth in the Employee Matters Agreement by and between the Company and NETGEAR that will be entered into in connection with the IPO.

 

5. Employee Benefits. You will continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and programs established by the Company for its employees from time to time, subject to their applicable terms and conditions, including without limitation any eligibility requirements. The Company reserves the right to modify, amend, suspend or terminate the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

 

6. Severance. You will be eligible to enter into a Change in Control and Severance Agreement (the “Severance Agreement”) applicable to you based on your position within the Company. The Severance Agreement will specify the severance payments and benefits you may become entitled to receive in connection with certain qualifying terminations of your employment with the Company. These protections will supersede all other severance payments and benefits to which you otherwise may be entitled, or may become entitled in the future, under any plan, program or policy that the Company may have in effect from time to time. For purposes of clarification, any severance benefits or arrangements that may have applied to you before the Effective Date no longer will apply and you will have no rights or entitlements under any such plans, programs, agreements or arrangements.

 

7.

Confidentiality Agreement; Arbitration; Class  Action Waiver. As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your acceptance of this Agreement confirms that the terms of the Company’s At-Will Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement you previously signed with the Company (the “Confidentiality Agreement”) still apply. In the event of any dispute or claim

 

-2-


  relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree to an arbitration in which (i) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial, but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (ii) we agree that all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding individual arbitration and not in a Class or Collective Action, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all the arbitration fees, except an amount equal to the filing fees you would have paid had you filed a complaint in a court of law. Your acceptance of this Agreement confirms that the terms of the Company’s Mutual Arbitration Agreement you previously signed with the Company (the “Mutual Arbitration Agreement”) still apply.

 

8. At-Will Employment. This Agreement does not imply any right to your continued employment for any period with the Company or any of its affiliates. Your employment with the Company will continue to be “at will.” It is for no specified term, and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

 

9. Protected Activity Not Prohibited. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other agreement between you and the Company, as applicable, will in any way limit or prohibit you from engaging for a lawful purpose in any Protected Activity. For purposes of this Agreement, “Protected Activity” means filing a charge, complaint, or report with, or otherwise communicating, cooperating, or participating in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by, any state, federal, or local governmental agency or commission, including the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the National Labor Relations Board (the “Government Agencies”). You understand that in connection with such Protected Activity, you are permitted to disclose documents or other information as permitted by law, and without giving notice to, or receiving authorization from, the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of any information that may constitute Company confidential information under the Confidentiality Agreement to any parties other than the Government Agencies. You further understand that “Protected Activity” does not include the disclosure of any Company attorney-client privileged communications. Any language in the Confidentiality Agreement regarding your right to engage in Protected Activity that conflicts with, or is contrary to, this paragraph is superseded by this Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, you are notified that an individual will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official (directly or indirectly) or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if (and only if) such filing is made under seal. In addition, an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the individual’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

 

-3-


10. Miscellaneous. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, the Severance Agreement, the Mutual Arbitration Agreement and any outstanding equity-based award and the applicable award agreements governing such awards, constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the material terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede and replace all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. This Agreement may be modified only by a written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

To confirm the current terms and conditions of your employment, please sign and date in the spaces indicated and return this Agreement to me.

 

  Sincerely,
  Arlo Technologies, Inc.
By:  

 

  Andrew Kim
  President

 

Agreed to and accepted:      

 

     
Brian Busse      
Dated:  

 

  

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.15

FORM OF

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CHANGE IN CONTROL AND SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Change in Control and Severance Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made between Arlo Technologies, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and [            ] (the “ Executive ”), effective as of             , 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”).

This Agreement provides certain protections to the Executive in connection with a change in control of the Company or in connection with the involuntary termination of the Executive’s employment under the circumstances described in this Agreement.

The Company and the Executive agree as follows:

1.     Term of Agreement . This Agreement will have an initial term of three (3) years commencing on the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”). On the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date, this Agreement annually will renew automatically for additional one (1) year terms (each, an “ Additional Term ”) unless either party provides the other party with written notice of nonrenewal at least one (1) year prior to the date of automatic renewal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control occurs (a) when there are fewer than twelve (12) months remaining during the Initial Term or (b) during an Additional Term, the term of this Agreement will extend automatically through the date that is twelve (12) months following the date of the Change of Control. If Executive becomes entitled to the benefits under Section 3 of this Agreement, then the Agreement will not terminate until all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.

2.     At-Will Employment . The Company and the Executive acknowledge that the Executive’s employment is and will continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law.

3.     Severance Benefits .

(a)     Qualifying Non-CIC Termination . On a Qualifying Non-CIC Termination (as defined below), the Executive will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company:

(i)     Salary Severance . A single, lump sum payment equal to [[ CEO and Tier 2 : twelve (12)][ Tier  3 : six (6)]] months of the Executive’s Salary (as defined below), less applicable withholdings.

(ii)    [ CEO and CFO Only: Bonus Severance . A single, lump sum payment equal to 100% of the Executive’s target annual bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which the Qualifying Non-CIC Termination occurs, less applicable withholdings.]


(iii)     COBRA Coverage . Subject to Section 3(d), the Company will pay the premiums for coverage under COBRA (as defined below) for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents, if any, at the rates then in effect, subject to any subsequent changes in rates that are generally applicable to the Company’s active employees (the “ COBRA Coverage ”), until the earliest of (A) a period of [[ CEO and Tier 2 : twelve (12)] [ Tier  3 : six (6)]] months from the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which the Executive (and the Executive’s eligible dependents, as applicable) becomes covered under similar plans, or (C) the date upon which the Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA.

(iv)     Equity Vesting . The Executive’s then-outstanding equity awards each will immediately vest as to the number of shares subject to the equity awards that were otherwise scheduled to vest had the Executive remained employed with the Company for twelve (12) months following the date of the Executive’s Non-CIC Qualified Termination. Any restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, and/or similar full value awards that vest under this paragraph will be settled within ten (10) business days of the Severance Start Date (as defined below), subject to Section 5(d) of this Agreement. This Section 3(a)(iv) shall not apply to the options to purchase Company common stock granted to Executive on the Effective Date.

(b)     Qualifying CIC Termination . On a Qualifying CIC Termination, the Executive will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company:

(i)     Salary Severance . A single, lump sum payment equal to [[ CEO:  twenty-four (24)][ Tier  2: eighteen (18)][ Tier 3 : twelve (12)]] months of the Executive’s Salary, less applicable withholdings.

(ii)     Bonus Severance . A single, lump sum payment (less applicable withholdings) equal to [[ CEO:  200%][ Tier  2: 150%] of the Executive’s target annual bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which the Qualifying CIC Termination occurs or as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, whichever is greater. 1

(iii)     COBRA Coverage . Subject to Section 3(d), the Company will provide COBRA Coverage until the earliest of (A) a period of [[ CEO: twenty-four (24)] [ Tier  2:  eighteen (18)][ Tier 3 : twelve (12)]] months from the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which the Executive (and the Executive’s eligible dependents, as applicable) becomes covered under similar plans, or (C) the date upon which the Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA.

(iv)     Equity Vesting . Accelerated vesting (and exercisability, as applicable) as to 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to each of the Executive’s then-outstanding Company equity awards. In the case of an equity award with performance-based vesting, unless otherwise specified in the applicable equity award agreement governing such award, all performance goals and other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of the Executive’s Qualifying Pre-CIC Termination (as defined below), any unvested portion of the Executive’s then-outstanding equity awards will

 

1   NTD: Omit this Section 3(b)(ii) for Tier 3 executives.

 

- 2 -


remain outstanding until the earlier of (x) one (1) month following the Qualifying Termination or (y) the occurrence of a Change in Control, solely so that any benefits due on a Qualifying Pre-CIC Termination can be provided if a Change in Control occurs within one (1) month following the Qualifying Termination (provided that in no event will the Executive’s stock options or similar equity awards remain outstanding beyond the equity award’s maximum term to expiration). If no Change in Control occurs within one (1) month following a Qualifying Termination, any unvested portion of the Executive’s equity awards automatically and permanently will be forfeited on the one (1) month anniversary following the date of the Qualifying Termination without having vested. This Section 3(b)(iv) shall not apply to the options to purchase Company common stock granted to Executive on the Effective Date.

(c)     Termination Other Than a Qualifying Termination . If the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company Group is not a Qualifying Termination, then the Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits.

(d)     Conditions to Receipt of COBRA Coverage . The Executive’s receipt of COBRA Coverage is subject to the Executive electing COBRA continuation coverage within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents, if any. If the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA Coverage without potentially violating, or being subject to an excise tax under, applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then in lieu of any COBRA Coverage, the Company will provide to the Executive a taxable monthly payment payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the immediately following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that the Executive would be required to pay to continue his or her group health coverage in effect on the date of his or her Qualifying Termination (which amount will be based on the premium rates applicable for the first month of COBRA Coverage for the Executive and any of eligible dependents of the Executive) (each, a “ COBRA Replacement Payment ”), which COBRA Replacement Payments will be made regardless of whether the Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which the Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount totaling the number of COBRA Replacement Payments equal to the number of months in the applicable COBRA Coverage period. For the avoidance of doubt, the COBRA Replacement Payments may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to any applicable withholdings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if the Company determines in its sole discretion at any time that it cannot provide the COBRA Replacement Payments without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Executive will not receive the COBRA Replacement Payments or any further COBRA Coverage.

(e)     Non- Duplication of Payment or Benefits . For purposes of clarity, in the event of a Qualifying Pre-CIC Termination, any severance payments and benefits to be provided to the Executive under Section 3(b) will be reduced by any amounts that already were provided to the Executive under Section 3(a).

 

- 3 -


(f)     Death of the Executive . In the event of the Executive’s death before all payments or benefits the Executive is entitled to receive under this Agreement have been provided, the unpaid amounts will be provided to the Executive’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to the Executive’s personal representative in a single lump sum as soon as possible following the Executive’s death.

(g)     Transfer Between Members of the Company Group . For purposes of this Agreement, if the Executive is involuntarily transferred from one member of the Company Group to another, the transfer will not be a termination without Cause but may give the Executive the ability to resign for Good Reason.

(h)     Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company Group, the provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which the Executive may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, or in equity. The Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Agreement.

4.     Accrued Compensation . On any termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company Group, the Executive will be entitled to receive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to the Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

5.     Conditions to Receipt of Severance .

(a)     Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon the Executive’s Qualifying Termination under Section 3 is subject to the Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s then-standard separation agreement and release of claims (which may include an agreement not to disparage any member of the Company Group, non-solicit provisions, an agreement to assist in any litigation matters, and other standard terms and conditions) (the “ Release ” and that requirement, the “ Release Requirement ”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the 60th day following the Executive’s Qualifying Termination (the “ Release Deadline ”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, the Executive will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under Section 3.

(b)     Payment Timing . Any lump sum Salary or bonus payments under Sections 3(a)(i), [ CEO only: 3(a)(ii),] 3(b)(i), and 3(b)(ii) will be provided on the first regularly scheduled payroll date of the Company following the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable (the “ Severance Start Date ”), subject to any delay required by Section 5(d) below. Any taxable installments of any COBRA-related severance benefits that otherwise would have been made to the Executive on or before the Severance Start Date will be paid on the Severance Start Date, and any remaining installments thereafter will be provided as specified in the Agreement. Subject to any delay required by Section 5(d) below, any restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, and/or similar full value awards that accelerate vesting under Sections [ CEO : 3(a)(iv)][ Tiers  2 and  3:  3(a)(iii)] and 3(b)(iv) will be settled (x) on a date no later than ten (10) days following the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable, or (y) if later, in the event of a Qualifying Pre-CIC Termination, on a date no later than the Change in Control.

 

- 4 -


(c)     Return of Company Property . The Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon the Executive’s Qualifying Termination under Section 3 is subject to the Executive returning all documents and other property provided to the Executive by any member of the Company Group (with the exception of a copy of the Company employee handbook and personnel documents specifically relating to the Executive), developed or obtained by the Executive in connection with his employment with the Company Group, or otherwise belonging to the Company Group.

(d)     Section 409A . The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any guidance promulgated under Section 409A of the Code (collectively, “ Section  409A ”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted in accordance with this intent. No payment or benefits to be paid to the Executive (including settlement of Company equity awards that constitute deferred compensation under Section 409A), if any, under this Agreement or otherwise, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”) will be paid or otherwise provided until the Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. If, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment, the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, then the payment of the Deferred Payments will be delayed to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, which generally means that the Executive will receive payment on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is 6 months and 1 day following the Executive’s termination of employment. The Company reserves the right to amend this Agreement as it considers necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Executive or any other individual, to comply with any provision required to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A or to otherwise avoid income recognition under Section 409A prior to the actual payment of any benefits or imposition of any additional tax. Each payment, installment, and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). In no event will any member of the Company Group reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless the Executive for any taxes, penalties and interest that may be imposed, or other costs that may be incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

(e)     Resignation of Officer and Director Positions . The Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon the Executive’s Qualifying Termination under Section 3 is subject to the Executive resigning from all officer and director positions with all members of the Company Group and the Executive executing any documents the Company may require in connection with the same.

6.     Limitation on Payments .

(a)     Reduction of Severance Benefits . If any payment or benefit that the Executive would receive from any Company Group member or any other party whether in connection with the provisions in this Agreement or otherwise (the “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise

 

- 5 -


Tax ”), then the Payment will be equal to the Best Results Amount. The “ Best Results Amount ” will be either (x) the full amount of the Payment or (y) a lesser amount that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of those amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting parachute payments is necessary so that the Payment equals the Best Results Amount, reduction will occur in the following order: (A) reduction of cash payments in reverse chronological order (that is, the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering the excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced); (B) cancellation of equity awards that were granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code in the reverse order of date of grant of the awards (that is, the most recently granted equity awards will be cancelled first); (C) reduction of the accelerated vesting of equity awards in the reverse order of date of grant of the awards (that is, the vesting of the most recently granted equity awards will be cancelled first); and (D) reduction of employee benefits in reverse chronological order (that is, the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering the excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced). In no event will the Executive have any discretion with respect to the ordering of Payment reductions. The Executive will be solely responsible for the payment of all personal tax liability that is incurred as a result of the payments and benefits received under this Agreement, and the Executive will not be reimbursed, indemnified, or held harmless by any member of the Company Group for any of those payments of personal tax liability.

(b)     Determination of Excise Tax Liability . Unless the Company and the Executive otherwise agree in writing, the Company will select a professional services firm (the “ Firm ”) to make all determinations required under this Section 6, which determinations will be conclusive and binding upon the Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 6, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm reasonably may request in order to make determinations under this Section 6. The Company will bear the costs and make all payments for the Firm’s services in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 6. The Company will have no liability to the Executive for the determinations of the Firm.

7.     Definitions . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a)    “ Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

(b)    “ Cause ” means (i) the Executive’s willful commission of (A) embezzlement, (B) fraud, or (C) dishonesty in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities, which in any such instance results in material loss, material damage, or material injury to the Company, (ii) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony (other than a driving offense), (iii) the Executive’s gross misconduct, or (iv) the Executive’s continued violation of his employment duties after the Executive has received a written demand for performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis

 

- 6 -


for the Company’s belief that the Executive has not substantially performed his duties. Any termination for “Cause” will require Board approval, and the Executive will be given the opportunity to appear in person before the entire Board in order to explain the Executive’s position on the allegations or claims that constitute “Cause”. The Board (excluding the Executive if the Executive is at such time a member of the Board) shall make all determinations relating to termination, including without limitation any determination regarding Cause.

(c)    “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)    An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (a “ Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of thirty percent (30%) or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); excluding, however, the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted itself was acquired directly from the Company, (2) any repurchase by the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 7(c); or

(ii)    A change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that, for purposes of this definition, any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those individuals who are members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or

(iii)    The consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “ Business Combination ”); excluding, however, such a Business Combination pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination

 

- 7 -


(including, without limitation, a corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, thirty percent (30%) or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership derives from ownership of a thirty percent (30%) or more interest in the Outstanding Company Common Stock and/or Outstanding Company Voting Security that existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination; or

(iv)    The approval by stockholders of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control for purposes of determining the payment or settlement date of deferred compensation under Section 409A unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) the transaction is a spin-off of the Company from NETGEAR, Inc. or (ii) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation.

(d)    “ Change in Control Period ” means the period beginning one (1) month prior to a Change in Control and ending twelve (12) months following a Change in Control.

(e)    “ COBRA ” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

(f)    “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(g)    “ Company Group ” means the Company and its subsidiaries.

(h)    “ Disability ” means a total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(i)    “ Good Reason ” means that the Executive resigns from the Company if one of the following events occur without the Executive’s consent:

(i)    a material decrease in the Executive’s target annual compensation;

 

- 8 -


(ii)    the relocation of Executive’s principal place of performing his or her duties as an employee of the Company by more than fifty (50) miles; or

(iii)    a material, adverse change in the Executive’s authority, responsibilities or duties, as measured against the Executive’s authority, responsibilities or duties immediately prior to such change.

For “Good Reason” to be established, the Executive must provide written notice to the [ CEO : Board] [ Tiers  2 and 3: Chief Executive Officer] and the Company within thirty (30) days immediately following such alleged events, the Company must fail to materially remedy such event within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, and the Executive’s resignation must be effective not later than ninety (90) days from the occurrence of the alleged triggering event, and must not be effective until after the expiration of the notice and cure periods described above.

(j)    “ Mutual Arbitration Agreement ” means the Mutual Arbitration Agreement between the Company and Executive.

(k)    “ Qualifying Termination ” means a termination of the Executive’s employment either (i) by a Company Group member without Cause (excluding by reason of the Executive’s death or Disability) or (ii) by the Executive for Good Reason, in either case, during the Change in Control Period (a “ Qualifying CIC Termination ”) or outside of the Change in Control Period (a “ Qualifying Non -CIC Termination ”).

(l)    “ Qualifying Pre -CIC Termination ” means a Qualifying CIC Termination that occurs prior to the date of the Change in Control.

(m)    “ Salary ” means the Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to the Executive’s Qualifying Termination (or if the termination is due to a resignation for Good Reason based on a material reduction in base salary, then the Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the reduction) or, if the Executive’s Qualifying Termination is a Qualifying CIC Termination and the amount is greater, at the level in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.

8.     Successors . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors, and legal representatives of the Executive upon the Executive’s death, and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation, or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger, or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of the Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance, or other disposition of the Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

- 9 -


9.     Notice .

(a)     General . All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and will be effectively given (i) upon actual delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) upon transmission by email, (iii) 24 hours after confirmed facsimile transmission, (iv) 1 business day after deposit with a recognized overnight courier, or (v) 3 business days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service by first class certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed (A) if to the Executive, at the address the Executive shall have most recently furnished to the Company in writing, (B) if to the Company, at the following address:

Arlo Technologies, Inc.

2200 Faraday Ave., Suite 150

Carlsbad, CA 92008

Attention: General Counsel

(b)     Notice of Termination . Any termination by a Company Group member for Cause will be communicated by a notice of termination to the Executive, and any termination by the Executive for Good Reason will be communicated by a notice of termination to the Company, in each case given in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement. The notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than thirty (30) days after the later of (i) the giving of the notice or (ii) the end of any applicable cure period).

10.     Resignation . The termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason will also constitute, without any further required action by the Executive, the Executive’s voluntary resignation from all officer and/or director positions held at any member of the Company Group, and at the Board’s request, the Executive will execute any documents reasonably necessary to reflect the resignations.

11.    Executive acknowledges and agrees to the treatment of Executive’s NETGEAR, Inc. (“ NETGEAR ”) equity awards in connection with the proposed spinoff of the Company from NETGEAR as contemplated by the Employee Matters Agreement, by and between NETGEAR and the Company, dated as of                  , 2018.

12.     Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a)     No Duty to Mitigate . The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any payment be reduced by any earnings that the Executive may receive from any other source.

(b)     Waiver; Amendment . No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Executive) and by the Executive. No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c)     Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

- 10 -


(d)     Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any other employment letter or agreement, severance policy or program, or equity award agreement.

(e)     Choice of Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to California’s conflicts of law rules that may result in the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than California. To the extent that any lawsuit is permitted under this Agreement, Employee hereby expressly consents to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in California for any lawsuit filed against the Executive by the Company.

(f)     Arbitration . Any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone under this Agreement (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, stockholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from the Executive’s employment with the Company Group, shall be subject to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Mutual Arbitration Agreement.

(g)     Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

(h)     Withholding . All payments and benefits under this Agreement will be paid less applicable withholding taxes. The Company is authorized to withhold from any payments or benefits all federal, state, local, and/or foreign taxes required to be withheld from the payments or benefits and make any other required payroll deductions. No member of the Company Group will pay the Executive’s taxes arising from or relating to any payments or benefits under this Agreement.

(i)     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature page follows.]

 

- 11 -


By its signature below, each of the parties signifies its acceptance of the terms of this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer.

 

COMPANY       ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
      By:
      Title:
      Date:
EXECUTIVE      

 

      [NAME]
      Date:

[Signature page to Change in Control and Severance Agreement]

 

- 12 -

Exhibit 10.16

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                  , 2018, by and between Arlo Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [NAME] (“ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS , the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increasing difficulty in obtaining directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, the significant increases in the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance;

WHEREAS , the Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting officers and directors to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the coverage of liability insurance has been limited;

WHEREAS , Indemnitee does not regard the current protection available as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee and other officers and directors of the Company may not be willing to continue to serve as officers and directors without additional protection; and

WHEREAS , the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve as officers and directors of the Company and to indemnify its officers and directors so as to provide them with the maximum protection permitted by law.

NOW, THEREFORE , the Company and Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

1.     Indemnification .

(a)     Third Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee is or was or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any hearing, inquiry or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while an officer or director or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in or participate in, any such action, suit, proceeding, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, hearing, inquiry or investigation), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such


action, suit or proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that (i) Indemnitee did not act in good faith, (ii) Indemnitee did not act in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b)     Proceedings By or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while an officer or director or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, in each case to the extent actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company in the performance of Indemnitee’s duty to the Company and its stockholders unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit is or was pending shall determine upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses and then only to the extent that the court shall determine.

(c)     Change in Control . The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control (as defined in Section 11(c) hereof) of the Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then, with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitees to payments of expenses and advancement of expenses under this Agreement or any other agreement or under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws as now or hereafter in effect, Independent Legal Counsel (as defined in Section 11(d) hereof) shall be selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law and the Company agrees to abide by such opinion. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

-2-


(d)     Mandatory Payment of Expenses . To the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 1, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith.

2.     Agreement to Serve . In consideration of the protection afforded by this Agreement, if Indemnitee is a director of the Company, Indemnitee agrees to serve at least for 30 days after the effective date of this Agreement as a director and not to resign voluntarily during such period without the written consent of a majority of the Board of Directors. If Indemnitee is an officer of the Company not serving under an employment contract, Indemnitee agrees to serve in such capacity at least for 30 days and not to resign voluntarily during such period without the written consent of a majority of the Board of Directors. Following the applicable period set forth above, Indemnitee (who serves in a capacity other than as a director) agrees to continue to serve in such capacity at the will of the Company (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists) so long as Indemnitee (who serves in a capacity other than as a director) is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or until such time as the Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in writing. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to or shall create in Indemnitee any right to continued employment.

3.     Expenses; Indemnification Procedure .

(a)     Advancement of Expenses . The Company shall advance all expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding referenced in Section 1(a) or (b) hereof (but not amounts actually paid in settlement of any such action, suit or proceeding). Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such expenses advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized hereby. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee within forty-five (45) days following delivery of a written request therefore by Indemnitee to the Company.

(b)     Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee . Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Notice to the Company shall be directed to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address as the Company shall designate in writing to Indemnitee). Notice shall be deemed received three (3) business days after the date postmarked if sent by domestic certified or registered mail, properly addressed; otherwise notice shall be deemed received when such notice shall actually be received by the Company. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee’s power.

(c)     Procedure . Any indemnification and advances provided for in Section 1 and in this Section 3 shall be made no later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the written request of Indemnitee. If a claim under this Agreement, under any statute, or under any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws providing for indemnification, is not paid in full by the Company within forty-five (45) days after a written request for payment thereof has first been

 

-3-


received by the Company, Indemnitee may, but need not, at any time thereafter submit Indemnitee’s claim to arbitration as described in Section 14 to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, subject to Section 15 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid for the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) of bringing such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than a claim brought for expenses incurred in connection with any action or proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company, and Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive interim payments of expenses pursuant to Section 3(a) unless and until such defense may be finally adjudicated by court order or judgment from which no further right of appeal exists or an arbitration panel as described in Section 14. It is the parties’ intention that if the Company contests Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, the question of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification shall be for the court or arbitration panel to decide, and neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(d)     Notice to Insurers . If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(e)     Selection of Counsel . In the event the Company shall be obligated under Section 3(a) hereof to pay the expenses of any proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same proceeding, provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee’s own counsel in any such proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.

 

-4-


4.     Additional Indemnification Rights; Nonexclusivity .

(a)     Scope . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws or by statute. In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law, statute or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, such changes shall be, ipso facto, within the purview of Indemnitee’s rights and Company’s obligations under this Agreement. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, such changes, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

(b)     Nonexclusivity . The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any action or other covered proceeding.

5.     Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the expenses, judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement actually or reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any civil or criminal action or proceeding, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses, judgments, fines or penalties to which Indemnitee is entitled.

6.     Mutual Acknowledgement . Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, Federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

7.     Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance . The Company shall, from time to time, make a good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. In all policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors, if Indemnitee

 

-5-


is a director; or of the Company’s officers, if Indemnitee is not a director of the Company but is an officer; or of the Company’s key employees, if Indemnitee is not an officer or director but is a key employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit, or if Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a subsidiary or parent of the Company.

8.     Severability . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable as provided in this Section 8. If this Agreement or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated, and the balance of this Agreement not so invalidated shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

9.     Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

(a)     Excluded Acts . To indemnify Indemnitee for any acts or omissions or transactions from which a director may not be indemnified under the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

(b)     Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . To indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, but such indemnification or advancement of expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors has approved the initiation or bringing of such claim; or

(c)     Lack of Good Faith . To indemnify Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to any proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction or the arbitration panel determines that each of the material assertions made by the Indemnitee in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous; or

(d)     Insured Claims . To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) which have been paid directly to Indemnitee by an insurance carrier under a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by the Company; or

 

-6-


(e)     Claims Under Section  16(b) . To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses and the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute.

10.     Effectiveness of Agreement . To the extent that the indemnification permitted under the terms of certain provisions of this Agreement exceeds the scope of the indemnification provided for in the Delaware General Corporation Law, such provisions shall not be effective unless and until the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation authorizes such additional rights of indemnification. In all other respects, the balance of this Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page and may apply to acts or omissions of Indemnitee which occurred prior to such date if Indemnitee was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred.

11.     Construction of Certain Phrases .

(a)    For purposes of this Agreement, references to the “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(b)    For purposes of this Agreement, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries.

(c)    For purposes of this Agreement a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company acting in such capacity or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities (as defined below), (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or

 

-7-


whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(d)    For purposes of this Agreement, “Independent Legal Counsel” shall mean an attorney or firm of attorneys, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 1(c) hereof, who shall not have otherwise performed services for the Company or Indemnitee within the last three years (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnity agreements).

(e)    For purposes of this Agreement, “Voting Securities” shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

12.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.

13.     Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s estate, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

14.     Arbitration . It is understood and agreed that the Company and Indemnitee shall carry out this Agreement in the spirit of mutual cooperation and good faith and that any differences, disputes or controversies shall be resolved and settled amicably among the parties hereto. In the event that the dispute, controversy or difference is not so settled in the above manner within forty-five (45) days, then the matter shall be exclusively submitted to arbitration in Santa Clara County, California before three independent technically qualified arbitrators in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and under the laws of Delaware, without reference to conflict of laws principles. Subject to Sections 1(b) and 6, arbitration shall be the exclusive forum and the decision and award by the arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding upon the parties concerned and may be entered in any state court of California having jurisdiction.

15.     Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any action is instituted or claim is submitted to arbitration by Indemnitee under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action or arbitration, unless as a part of such action, a court of competent jurisdiction or the arbitrator(s) determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such claim were not made in good faith or were frivolous. In the event of an action instituted or a claim submitted to arbitration by or in the name of

 

-8-


the Company under this Agreement or to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Indemnitee in defense of such action or claim (including with respect to Indemnitee’s counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action or arbitration), unless as a part of such action the court or the arbitrator(s) determines that each of Indemnitee’s material defenses to such action or claim were made in bad faith or were frivolous.

16.     Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party addressee, on the date of such receipt, or (ii) if mailed by domestic certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date postmarked. Addresses for notice to the Company are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by written notice. Addresses for notice to the Indemnitee are as kept in the records of the Company, or as subsequently modified by written notice.

17.     Consent to Jurisdiction . The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California for all purposes in connection with any proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the state courts of the State of California in Santa Clara County and that any arbitration proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement shall be held in Santa Clara County, California.

18.     Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and its provisions construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and performed entirely within Delaware.

19.     Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

20.     Continuation of Indemnification . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period that Indemnitee is a director, officer or agent of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, arbitrational, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was serving in the capacity referred to herein.

21.     Amendment and Termination . Subject to Section 20, no amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both parties hereto.

22.     Integration and Entire Agreement . This Agreement (a) sets forth the entire understanding between the parties, (b) supersedes all previous written or oral negotiations, commitments, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof and (c) merges all prior and contemporaneous discussions between the parties.

 

-9-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

ARLO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Brian Busse
Title:   General Counsel
Address:  
2200 Faraday Ave., Suite 150
Carlsbad, CA 92008
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
INDEMNITEE:

 

[Name]  

Exhibit 21.1

ARLO Technologies Australia Pty Ltd

Arlo Technologies Canada Limited

Arlo France SAS

Arlo Germany GmbH

Arlo Hong Kong Limited

Arlo Asia Limited

Arlo Technologies International Ltd

Arlo Technologies B.V.

ARLO SWEDEN AB

Arlo Taiwan Co. Ltd

Arlo Technologies UK Limited

Arlo Technologies, Inc.

Arlo Italy Srl

Avaak, Inc.

Placemeter Inc.

Placemeter France SAS

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Arlo Technologies, Inc. of our report dated April 16, 2018 relating to the combined financial statements of Arlo, which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

July 23, 2018